680172
687
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/706
Pagina verder
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
ii
Vigor2133 Series
Gigabit Broadband Router
User’s Guide
Version: 1.2
Firmware Version: V3.8.8
(For future update, please visit DrayTek web site)
Date: April 24, 2018
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
iii
Copyrights
© All rights reserved. This publication contains information that is protected by copyright. No part may be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language without
written permission from the copyright holders.
Trademarks
The following trademarks are used in this document:
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
Windows, Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7 and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers.
Safety Instructions
Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router.
The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel.
Do not try to open or repair the router yourself.
Do not place the router in a damp or humid place, e.g. a bathroom.
The router should be used in a sheltered area, within a temperature range of +5 to +40 Celsius.
Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources. The housing and electronic components
may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources.
Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards.
Keep the package out of reach of children.
When you want to dispose of the router, please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment.
Warranty
We warrant to the original end user (purchaser) that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship
or materials for a period of two (2) years from the date of purchase from the dealer. Please keep your
purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon
proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials,
we will, at our discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components, without charge for either
parts or labor, to whatever extent we deem necessary tore-store the product to proper operating condition.
Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value, and
will be offered solely at our discretion. This warranty will not apply if the product is modified, misused,
tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions. The warranty does
not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors. Defects which do not significantly affect the
usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty. We reserve the right to revise the manual and
online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to
notify any person of such revision or changes.
Be a Registered Owner
Web registration is preferred. You can register your Vigor router via http://www.DrayTek.com.
Firmware & Tools Updates
Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology, all routers will be regularly upgraded. Please consult
the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware, tools and documents.
More update, please visit www.draytek.com.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
iv
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
o
o
f
f
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
Part I Installation.................................................................................................................i
I-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 1
I-1-1 Indicators and Connectors .................................................................................................. 2
I-2 Hardware Installation .................................................................................................................... 4
I-2-1 Installing Vigor Router ......................................................................................................... 4
I-2-2 Wall-Mounted Installation .................................................................................................... 5
I-2-3 Installing USB Printer to Vigor Router................................................................................. 6
I-3 Accessing Web Page.................................................................................................................. 13
I-4 Changing Password.................................................................................................................... 15
I-5 Dashboard................................................................................................................................... 16
I-5-1 Virtual Panel ...................................................................................................................... 17
I-5-2 Name with a Link............................................................................................................... 17
I-5-3 Quick Access for Common Used Menu ............................................................................ 18
I-5-4 GUI Map ............................................................................................................................ 19
I-5-5 Web Console..................................................................................................................... 20
I-5-6 Config Backup ................................................................................................................... 20
I-5-7 Logout................................................................................................................................ 21
I-5-8 Online Status..................................................................................................................... 21
I-5-8-1 Physical Connection ......................................................................21
I-5-8-2 Virtual WAN ...............................................................................23
I-6 Quick Start Wizard ...................................................................................................................... 24
I-7 Service Activation Wizard ........................................................................................................... 33
I-8 Registering Vigor Router............................................................................................................. 35
Part II Connectivity ..........................................................................................................37
II-1 WAN........................................................................................................................................... 38
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 39
II-1-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 39
II-1-1-1 WAN1.......................................................................................39
II-1-1-2 WAN3 (USB) ...............................................................................42
II-1-2 Internet Access................................................................................................................. 43
II-1-2-1 Details Page for PPPoE..................................................................44
II-1-2-2 Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP.................................................47
II-1-2-3 Details Page for PPTP/L2TP ............................................................50
II-1-2-4 Details Page for IPv6 – Offline.........................................................52
II-1-2-5 Details Page for IPv6 – PPP .............................................................52
II-1-2-6 Details Page for IPv6 – TSPC............................................................53
II-1-2-7 Details Page for IPv6 – AICCU ..........................................................55
II-1-2-8 Details Page for IPv6 – DHCPv6 Client ................................................56
II-1-2-9 Details Page for IPv6 – Static IPv6.....................................................58
II-1-2-10 Details Page for IPv6 – 6in4 Static Tunnel..........................................59
II-1-2-11 Details Page for IPv6 – 6rd ............................................................61
II-1-3 Multi-VLAN ....................................................................................................................... 63
II-1-4 WAN Budget..................................................................................................................... 67
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
v
II-1-4-1 General Setup ............................................................................67
II-1-4-2 Status ......................................................................................70
Application Notes....................................................................................................................... 71
A-1 How to configure IPv6 on WAN interface? ................................................71
II-2 LAN ............................................................................................................................................ 76
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 78
II-2-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 78
II-2-1-1 Details Page for LAN1 – Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup........................81
II-2-1-2 Details Page for LAN2 ~ LAN4..........................................................83
II-2-1-3 Details Page for IP Routed Subnet ....................................................85
II-2-1-4 Details Page for LAN IPv6 Setup.......................................................86
II-2-1-5 Advanced DHCP Options ................................................................90
II-2-2 VLAN ................................................................................................................................ 92
II-2-3 Bind IP to MAC................................................................................................................. 95
II-2-4 LAN Port Mirror................................................................................................................. 99
II-2-5 Wired 802.1x .................................................................................................................. 100
II-3 Hardware Acceleration............................................................................................................. 101
II-4 NAT .......................................................................................................................................... 103
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 104
II-4-1 Port Redirection.............................................................................................................. 104
II-4-2 DMZ Host ....................................................................................................................... 108
II-4-3 Open Ports ..................................................................................................................... 111
II-4-4 Port Triggering................................................................................................................ 114
II-4-5 ALG................................................................................................................................. 116
II-5 Applications...............................................................................................................................117
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 119
II-5-1 Dynamic DNS................................................................................................................. 119
II-5-2 LAN DNS / DNS Forwarding .......................................................................................... 123
II-5-3 DNS Security.................................................................................................................. 126
II-5-3-1 General Setup .......................................................................... 126
II-5-3-2 Domain Diagnose ....................................................................... 126
II-5-4 Schedule......................................................................................................................... 128
II-5-5 RADIUS.......................................................................................................................... 131
II-5-6 UPnP .............................................................................................................................. 132
II-5-7 IGMP............................................................................................................................... 133
II-5-7-1 General Setting ........................................................................ 133
II-5-7-1 Working Group ......................................................................... 134
II-5-8 Wake on LAN ................................................................................................................. 135
II-5-9 SMS / Mail Alert Service................................................................................................. 136
II-5-9-1 SMS Alert ................................................................................ 136
II-5-9-2 Mail Alert ............................................................................... 137
II-5-10 Bonjour ......................................................................................................................... 138
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 141
A-1 How to use DrayDDNS? ..................................................................... 141
A-2 How to Configure Customized DDNS?.................................................... 146
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
vi
II-6 Routing..................................................................................................................................... 150
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 151
II-6-1 Static Route.................................................................................................................... 151
II-6-2 Route Policy ................................................................................................................... 155
II-6-2-1 General Setup .......................................................................... 155
II-6-2-2 Diagnose................................................................................. 159
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 162
A-1 How to set up Address Mapping with Route Policy? .................................. 162
Part III Wireless LAN......................................................................................................165
III-1 Wireless LAN (2.4 GHz/5 GHz) .............................................................................................. 166
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 170
III-1-1 Wireless Wizard............................................................................................................. 170
III-1-2 General Setup ............................................................................................................... 174
III-1-3 Security.......................................................................................................................... 176
III-1-4 Access Control .............................................................................................................. 178
III-1-5 WPS............................................................................................................................... 179
III-1-6 WDS .............................................................................................................................. 181
III-1-7 Advanced Setting .......................................................................................................... 184
III-1-8 Station Control............................................................................................................... 187
III-1-9 AP Discovery................................................................................................................. 187
III-1-10 Bandwidth Management.............................................................................................. 189
III-1-11 Airtime Fairness........................................................................................................... 190
III-1-12 Band Steering.............................................................................................................. 192
III-1-13 Roaming ...................................................................................................................... 196
III-1-14 Station List................................................................................................................... 197
Part IV VPN.....................................................................................................................199
IV-1 VPN and Remote Access ....................................................................................................... 200
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 201
IV-1-1 VPN Client Wizard ........................................................................................................ 201
IV-1-2 VPN Server Wizard....................................................................................................... 207
IV-1-3 Remote Access Control ................................................................................................ 211
IV-1-4 PPP General Setup....................................................................................................... 212
IV-1-5 IPsec General Setup..................................................................................................... 214
IV-1-6 IPsec Peer Identity........................................................................................................ 215
IV-1-7 Remote Dial-in User...................................................................................................... 217
IV-1-8 LAN to LAN ................................................................................................................... 220
IV-1-9 Connection Management.............................................................................................. 230
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 231
A-1 How to Build a LAN-to-LAN VPN Between Remote Office and Headquarter via IPsec
Tunnel (Main Mode) ............................................................................. 231
IV-2 SSL VPN................................................................................................................................. 236
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
vii
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 237
IV-2-1 General Setup............................................................................................................... 237
IV-2-2 User Account................................................................................................................. 238
IV-2-3 Online User Status........................................................................................................ 242
IV-3 Certificate Management.......................................................................................................... 243
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 244
IV-3-1 Local Certificate ............................................................................................................ 244
IV-3-2 Trusted CA Certificate................................................................................................... 248
IV-3-3 Certificate Backup......................................................................................................... 250
Part V Security ...............................................................................................................251
V-1 Firewall..................................................................................................................................... 252
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 254
V-1-1 General Setup................................................................................................................ 254
V-1-2 Filter Setup..................................................................................................................... 259
V-1-3 DoS Defense.................................................................................................................. 270
V-1-4 Diagnose........................................................................................................................ 274
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 277
A-1 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet ........................ 277
V-2 Central Security Management (CSM)...................................................................................... 281
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 282
V-2-1 APP Enforcement Profile ............................................................................................... 282
V-2-2 URL Content Filter Profile .............................................................................................. 286
V-2-3 Web Content Filter Profile.............................................................................................. 290
V-2-4 DNS Filter Profile ........................................................................................................... 294
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 296
A-1 How to Create an Account for MyVigor ................................................. 296
A-2 How to Block Facebook Service Accessed by the Users via Web Content Filter / URL
Content Filter.................................................................................... 304
Part VI Management ......................................................................................................311
VI-1 System Maintenance.............................................................................................................. 312
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 313
VI-1-1 System Status............................................................................................................... 313
VI-1-2 TR-069 .......................................................................................................................... 315
VI-1-3 Administrator Password................................................................................................ 318
VI-1-4 User Password.............................................................................................................. 320
VI-1-5 Login Page Greeting..................................................................................................... 323
VI-1-6 Configuration Backup.................................................................................................... 325
VI-1-7 Syslog/Mail Alert ........................................................................................................... 329
VI-1-8 Time and Date............................................................................................................... 332
VI-1-9 SNMP............................................................................................................................ 333
VI-1-10 Management ............................................................................................................... 335
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
viii
VI-1-11 Panel Control .............................................................................................................. 339
VI-1-12 Self-Signed Certificate ................................................................................................ 343
VI-1-13 Reboot System............................................................................................................ 345
VI-1-14 Firmware Upgrade ...................................................................................................... 346
VI-1-15 Activation..................................................................................................................... 347
VI-2 Bandwidth Management......................................................................................................... 349
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 351
VI-2-1 Sessions Limit............................................................................................................... 351
VI-2-2 Bandwidth Limit............................................................................................................. 353
VI-2-3 Quality of Service.......................................................................................................... 355
VI-2-4 APP QoS....................................................................................................................... 362
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 364
A-1 How to Optimize the Bandwidth through QoS Technology .......................... 364
VI-3 Hotspot Web Portal................................................................................................................. 368
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 369
VI-3-1 Profile Setup.................................................................................................................. 369
VI-4-1-1 Login Modes............................................................................ 369
VI-4-1-2 Steps for Configuring a Web Portal Profile....................................... 372
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 384
A-1 How to create Facebook APP for Web Portal Authentication? ...................... 384
A-2 How to create Google APP for Web Portal Authentication? ......................... 390
VI-4 Central Management (AP)...................................................................................................... 392
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 393
VI-4-1 Status............................................................................................................................ 393
VI-4-2 WLAN Profile................................................................................................................. 395
VI-4-3 AP Maintenance............................................................................................................ 400
VI-4-4 Traffic Graph ................................................................................................................. 401
VI-4-5 Load Balance ................................................................................................................ 402
VI-4-6 Function Support List.................................................................................................... 403
VI-5 Central Management (External Devices) ............................................................................... 404
VI-5-1 All Devices .................................................................................................................... 404
Part VII Others................................................................................................................407
VII-1 Objects Settings..................................................................................................................... 408
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 409
VII-1-1 IP Object ...................................................................................................................... 409
VII-1-2 IP Group....................................................................................................................... 413
VII-1-3 IPv6 Object................................................................................................................... 414
VII-1-4 IPv6 Group................................................................................................................... 416
VII-1-5 Service Type Object..................................................................................................... 417
VII-1-6 Service Type Group ..................................................................................................... 419
VII-1-7 Keyword Object............................................................................................................ 421
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
ix
VII-1-8 Keyword Group ............................................................................................................ 423
VII-1-9 File Extension Object................................................................................................... 424
VII-1-10 SMS/Mail Service Object ........................................................................................... 426
VII-1-11 Notification Object...................................................................................................... 431
VII-1-12 String Object .............................................................................................................. 433
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 434
A-1 How to Send a Notification to Specified Phone Number via SMS Service in WAN
Disconnection .................................................................................... 434
VII-2 USB Application..................................................................................................................... 438
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 439
VII-2-1 USB General Settings.................................................................................................. 439
VII-2-2 USB User Management............................................................................................... 440
VII-2-3 File Explorer................................................................................................................. 442
VII-2-4 USB Device Status....................................................................................................... 443
VII-2-5 Temperature Sensor.................................................................................................... 444
VII-2-6 Modem Support List..................................................................................................... 446
VII-2-7 SMB Client Support List............................................................................................... 447
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 448
A-1 How can I get the files from USB storage device connecting to Vigor router? ... 448
Part VIII Troubleshooting ..............................................................................................451
VIII-1 Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................... 452
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 453
VIII-1-1 Dial-out Triggering....................................................................................................... 453
VIII-1-2 Routing Table.............................................................................................................. 454
VIII-1-3 ARP Cache Table ....................................................................................................... 455
VIII-1-4 IPv6 Neighbour Table ................................................................................................. 456
VIII-1-5 DHCP Table................................................................................................................ 457
VIII-1-6 NAT Sessions Table ................................................................................................... 458
VIII-1-7 DNS Cache Table ....................................................................................................... 459
VIII-1-8 Ping Diagnosis ............................................................................................................ 460
VIII-1-9 Data Flow Monitor....................................................................................................... 461
VIII-1-10 Traffic Graph ............................................................................................................. 463
VIII-1-11 Trace Route .............................................................................................................. 464
VIII-1-12 Syslog Explorer......................................................................................................... 465
VIII-1-13 IPv6 TSPC Status ..................................................................................................... 466
VIII-1-14 DoS Flood Table....................................................................................................... 467
VIII-1-15 Route Policy Diagnosis............................................................................................. 469
VIII-2 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not..................................................................... 471
VIII-3 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not................... 472
VIII-4 Pinging the Router from Your Computer .............................................................................. 475
VIII-5 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not ......................................................................... 477
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
x
VIII-6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary.................................................................. 478
VIII-7 Contacting DrayTek .............................................................................................................. 479
Appendix I: VLAN Applications on Vigor Router ............................................................................ 480
Part IX Telnet Commands..............................................................................................489
Accessing Telnet of Vigor2133....................................................................................................... 490
Index ...............................................................................................................................688
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This part will introduce Vigor router and guide to
install the device in hardware and software.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
1
I
I
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
T
T
h
h
i
i
s
s
i
i
s
s
a
a
g
g
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
i
i
c
c
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
l
l
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
.
.
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
,
,
c
c
o
o
m
m
p
p
a
a
t
t
i
i
b
b
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
a
a
n
n
d
d
f
f
e
e
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
v
v
a
a
r
r
y
y
b
b
y
y
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
.
.
F
F
o
o
r
r
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
s
s
s
s
u
u
i
i
t
t
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
y
y
o
o
u
u
r
r
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
r
r
p
p
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
,
,
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
l
l
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
d
d
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
i
i
b
b
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
.
.
Vigor2133 series integrates IP layer QoS, NAT session/bandwidth management to help users
control works well with large bandwidth.
By adopting hardware-based VPN platform and hardware encryption of AES/DES/3DES, the
router increases the performance of VPN greatly, and offers several protocols (such as
IPSec/PPTP/L2TP) with VPN tunnels.
The object-based design used in SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) firewall allows users to set
firewall policy with ease. CSM (Content Security Management) provides users control and
management in IM (Instant Messenger) and P2P (Peer to Peer) more efficiency than before. By
the way, DoS/DDoS prevention and URL/Web content filter strengthen the security outside
and control inside. Object-based firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe.
User Management implemented on your router firmware can allow you to prevent any
computer from accessing your Internet connection without a username or password. You can
also allocate time budgets to your employees within office network.
With the 6-port Gigabit switch on the LAN side provides extremely high speed connectivity for
the highest speed local data transfer of any server or local PCs. The tagged VLANs
(IEEE802.1Q) can mark data with a VLAN identifier. This identifier can be carried through an
onward Ethernet switch to specific ports. The specific VLAN clients can also pick up this
identifier as it is just passed to the LAN. You can set the priorities for LAN-side QoS. You can
assign each of VLANs to each of the different IP subnets that the router may also be operating,
to provide even more isolation.
On the Wireless-equipped models each of the wireless SSIDs can also be grouped within one of
the VLANs.
Vigor2133 series provides two-level management to simplify the configuration of network
connection. The user mode allows user accessing into WEB interface via simple configuration.
However, if users want to have advanced configurations, they can access into WEB interface
through admin mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
2
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
d
d
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
Before you use the Vigor router, please get acquainted with the LED indicators and
connectors first.
LED Status Explanation
Blinking The router is powered on and running normally.
Blinking When ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and
simultaneously is enabled and the system waits for
wireless station of connection.
(Activity)
Off The router is powered off.
On The phone connected to this port is off-hook.
Off The phone connected to this port is on-hook.
Blinking A phone call comes.
On A USB device is connected and active.
USB
Blinking The data is transmitting.
On Wireless access point is ready.
Blinking Ethernet packets are transmitting over wireless LAN.
Blinking When ACT and WLAN LEDs blink quickly and
simultaneously is enabled and the system waits for
wireless station of connection.
~
WLAN
Off The WLAN function is inactive.
On Internet connection is ready.
Blinking The data is transmitting.
WAN
Off Internet connection is not ready.
On The WAN port is connected with Ethernet cable.
Blinking The data is transmitting through WAN port.
Off The WAN port is disconnected.
On The LAN port is connected.
Blinking The data is transmitting.
~
Off The LAN port is disconnected.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
3
LAN1/2/3/4
Interface Description
Factory Reset Restore the default settings.
Usage: Turn on the router (ACT LED is blinking). Press the hole and keep
for more than 5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED begins to blink
rapidly than usual, release the button. Then the router will restart with
the factory default configuration.
Wireless LAN
ON/OFF/WPS
(for “n / ac”
model)
WLAN On - Press the button and release it within 2 seconds. When the
wireless function is ready, the green LED will be on.
WLAN Off - Press the button and release it within 2 seconds to turn off
the WLAN function. When the wireless function is not ready, the LED
will be off.
WPS - When WPS function is enabled by web user interface, press this
button for more than 2 seconds to wait for client’s device making
network connection through WPS.
USB1~USB2 Connector for a USB device (for 3G/4G USB Modem or printer).
GigaLAN1~LAN4 Connectors for local networked devices.
WAN Connector for remote networked devices.
Phone2/Phone1
(for “V” model)
Connector of analog phone for VoIP communication.
ON/OFF Power Switch.
PWR Connector for a power adapter.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
4
I
I
-
-
2
2
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
i
i
n
n
g
g
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
Before starting to configure the router, you have to connect your devices correctly. In this
section, Vigor2133n is taken as an example.
1. Connect the cable Modem/DSL Modem/Media Converter to any WAN port of router with
Ethernet cable (RJ-45).
2. Connect one port of 4-port switch to your computer with a RJ-45 cable. This device
allows you to connect 4 PCs directly.
3. Connect detachable antennas to the router (for n/ac model only).
4. Connect one end of the power cord to the power port of this device. Connect the other
end to the wall outlet of electricity.
5. Power on the router.
6. Check the ACT and WAN, LAN LEDs to assure network connection.
(For the hardware connection, we take “n” model as an example.)
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
5
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
W
W
a
a
l
l
l
l
-
-
M
M
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
e
e
d
d
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 has keyhole type mounting slots on the underside.
1. A template is provided on the Vigor2133 packaging box to enable you to space the screws
correctly on the wall.
2. Place the template on the wall and drill the holes according to the recommended
instruction.
3. Fit screws into the wall using the appropriate type of wall plug.
Note
The recommended drill diameter shall be 6.5mm (1/4”).
4. When you finished about procedure, the router has been mounted on the wall firmly.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
6
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
i
i
n
n
g
g
U
U
S
S
B
B
P
P
r
r
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
t
t
o
o
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
You can install a printer onto the router for sharing printing. All the PCs connected this router
can print documents via the router. The example provided here is made based on Windows 7.
For other Windows system, please visit www.DrayTek.com.
Before using it, please follow the steps below to configure settings for connected computers
(or wireless clients).
1. Connect the printer with the router through USB/parallel port.
2. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Devices and Printers.
3. Click Add a printer.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
7
4. A dialog will appear. Click Add a local printer and click Next.
5. In this dialog, choose Create a new port. In the field of Type of port, use the drop down
list to select Standard TCP/IP Port. Then, click Next.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
8
6. In the following dialog, type 192.168.1.1 (router’s LAN IP) in the field of Hostname or
IP Address and type 192.168.1.1 as the Port name. Then, click Next.
7. Click Standard and choose Generic Network Card.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
9
8. Now, your system will ask you to choose right name of the printer that you installed onto
the router. Such step can make correct driver loaded onto your PC. When you finish the
selection, click Next.
9. Type a name for the chosen printer. Click Next.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
1
0
10. Choose Do not share this printer and click Next.
11. Then, in the following dialog, click Finish.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
11
12. The new printer has been added and displayed under Printers and Faxes. Click the new
printer icon and click Printer server properties.
13. Edit the property of the new printer you have added by clicking Configure Port.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
12
14. Select "LPR" on Protocol, type p1 (number 1) as Queue Name. Then click OK. Next
please refer to the red rectangle for choosing the correct protocol and LPR name.
The printer can be used for printing now. Most of the printers with different manufacturers
are compatible with vigor router.
Info
Some printers with the fax/scanning or other additional functions are not
supported.
Vigor router supports printing request from computers via LAN ports but not WAN
port.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
13
I
I
-
-
3
3
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
1. Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly.
You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set
up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of
Vigor router 192.168.1.1. For the detailed information, please refer to the later
section - Trouble Shooting of the guide.
2. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. The following window
will be open to ask for username and password.
3. Please type “admin/admin” as the Username/Password and click Login.
Info
If you fail to access to the web configuration, please go to “Trouble
Shooting” for detecting and solving your problem.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
1
4
4. Now, the Main Screen will appear. Take Vigor2133Vac as as example.
Info
The home page will be different slightly in accordance with the type of the
router you have.
5. The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition. The default setting
is Auto Logout, which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes
without any operation. Change the setting for your necessity.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
15
I
I
-
-
4
4
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
Please change the password for the original security of the router.
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. A pop-up window will
open to ask for username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” as Username/Password for accessing into the web user
interface with admin mode.
3. Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password.
4. Enter the login password (the default is “admin”) on the field of Old Password. Type
New Password and Confirm Password. Then click OK to continue.
Info
The maximum length of the password you can set is 23 characters.
5. Now, the password has been changed. Next time, use the new password to access the
Web user interface for this router.
Info
Even the password is changed, the Username for logging onto the web user
interface is still “admin”.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
16
I
I
-
-
5
5
D
D
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
Dashboard shows the connection status including System Information, IPv4 Internet Access,
IPv6 Internet Access, Interface (physical connection), Security and Quick Access.
Click Dashboard from the main menu on the left side of the main page.
A web page with default selections will be displayed on the screen. Refer to the following
figure:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
1
7
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
On the top of the Dashboard, a virtual panel (simulating the physical panel of the router)
displays the physical interface connection. It will be refreshed every five seconds. When you
move and click the mouse cursor on LEDs (except ACT), USB ports, or LAN1 – LAN4, related
web setting page will be open for you to configure if required.
Port Color Description
Black It means the router or the function is not working. LED (left
side)
Green It means the router or the function is working.
Black It means no USB device is connected. USB
Green It means a USB device is connected.
Black It means such port is disconnected.
Green It means such port is connected (with Giga transmission
rate, 1Gbps) physically.
Ethernet
Port
(WAN/LAN)
Orange It means such port is connected (with 10/100 Mbps)
physically.
For detailed information about the LED display, refer to I-1-1 LED Indicators and
Connectors.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
2
2
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
a
a
L
L
i
i
n
n
k
k
A name with a link (e.g., Router Name, Current Time, WAN1 and etc.) below means you can
click it to open the configuration page for modification.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
18
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
o
o
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
d
d
M
M
e
e
n
n
u
u
All the menu items can be accessed and arranged orderly on the left side of the main page for
your request. However, some important and common used menu items which can be
accessed in a quick way just for convenience.
Look at the right side of the Dashboard. You will find a group of common used functions
grouped under Quick Access.
The function links of System Status, Dynamic DDNS, TR-069, IM/P2P Block, Schedule,
Syslog/Mail Alert, RADIUS, Firewall Object Setting and Data Flow Monitor are displayed here.
Move your mouse cursor on any one of the links and click on it. The corresponding setting
page will be open immediately.
In addition, quick access for VPN security settings such as Remote Dial-in User and LAN to
LAN are located on the bottom of this page. Scroll down the page to find them and use them
if required.
Note that there is a plus (
) icon located on the left side of LAN/WLAN/VPN/MyVigor. Click
it to review the LAN/WLAN/VPN/MyVigor connection(s) used presently.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
1
9
Host connected physically to the router via LAN port(s) will be displayed with green circles in
the field of Connected.
All of the hosts (including wireless clients) displayed with Host ID, IP Address and MAC address
indicates that the traffic would be transmitted through LAN port(s) and then the WAN port.
The purpose is to perform the traffic monitor of the host(s).
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
4
4
G
G
U
U
I
I
M
M
a
a
p
p
All the functions the router supports are listed with table clearly in this page. Users can click
the function link to access into the setting page of the function for detailed configuration.
Click the icon on the top of the main screen to display all the functions.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
2
0
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
5
5
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
l
l
e
e
It is not necessary to use the telnet command via DOS prompt. The changes made by using
web console have the same effects as modified through web user interface. The
functions/settings modified under Web Console also can be reviewed on the web user
interface.
Click the Web Console icon on the top of the main screen to open the following screen.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
There is one way to store current used settings quickly by clicking the Config Backup icon. It
allows you to backup current settings as a file. Such configuration file can be restored by
using System Maintenance>>Configuration Backup.
Simply click the icon on the top of the main screen and a pop up dialog will appear.
Click Save to store the setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
21
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
L
L
o
o
g
g
o
o
u
u
t
t
Click this icon to exit the web user interface.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
1
1
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status, WAN
connection status, ADSL information, and so on.
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
22
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Detailed explanation (for IPv4) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status Primary DNS-Displays the primary DNS server address for
WAN interface.
Secondary DNS -Displays the secondary DNS server address
for WAN interface.
IP Address-Displays the IP address of the LAN interface.
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN
interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3
/WAN4 Status
Enable – Yes in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled.
Line – Displays the physical connection (VDSL, ADSL,
Ethernet, or USB) of this interface.
Name – Display the name of the router.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., PPPoE).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
GW IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
TX Packets - Displays the total transmitted packets at the
WAN interface.
TX Rate - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
WAN interface.
RX Packets - Displays the total number of received packets
at the WAN interface.
RX Rate - Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN
interface.
Detailed explanation (for IPv6) is shown below:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
23
Item Description
LAN Status IP Address- Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface..
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN
interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
TX Bytes - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
LAN interface.
RX Bytes - Displays the speed of received octets at the LAN
interface.
WAN IPv6 Status Enable – No in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled. No in
red means such interface is not available.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., TSPC).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
Gateway IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
Info
The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for
accessing Internet; the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface
is not ready for accessing Internet.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
2
2
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
W
W
A
A
N
N
Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information.
Virtual WAN are used by TR-069 management, and so on.
The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
2
4
I
I
-
-
6
6
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
S
S
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Quick Start Wizard can help you to deploy and use the router easily and quickly. Go to
Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login
password. After typing the password, please click Next.
On the next page as shown below, please select the appropriate Internet access type
according to the information from your ISP. For example, you should select PPPoE mode if the
ISP provides you PPPoE interface. Then click Next for next step.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
25
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
1. If you click PPPoE as the protocol, after clicking Next, you will get the following web
page. Please manually enter the Username/Password provided by your ISP. Then click
Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name
(Optional)
Enter the description of the specific network service.
Username Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Confirm Password Retype the password.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
26
2. Please manually enter the Username/Password provided by your ISP. Click Next for
viewing summary of such connection.
3. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
4. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
2
7
P
P
P
P
T
T
P
P
/
/
L
L
2
2
T
T
P
P
1. Choose PPTP/L2TP as the WAN Interface and click the Next button.
2. The following page will be open for you to type in all the information originally provided
by your ISP.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Username Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password Assign a valid password provided by the ISP.
Note: The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Confirm Password Retype the password.
WAN IP Configuration
Obtain an IP address automatically – the router will get an
IP address automatically from DHCP server.
Specify an IP address – you have to type relational settings
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
28
manually.
IP Address - Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask –Type the subnet mask.
Gateway – Type the IP address of the gateway.
PPTP Server / L2TP
Server
Type the IP address of the server.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
3. Please type in the IP address/mask/gateway information originally provided by your ISP.
Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
4. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
5. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
2
9
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
1. Click Static IP as the Internet Access type and click the Next button.
2. The following page will be open for you to type in the IP address information originally
provided by your ISP.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN IP Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask.
Gateway Type the IP address of gateway.
Primary DNS Type in the primary IP address for the router.
Secondary DNS Type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
3
0
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
3. Please type in the IP address information originally provided by your ISP. Then click Next
for next step.
4. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
5. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
1. Click DHCP as the Internet Access type and click the Next button.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
31
2. The following page will be open for you to type in the IP address information originally
provided by your ISP.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Host Name Type the name of the host.
Note: The maximum length of the host name you can set is
39 characters.
MAC Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address
for access authentication. In such cases you need to enter
the MAC address.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
3. After finished the settings above, click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
32
4. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
5. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
33
I
I
-
-
7
7
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Service Activation Wizard can guide you to activate WCF service (Web Content Filter) with a
quick and easy way. For the Service Activation Wizard is only available for admin
operation, please type “admin/admin” on Username/Password while Logging into the web
user interface.
Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to activate services without accessing
into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com.
Info
Such function is available only for Admin Mode.
1. Open Wizards>>Service Activation Wizard.
2. In the following page, you can activate the Web content filter services and APPE
Enforcement service at the same time or individually. When you finish the selection,
please click Next.
Info
BPjM is web content filter (WCF) for German Speaking users. It is ideal for your
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
34
family to provide more Internet security for youngsters.
Cryan 30-day trial is WCF which offers 30-day trial period. After trial, you can
purchase DrayTek's prepared Cryan GlobalView WCF package from retailing
outlets.
DT-APPE, developed by DrayTek, offers a mechanism to upgrade APPE
signature automatically.
3. Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows, please click Activate.
Info
The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in
Firewall>>General Setup.
4. Now, the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your
selection(s). The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
35
I
I
-
-
8
8
R
R
e
e
g
g
i
i
s
s
t
t
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any
time. Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more
service. Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration.
1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing “admin/admin” as
User Name / Password.
2 Click Support Area>>Production Registration from the home page.
3 A Login page will be shown on the screen. Please type the account and password that
you created previously. And click Login.
Info
If you haven’t an accessing account, please refer to section Creating an
Account for MyVigor to create your own one. Please read the articles on the
Agreement regarding user rights carefully while creating a user account.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
36
4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor. When the following
page appears, please type in Nickname (for the router) and choose the right registration
date from the popup calendar (it appears when you click on the box of Registration
Date). Click Add.
5 When the following page appears, your router information has been added to the
database.
6 After clicking OK, you will see the following page. Your router has been registered to
myvigor website successfully.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
3
7
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
i
i
t
t
y
y
It means wide area network. Public IP will be used in
WAN.
It means local area network. Private IP will be used in
LAN. Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets
regulated and ruled by router. The design of network
structure is related to what type of public IP addresses
coming from your ISP.
When the data flow passing through, the Network
Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will
dedicate to translate public/private addresses, and
the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in
the local area network.
DNS, LAN DNS, IGMP, UPnP, WOL, RADIUS, SMS.
Static Route, Route Policy
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
38
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
It allows users to access Internet.
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
o
o
f
f
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
I
I
P
P
)
)
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
IP means Internet Protocol. Every device in an IP-based Network including routers, print
server, and host PCs, needs an IP address to identify its location on the network. To avoid
address conflicts, IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre
(NIC). Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public
network but not in the private TCP/IP local area networks (LANs), such as host PCs under the
management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public. Hence, the NIC
has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly. These are known as
private IP addresses, and are listed in the following ranges:
From 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
From 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
From 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN, it interconnects groups of
host PCs. Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built-in DHCP server of the
Vigor router. The router itself will also use the default private IP address: 192.168.1.1 to
communicate with the local hosts. Meanwhile, Vigor router will communicate with other
network devices through a public IP address. When the data flow passing through, the
Network Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will dedicate to translate
public/private addresses, and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local
area network. Thus, all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection.
G
G
e
e
t
t
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
I
I
S
S
P
P
In ADSL deployment, the PPP (Point to Point)-style authentication and authorization is
required for bridging customer premises equipment (CPE). Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet (PPPoE) connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access
concentrator or aggregation concentrator. This implementation provides users with
significant ease of use. Meanwhile it provides access control, billing, and type of service
according to user requirement.
When a router begins to connect to your ISP, a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for
a connection. Then a session will be created. Your user ID and password is authenticated via
PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system. And your IP address, DNS server, and other
related information will usually be assigned by your ISP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
3
9
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection
modes for WAN in details.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
W
W
A
A
N
N
1
1
This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1and WAN3 respectively.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Click the WAN interface link under Index to access into the
WAN configuration page.
Enable V means such WAN interface is enabled and ready to be used.
Physical Mode / Type Display the physical mode and physical type of such WAN
interface.
Active Mode Display whether such WAN interface is Active device or
backup device.
Load Balance Display if Load Balance feature is enabled or disabled for
such WAN interface.
Info
In default, each WAN port is enabled.
Click WAN1 link to get the following page:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
40
Or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface.
Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface.
Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface.
Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such WAN interface.
Physical Type You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto
negotiation for determined by the system.
VLAN Tag insertion Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
41
packets sending by WAN interface.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is from 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
42
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
W
W
A
A
N
N
3
3
(
(
U
U
S
S
B
B
)
)
To use 3G/4G network connection through 3G/4G USB Modem, please configure WAN3
interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface.
Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface.
Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
43
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
This page allows you to set WAN configuration with different modes. Use the Connection Type
drop down list to choose one of the WAN modes. The corresponding page will be displayed.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Display the WAN interface.
Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 /WAN4 that
entered in general setup.
Physical Mode It shows the physical connection for WAN (Ethernet or fiber)
according to the real network connection.
Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode. The
details page of that mode will be popped up. If not, click
Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings.
Details Page This button will open different web page (based on IPv4)
according to the access mode that you choose in WAN
interface.
IPv6 This button will open different web page (based on Physical
Mode) to setup IPv6 Internet Access Mode for WAN interface.
If IPv6 service is active on this WAN interface, the color of
“IPv6” will become green.
DHCP Client Option This button allows you to configure DHCP client options.
DHCP packets can be processed by adding option number and
data information when such function is enabled and
configured.
Enable – Check the box to enable the function of DHCP
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
44
Option. Each DHCP option is composed by an option number
with data. For example,
Option number:100
Data: abcd
When such function is enabled, the specified values for DHCP
option will be seen in DHCP reply packets.
Interface – Specify the WAN interface(s) that will be
overwritten by such function. WAN5 ~ WAN6 can be located
under WAN>>Multi-PVC/VLAN.
Option Number – Type a number for such function.
Note: If you choose to configure option 61 here, the
detailed settings in WAN>>Interface Access will be
overwritten.
DataType – Choose the type (ASCII or Hex) for the data to be
stored.
Data – Type the content of the data to be processed by the
function of DHCP option.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the PPPoE tab. The
following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
45
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Service Name (Optional) - Enter the description of the
specific network service.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63
characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Application >> Schedule web page and you can
use the number that you have set in that web page.
PPPoE Pass-through The router offers PPPoE dial-up connection. Besides, you
also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local
clients to your ISP via the Vigor router. When PPPoA protocol
is selected, the PPPoE package transmitted by PC will be
transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN server.
Thus, the PC can access Internet through such direction.
For Wired LAN – If you check this box, PCs on the same
network can use another set of PPPoE session (different with
the Host PC) to access into Internet.
For Wireless LAN – It is available for n model. If you check
this box, PCs on the same wireless network can use another
set of PPPoE session (different with the Host PC) to access
into Internet.
Note: To have PPPoA Pass-through, please choose PPPoA
protocol and check the box(es) here. The router will behave
like a modem which only serves the PPPoE client on the LAN.
That’s, the router will offer PPPoA dial-up connection.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through PPP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose PPP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IPIf you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type Primary or Secondary IP
address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection
mode, you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
46
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system is
allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Path MTU Discovery – It is used to detect the maximum MTU
size of a packet not to be segmented in specific transmit
path.
Click Detect to open the following dialog.
Path MTU to – Type the IP address as the specific
transmit path.
MTU size start from - Determine the starting point
value of the packet.
MTU reduce size by – It determines the decreasing size
of MTU value. For example, the number specified in
this field is “8”. The maximum MTU size is “1500”.
After clicking the “detect” button, the system will
calculate and get the suitable MTU value such as 1500,
1492, 1484 and etc., automatically.
Detect – Click it to detect a suitable MTU value
Accept – After clicking it, the detected value will be
displayed in the field of MTU.
TTL Change the TTL value – Enable or disable the TTL (Time to
Live) for a packet transmitted through Vigor router.
Enable - TTL value will be reduced (-1) when it passess
through Vigor router. It will cause the client, accessing
Internet through Vigor router, be blocked by certain ISP
when TTL value becomes “0”.
Disable – TTL value will not be reduced. Then, when a packet
passes through Vigor router, it will not be cancelled. That is,
the client who sends out the packet will not be blocked by
ISP.
PPP/MP Setup PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method (IPCP)
Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time
you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Type the additional WAN
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
4
7
IP address and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit
the dialog.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP
address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC Address or
specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC
Address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the router
manually.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
For static IP mode, you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet, namely
multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers. In most cases, a
Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP, while a DSL service provider will offer a
public subnet. If you have a public subnet, you could assign an IP address or many IP address
to the WAN interface.
To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the Static
or Dynamic IP tab. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable / Disable Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
48
Keep WAN Connection Normally, this function is designed for Dynamic IP
environments because some ISPs will drop connections if
there is no traffic within certain periods of time. Check
Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function.
PING to the IP - If you enable the PING function, please
specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping
alive.
PING Interval - Enter the interval for the system to execute
the PING operation.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect, Ping Detect or Always On for
the system to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping
Detect as the detection mode, you have to type required
settings for the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IPIf you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type Primary or Secondary IP
address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection
mode, you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system is
allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Path MTU Discovery – It is used to detect the maximum MTU
size of a packet not to be segmented in specific transmit
path.
Click Detect to open the following dialog.
Path MTU to – Choose the destination as the specific
transmit path and type the IP address.
MTU size start from - Determine the starting point
value of the packet.
MTU reduce size by – It determines the decreasing size
of MTU value. For example, the number specified in
this field is “8”. The maximum MTU size is “1500”.
After clicking the “detect” button, the system will
calculate and get the suitable MTU value such as 1500,
1492, 1484 and etc., automatically.
Detect – Click it to detect a suitable MTU value
Accept – After clicking it, the detected value will be
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
4
9
displayed in the field of MTU.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIPRFC1058
specifying how routers exchange routing tables information.
Click Enable RIP for activating this function.
TTL Change the TTL value – Enable or disable the TTL (Time to
Live) for a packet transmitted through Vigor router.
Enable - TTL value will be reduced (-1) when it passess
through Vigor router. It will cause the client, accessing
Internet through Vigor router, be blocked by certain ISP
when TTL value becomes “0”.
Disable – TTL value will not be reduced. Then, when a packet
passes through Vigor router, it will not be cancelled. That is,
the client who sends out the packet will not be blocked by
ISP.
WAN IP Network Settings This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use
Dynamic IP mode.
Router Name: Type in the router name provided
by ISP.
Domain Name: Type in the domain name that you
have assigned.
DHCP Client Identifier
Enable: Check the box to specify username and
password as the DHCP client identifier for some
ISP.
Username: Type a name as username. The
maximum length of the user name you can set is
63 characters.
Password: Type a password. The maximum length
of the password you can set is 62 characters.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data if you want to use Static IP mode.
IP Address: Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask: Type the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address: Type the gateway IP
address.
Default MAC Address: Click this radio button to use default
MAC address for the router.
Specify a MAC Address: Some Cable service providers
specify a specific MAC address for access authentication. In
such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and
enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field.
DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to
use Static IP mode. If necessary, type in secondary IP address
for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
5
0
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
P
P
T
T
P
P
/
/
L
L
2
2
T
T
P
P
To use PPTP/L2TP as the accessing protocol of the internet, please click the PPTP/L2TP tab.
The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
PPTP/L2TP Enable PPTP- Click this radio button to enable a PPTP client
to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface.
Enable L2TP - Click this radio button to enable a L2TP client
to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface.
Disable – Click this radio button to close the connection
through PPTP or L2TP.
Server Address - Specify the IP address of the PPTP/L2TP
server if you enable PPTP/L2TP client mode.
Specify Gateway IP Address – Specify the gateway IP address
for DHCP server.
ISP Access Setup Username -Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63
characters.
Password -Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Application >> Schedule web page and you can
use the number that you have set in that web page.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
Path MTU Discovery – It is used to detect the maximum MTU
size of a packet not to be segmented in specific transmit
path.
Click Detect to open the following dialog.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
51
Path MTU to – Choose the destination as the specific
transmit path and type the IP address.
MTU size start from - Determine the starting point
value of the packet.
MTU reduce size by – It determines the decreasing size
of MTU value. For example, the number specified in
this field is “8”. The maximum MTU size is “1500”.
After clicking the “detect” button, the system will
calculate and get the suitable MTU value such as 1500,
1492, 1484 and etc., automatically.
Detect – Click it to detect a suitable MTU value
Accept – After clicking it, the detected value will be
displayed in the field of MTU.
PPP Setup PPP Authentication - Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
Idle Timeout - Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any action.
IP Address Assignment
Method(IPCP)
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 32 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using.
Fixed IP - Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you
each time you connect to it and request. In some case, your
ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function. Click Yes to use this function
and type in a fixed IP address in the box.
Fixed IP Address -Type a fixed IP address.
WAN IP Network Settings Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type the IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type the subnet mask.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
52
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
f
f
f
f
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
When Offline is selected, the IPv6 connection will be disabled.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
5
5
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
P
P
P
P
During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection, we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address
between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP. Later, use DHCPv6 or accept RA to
acquire the IPv6 prefix address (such as: 2001:B010:7300:200::/64) offered by the ISP. In
addition, PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of
the generated prefix.
No need to type any other information for PPP mode.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
53
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
RIPng Protocol RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the same functions and
benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPP mode.
Info
At present, the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is
available for the areas such as Taiwan (hinet), the Netherlands, Australia and UK.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
6
6
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
Tunnel setup protocol client (TSPC) is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6
network easily.
Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago
(http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account ) before you try to use TSPC for network
connection. TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the
specifications inside the configuration file. It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix
from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background.
After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon (RADVD), the PC
behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
5
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. It is suggested for
you to apply another username and password for
http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 63
characters.
Password Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
55
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
7
7
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
A
A
I
I
C
C
C
C
U
U
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Always On Check this box to keep the network connection always.
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. Please apply new
account at http://www.sixxs.net/. It is suggested for you to
apply another username and password.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Password Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker It means a server of AICCU. The server can provide IPv6
tunnels to sites or end users over IPv4.
Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
Tunnel ID One user account may have several tunnels. And, each
tunnel shall have one specified tunnel ID (e.g., T115394).
Type the ID offered by Tunnel Broker.
Subnet Prefix Type the subnet prefix address obtained from service
provider.
The maximum length of the prefix you can set is 128
characters.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
56
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
8
8
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
v
v
6
6
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
DHCPv6 Client
Configuration
IAID - Type a number as IAID.
DUID – Display the DHCP unique ID used by such WAN
interface.
Authentication Protocol – Such protocol will be used for
the client to be authenticated by DHCPv6 server before
accessing into Internet. There are three types can be
specified, Reconfigure Key, Delayed and None. In general,
the default setting is None.
Reconfigure Key – During the connection process,
DHCPv6 server will authenticate the client
automatically.
Delayed - During the connection process, DHCPv6 server
will authenticate and identify the client based on the
key ID, realm and secret information specified in these
fields.
Key ID – Type a value (range from 1 to 65535) which will
be used to generate HMAC-MD5 value.
Realm – The name (1 to 31 characters) typed here will
identify the key which generates HMAC-MD5 value.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
5
7
Secret – Type a text (1 to 31 characters) as s a unique
identifier for each client on each DHCP server.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means
no detection will be executed. The network connection will
be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
Enable Firewall – It is available when Bridge Mode is
enabled. When both Bridge Mode and Firewall check boxes
are enabled, the settings configured (user profiles) under
User Management will be ignored. And all of the filter rules
defined and enabled in Firewall menu will be activated.
Bridge Subnet – Make a bridge between the selected LAN
subnet and such WAN interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
58
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
9
9
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address – Type the IPv6 Static IP Address.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Update – Click it to modify an existed entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current interface IPv6 address.
Static IPv6 Gateway IPv6 Gateway Address - Type your IPv6 gateway address
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
5
9
Configuration here.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
Enable Firewall – It is available when Bridge Mode is
enabled. When both Bridge Mode and Firewall check boxes
are enabled, the settings configured (user profiles) under
User Management will be ignored. And all of the filter rules
defined and enabled in Firewall menu will be activated.
Bridge Subnet – Make a bridge between the selected LAN
subnet and such WAN interface.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
0
0
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
6
6
i
i
n
n
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
This type allows you to setup 6in4 Static Tunnel for WAN interface.
Such mode allows the router to access IPv6 network through IPv4 network.
However, 6in4 offers a prefix outside of 2002::0/16. So, you can use a fixed endpoint rather
than anycast endpoint. The mode has more reliability.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
6
0
Remote Endpoint IPv4
Address
Type the static IPv4 address for the remote server.
6in4 IPv6 Address Type the static IPv6 address for IPv4 tunnel with the value
for prefix length.
LAN Routed Prefix Type the static IPv6 address for LAN routing with the value
for prefix length.
Tunnel TTL Type the number for the data lifetime in tunnel.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on
always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6in4 Static Tunnel mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
61
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
6
6
r
r
d
d
This type allows you to setup 6rd for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
6rd Mode Auto 6rd – Retrieve 6rd prefix automatically from 6rd service
provider. The IPv4 WAN must be set as "DHCP".
Static 6rd - Set 6rd options manually.
IPv4 Border Relay Type the IPv4 addresses of the 6rd Border Relay for a given
6rd domain.
IPv4 Mask Length Type a number of high-order bits that are identical across all
CE IPv4 addresses within a given 6rd domain.
It may be any value between 0 and 32.
6rd Prefix Type the 6rd IPv6 address.
6rd Prefix Length Type the IPv6 prefix length for the 6rd IPv6 prefix in number
of bits.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
62
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6rd mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
63
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
-
-
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Multi-VLAN allows users to create profiles for specific WAN interface and bridge connections
for user applications that require very high network throughput. Simply go to WAN and select
Multi-VLAN.
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
This page shows the basic configurations used by every channel. In which, Channels 4
through 10 can be bridged to one or more of the 3 LAN ports P2 through P4. In addition,
Channels 4 through 6 can be configured as virtual WANs (WAN4 through WAN6).
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Channel Display the number of each channel.
Channels 1 is used by the Internet Access web user interface
and can not be configured here.
Channels 4 ~ 10 are configurable.
Enable Display whether the settings in this channel are enabled
(Yes) or not (No).
WAN Type Displays the physical medium that the channel will use.
VLAN Tag Displays the VLAN tag value that will be used for the packets
traveling on this channel.
Port-based Bridge The network traffic flowing on each channel will be
identified by the system via their VLAN Tags. Channels using
the same WAN type may not configure the same VLAN tag
value.
Enable - Check this box to enable the port-based bridge
function on this channel.
P1 ~ P4 – Check the box(es) to build bridge connection on
LAN.
To configure a PVC channel, click its channel number.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
6
4
WAN links for Channel 4, 5 and 6 are provided for router-borne application such as TR-069.
The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP. For your special request, please
contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 4, 5 or 6 to configure your router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Multi-VLAN Channel 4/5/6
Enable – Select to enable this channel.
Disable – Select to disable this channel.
General Settings VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. Valid
settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network traffic
flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via
their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same WAN type may not
configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
Open Port-based Bridge The settings here will create a bridge between the LAN ports
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
65
Connection for this
Channel
selected and the WAN. The WAN interface of the bridge
connection will be built upon the WAN type selected using
the VLAN tag configured.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking the
corresponding check box(es) for applying the port-based
bridge connection.
Note: LAN port P1 is reserved for NAT use and cannot be
selected for bridging.
Open WAN Interface for
this Channel
Check the box to enable relating function.
WAN Application
Management can be specified for general management
(Web configuration/telnet/TR069). If you choose
Management, the configuration for this VLAN will be
effective for Web configuration/telnet/TR069.
IPTV - The IPTV configuration will allow the WAN
interface to send IGMP packets to IPTV servers.
WAN Setup – Choose PPPoE/PPPoA or Static or Dynamic IP
to determine what WAN settings must be configured.
ISP Access Setup, IP
Address From ISP, WAN IP
Network Settings, DNS
Server IP Address
For other settings, refer to Details Page for PPPoE in WAN1.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings and return to previous page.
Click any index (7, 8, 9 and 10) to get the following web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Multi-VLAN Channel Enable – Click it to enable the configuration of this channel.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
66
7/8/9/10 Disable –Click it to disable the configuration of this channel.
General Settings VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. Valid
settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network traffic
flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via
their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same WAN type may not
configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
Bridge mode Enable – Click it to enable Bridge mode for such channel.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking the
corresponding check box(es) for applying the bridge
connection.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
6
7
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
W
W
A
A
N
N
B
B
u
u
d
d
g
g
e
e
t
t
This function is used to determine the data traffic volume for each WAN interface
respectively to prevent from overcharges for data transmission by the ISP. Please note that
the Quota Limit and Billing cycle day of month settings will need to be configured correctly
first in order for some period calculations to be performed correctly.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Item Description
Index The WAN port.
Click to configure WAN Budget for a particular WAN.
Enable v - WAN Budget is enabled on this WAN.
x - WAN Budget is disabled on this WAN.
Quota The current cycle’s Internet usage is expressed as x/y where
x is the cumulative usage and y is the upper limit. For
example, 100MB/200MB means the usage thus far in this
cycle is 100MB, and the upper limit is 200MB.
When quota exceeded Actions to be taken once the quota is reached.
Shutdown – WAN will be disabled.
Mail Alert – Email will be sent to the administrator.
Time cycle Reset frequency of the usage data.
Monthly – The Monthly option in the Criterion and Action
tab was used to set up the usage quota.
User Defined: The User Defined option in the Criterion and
Action tab was used to set up the usage qota.
Duration Start and end timestamps of the current cycle.
Click WAN1/ WAN3 link to open the following web page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
68
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check the box to enable such function.
Quota Limit Type the data traffic quota allowed for such WAN interface.
There are two unit (MB and GB) offered for you to specify.
When quota exceeded Check the box(es) as the condition(s) for the system to
perform when the traffic has exceeded the budget limit.
Shutdown WAN interface – All the outgoing traffic through
such WAN interface will be terminated.
Using Notification Object – The system will send out a
notification based on the content of the notification
object.
Set Mail Alert – The system will send out a warning
message to the administrator when the quota is running
out. However, the connection charges will be
calculated continuously.
Set SMS message - The system will send out SMS
message to the administrator when the quota is running
out.
Monthly Some ISP might apply for the network limitation based on the
traffic limit per month. This setting is to offer a mechanism
of resetting the traffic record every month.
Data quota resets on day … – You can determine the starting
day in one month.
Custom This setting allows the user to define the billing cycle
according to his request. The WAN budget will be reset with
an interval of billing cycle.
Monthly is default setting. If long period or a short period is
required, use Custom. The period of cycle duration is
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
6
9
between 1 day and 60 days. You can determine the cycle
duration by specifying the days and the hours. In addition,
you can specify which day of today is in a cycle.
Use Cycle in hours
Cycle duration: Specify the days and hours to reset the
traffic record. For example, 7 means the whole cycle is 7
days; 20 means the whole cycle is 20 days. When the time
is up, the router will reset the traffic record
automatically.
Today is day – Specify the day in the cycle as the starting
point which Vigor router will reset the traffic record. For
example, “3” means the third day of the cycle duration.
Use Cycle in days -
Cycle duration: Specify the days to reset the traffic
record. For example, 7 means the whole cycle is 7 days;
20 means the whole cycle is 20 days. When the time is up,
the router will reset the traffic record automatically.
Today is day – Specify the day and time for data quota
rest in the cycle as the starting point which Vigor router
will reset the traffic record. For example, “3” means the
third day of the cycle duration.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
7
0
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
The status page displays the status WAN budget, including the duration and the usage.
If the WAN budget is exhausted, a lock will be displayed on the page if Shutdown WAN
interface is selected. Which means no data transmission will be carried out. Moreover, the
system will send out a warning message to the administrator if Mail Alert is selected. Or, the
system will send out SMS message to the administrator if SMS message is selected.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
71
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
o
o
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
?
?
This document is going to demonstrate how to implement an IPv6 address on Vigor Router's
WAN.
1. Before configuring IPv6 on WAN, please make sure the router is connected to the IPv4
Internet.
2. Go to WAN >> Internet Access, click on IPv6 of the WAN interface that you would like to
configure an IPv6 address.
3. Select a Connection Type from the drop-down list, enter the required parameters. Then
click OK and reboot the router to apply the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
72
4. After accomplishing the configurations, Network Administrator may check the status from
the IPv6 tab on Online Status >> Physical Connection page.
5. Furthermore, Network Administrator may test the connectivity of IPv6 from the router by
going to Diagnostics >> Ping Diagnosis and selecting "IPv6".
Below we will provide some examples of configuring IPv6 with different connection types.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
73
P
P
P
P
P
P
(
(
P
P
o
o
i
i
n
n
t
t
-
-
t
t
o
o
-
-
P
P
o
o
i
i
n
n
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
)
)
This applies if the IPv4 access mode is PPPoE, and the IPv4 ISP also provides an IPv6 address.
To use IPv6 PPP, you just need to choose the Connection Type to "PPP", no other setting is
required.
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
(
(
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
)
)
In this mode, the IPv6 connectivity is provided by a tunnel broker on the IPv4 Internet through
a tunnel set up by Tunnel Setup Protocol (TSP). To use TSPC, you'll need to sign up for a
tunnel broker service and get a username and password first, then, configure the router as
follows:
1. Set Connection Type to TSPC.
2. Enter the Username and Password registered at the TSP server.
3. Enter the IP or Domain Name of the TSPC server for Tunnel Broker.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
7
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
If your ISP provides a static IPv6 address for you, you may configure that IPv6 address for WAN
by doing the following steps:
1. Set Connection Type to Static IPv6.
2. Enter the IPv6 address and Prefix Length which provided by the ISP, and click Add.
3. You should see the IPv6 address in Current IPv6 Address Table. Then, specify the IP
address of IPv6 Gateway.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
75
6
6
i
i
n
n
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
In this mode, the IPv6 connectivity is provided by a tunnel broker on the IPv4 Internet through
a tunnel configured manually. To use 6in4 Static Tunnel, you need sign up for a tunnel broker
service and get an IPv6 address and routed IPv6 prefixes first. Then, configure the router as
follows:
1. Set Connection Type to 6in4 Static Tunnel.
2. Enter the tunnel server's IPv4 address in Remote Endpoint IPv4 Address.
3. Enter the router's IPv6 address in 6in4 IPv6 Address.
4. Enter the routed IPv6 prefix in LAN Routed Prefix.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
76
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router. The design of
network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP.
The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT. It creates a private subnet of your own. As
mentioned previously, the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public
IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address. What NAT does is to
translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets
to the right host and vice versa. Besides, Vigor router has a built-in DHCP server that assigns
private IP address to each local host. See the following diagram for a briefly understanding.
In some special case, you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220.135.240.0/24.
This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is
equipped with a public IP address. As a part of the public subnet, the Vigor router will serve
for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or
servers outside. Therefore, the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
7
7
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
R
R
I
I
P
P
)
)
Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to
accomplish IP routing. This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP
address and the routers will automatically inform for each other.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
When you have several subnets in your LAN, sometimes a more effective and quicker way for
connection is the Static routes function rather than other method. You may simply set rules
to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence
of RIP.
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
L
L
A
A
N
N
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
a
a
t
t
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 8 virtual LANs. To manage the
communication between different groups, please set up rules in Virtual LAN (VLAN) function
and the rate of each.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
78
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
A LAN comprises a collection of LAN clients, which are networked devices on your premises. A
LAN client can be a computer, a printer, a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) phone, a mobile phone, a
gaming console, an Internet Protocol Television (IPTV), etc, and can have either a wired
(using Ethernet cabling) or wireless (using Wi-Fi) network connection.
LAN clients within the same LAN are normally able to communicate with one another directly,
as they are peers to one another, unless measures, such as firewalls or VLANs, have been put
in place to restrict such access. Nowadays the most common LAN firewalls are implemented
on the LAN client itself. For example, Microsoft Windows since Windows XP and Apple OS X
have built-in firewalls that can be configured to restrict traffic coming in and going out of the
computer. VLANs, on the other hand, are usually set up using network switches or routers.
To communicate with the hosts outside of the LAN, LAN clients have to go through a network
gateway, which in most cases is a router that sits between the LAN and the ISP network,
which is the WAN. The router acts as a director to ensure traffic between the LAN and the
WAN reach their intended destinations.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page provides you the general settings for LAN. Click LAN to open the LAN settings page
and choose General Setup.
There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into
different subnets (LAN1 – LAN4). In addition, different subnets can link for each other by
configuring Inter-LAN Routing. At present, LAN1 setting is fixed with NAT mode only. LAN2 –
LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode. IP Routed Subnet can be operated under
Route mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
79
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
General Setup Allow to configure settings for each subnet respectively.
Index - Display all of the LAN items.
Status- Basically, LAN1 status is enabled in default.
LAN2 –LAN4 and IP Routed Subnet can be observed by
checking the box of Status.
DHCP- LAN1 is configured with DHCP in default. If required,
please check the DHCP box for each LAN.
IP Address - Display the IP address for each LAN item. Such
information is set in default and you can not modify it.
Details Page - Click it to access into the setting page. Each
LAN will have different LAN configuration page. Each LAN
must be configured in different subnet.
IPv6 – Click it to access into the settings page of IPv6.
DHCP Server Option DHCP packets can be processed by adding option number and
data information when such function is enabled.
For detailed information, refer to later section.
Force router to use “DNS
server IP address” …..
Force Vigor router to use DNS servers configured in
LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4 instead of DNS servers given by the
Internet Access server (PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or DHCP server).
Inter-LAN Routing Check the box to link two or more different subnets (LAN and
LAN).
Inter-LAN Routing allows different LAN subnets to be
interconnected or isolated.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
80
It is only available when the VLAN functionality is enabled.
Refer to section II-2-2 VLAN on how to set up VLANs.
In the Inter-LAN Routing matrix, a selected checkbox means
that the 2 intersecting LANs can communicate with each
other.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Info
To configure a subnet, select its Detials Page button to bring up the LAN
Details Page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
81
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
1
1
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
T
T
C
C
P
P
/
/
I
I
P
P
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on IPv4)
and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Network Configuration For NAT Usage,
IP Address - This is the IP address of the router. (Default:
192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - The subnet mask, together with the IP Address
field, indicates the maximum number of clients allowed on
the subnet. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24).
RIP Protocol Control,
Enable – When Enabled, the router will attempt to exchange
routing information with neighbouring routers using the
Routing Information Protocol.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The
router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network
so it automatically dispatches related IP settings to any local
user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly recommended
that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do
not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other
than the Vigor Router’s, you can let Relay Agent help you to
redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Disable Server – Let you manually assign IP address to every
host in the LAN.
Enable Server - Let the router assign IP address to every host
in the LAN.
Start IP Address - The beginning LAN IP address that is
given out to LAN DHCP clients.
IP Pool Counts - The maximum number of IP addresses
to be handed out by DHCP. The default value is 200.
Valid range is between 1 and 253. The actual number of
IP addresses available for assignment is the IP Pool
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
82
Counts, or 253 minus the last octet of the Start IP
Address, whichever is smaller.
Gateway IP Address - The IP address of the gateway,
which is the host on the LAN that relays all traffic
coming into and going out of the LAN. The gateway is
normally the router, and therefore the Gateway IP
Address should be identical to the IP Address in the
Network Configuration section above.
Lease Time - The maximum duration DHCP-issued IP
addresses can be used before they have to be renewed.
Clear DHCP lease for inactive clients periodically - If
selected, the router sends ARP requests recycles IP
addresses previously assigned to inactive DHCP clients
to prevent exhaustion of the IP address pool.
Note: When Clear DHCP lease for inactive clients
periodically is enabled, router will do the following:
Check activities of DHCP clients by ARP requests
every minute when the available DHCP IP
addresses are less than 30
Clear DHCP lease when the client is not
responding ARP replies.
Enable Relay Agent – When selected, all DHCP requests are
forwarded to a DHCP server outside of the LAN subnet, and
whose address is specified in the DHCP Server IP Address
field.
DHCP Server IP Address – It is available when Enable
Relay Agent is checked. Set the IP address of the DHCP
server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help
to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server.
DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System. Every Internet host
must have a unique IP address, also they may have a
human-friendly, easy to remember name such as
www.yahoo.com. The DNS server converts the user-friendly
name into its equivalent IP address.
Primary IP Address -You must specify a DNS server IP address
here because your ISP should provide you with usually more
than one DNS Server.
Secondary IP Address - You can specify secondary DNS server
IP address here because your ISP often provides you more
than one DNS Server.
The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online
Status:
If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left
empty, the router will assign its own IP address to local users
as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache.
If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS
cache, the router will resolve the domain name immediately.
Otherwise, the router forwards the DNS query packet to the
external DNS server by establishing a WAN (e.g. DSL/Cable)
connection.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
83
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Private IP addresses can be assigned automatically to LAN clients using Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP), or manually assigned. The DHCP server can either be the
router (the most common case), or a separate server, that hands out IP addresses to DHCP
clients.
Alternatively, static IP addresses can be manually configured on LAN clients as part of their
network settings. No matter how IP addresses are configured, it is important that no two
devices get the same IP address. If both DHCP and static assignment are used on a network, it
is important to exclude the static IP addresses from the DHCP IP pool. For example, if your
LAN uses the 192.168.1.x subnet and you have 20 DHCP clients and 20 static IP clients, you
could configure 192.168.1.10 as the Start IP Address, 50 as the IP Pool Counts (enough for the
current number of DHCP clients, plus room for future expansion), and use addresses greater
than 192.168.1.100 for static assignment.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
2
2
~
~
L
L
A
A
N
N
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Network Configuration Enable/Disable - Click Enable to enable such configuration;
click Disable to disable such configuration.
For NAT Usage - Click this radio button to invoke NAT
function.
For Routing Usage - Click this radio button to invoke this
function.
IP Address - This is the IP address of the router. (Default:
192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - The subnet mask, together with the IP Address
field, indicates the maximum number of clients allowed on
the subnet. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24).
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The
router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network
so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local
user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly recommended
that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do
not have a DHCP server for your network.
Disable Server – Let you manually assign IP address to every
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
84
host in the LAN.
Enable Server - Let the router assign IP address to every host
in the LAN.
Start IP Address - The beginning LAN IP address that is
given out to LAN DHCP clients.
IP Pool Counts - The maximum number of IP addresses
to be handed out by DHCP. The default value is 100.
Valid range is between 1 and 253. The actual number of
IP addresses available for assignment is the IP Pool
Counts, or 253 minus the last octet of the Start IP
Address, whichever is smaller.
Gateway IP Address - The IP address of the gateway,
which is the host on the LAN that relays all traffic
coming into and going out of the LAN. The gateway is
normally the router, and therefore the Gateway IP
Address should be identical to the IP Address in the
Network Configuration section above.
Lease Time - The maximum duration DHCP-issued IP
addresses can be used before they have to be renewed.
Clear DHCP lease for inactive clients periodically - If
selected, the router sends ARP requests recycles IP
addresses previously assigned to inactive DHCP clients
to prevent exhaustion of the IP address pool.
Note: When Clear DHCP lease for inactive clients
periodically is enabled, router will do the following:
Check activities of DHCP clients by ARP requests
every minute when the available DHCP IP
addresses are less than 30
Clear DHCP lease when the client is not
responding ARP replies.
Enable Relay Agent – When selected, all DHCP requests are
forwarded to a DHCP server outside of the LAN subnet, and
whose address is specified in the DHCP Server IP Address
field.
DHCP Server IP Address – It is available when Enable
Relay Agent is checked. Set the IP address of the DHCP
server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help
to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server.
DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System. Every Internet host
must have a unique IP address, also they may have a
human-friendly, easy to remember name such as
www.yahoo.com. The DNS server converts the user-friendly
name into its equivalent IP address.
Primary IP Address -You must specify a DNS server IP address
here because your ISP should provide you with usually more
than one DNS Server.
Secondary IP Address - You can specify secondary DNS server
IP address here because your ISP often provides you more
than one DNS Server.
The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online
Status:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
85
If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left
empty, the router will assign its own IP address to local users
as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache.
If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS
cache, the router will resolve the domain name immediately.
Otherwise, the router forwards the DNS query packet to the
external DNS server by establishing a WAN (e.g. DSL/Cable)
connection.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
d
d
S
S
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Network Configuration Enable/Disable - Click Enable to enable such configuration;
click Disable to disable such configuration.
For Routing Usage,
IP Address - This is the IP address of the router. (Default:
192.168.1.1).
Subnet Mask - The subnet mask, together with the IP Address
field, indicates the maximum number of clients allowed on
the subnet. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24).
RIP Protocol Control,
Enable – When Enabled, the router will attempt to exchange
routing information with neighbouring routers using the
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
86
Routing Information Protocol.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The
router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network
so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local
user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly recommended
that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do
not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other
than the Vigor Router’s, you can let Relay Agent help you to
redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Start IP Address - The beginning LAN IP address that is given
out to LAN DHCP clients.
IP Pool Counts - The maximum number of IP addresses to be
handed out by DHCP. The default value is 100. Valid range is
between 1 and 253. The actual number of IP addresses
available for assignment is the IP Pool Counts, or 253 minus
the last octet of the Start IP Address, whichever is smaller.
Gateway IP Address - The IP address of the gateway, which is
the host on the LAN that relays all traffic coming into and
going out of the LAN. The gateway is normally the router, and
therefore the Gateway IP Address should be identical to the
IP Address in the Network Configuration section above.
Lease Time - The maximum duration DHCP-issued IP
addresses can be used before they have to be renewed.
Use LAN Port – Specify an IP for IP Route Subnet. If it is
enabled, DHCP server will assign IP address automatically for
the clients coming from P1 and/or P2. Please check the box
of P1 and P2.
Use MAC Address - Check such box to specify MAC address.
MAC Address: Enter the MAC Address of the host one by
one and click Add to create a list of hosts which can be
assigned, deleted or edited from above pool. Set a list
of MAC Address for 2
nd
DHCP server will help router to
assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to
the correct host. So those hosts in 2
nd
subnet won’t get
an IP address belonging to 1
st
subnet.
Add – Type the MAC address in the boxes and click this button
to add.
Delete – Click it to delete the selected MAC address.
Edit – Click it to edit the selected MAC address.
Cancel – Click it to cancel the job of adding, deleting and
editing.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for each LAN. Click the tab for each type and refer to the
following explanations for detailed information. Below shows the settings page for IPv6.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
8
7
It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration. One is SLAAC(stateless) and
the other is DHCPv6 (Stateful) server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check the box to enable the configuration of LAN 1 IPv6
Setup.
WAN Primary Interface Use the drop down list to specify a WAN interface for IPv6.
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address –Type static IPv6 address for LAN.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
88
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Unique Local Address
(ULA) configuration
Unique Local Addresses (ULAs) are private IPv6 addresses
assigned to LAN clients.
Off - ULA is disabled.
Manually ULA Prefix - LAN clients will be assigned ULAs
generated based on the prefix manually entered.
Auto ULA Prefix - LAN clients will be assigned ULAs using an
automatically-determined prefix.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current used IPv6 addresses.
DNS Server IPv6 Address Deploy when WAN is up – The RA (router advertisement)
packets will be sent to LAN PC with DNS server information
only when network connection by any one of WAN interfaces
is up.
Enable – The RA (router advertisement) packets will be sent
to LAN PC with DNS server information no matter WAN
connection is up or not.
Primary DNS Sever – Type the IPv6 address for Primary
DNS server.
Secondary DNS Server –Type another IPv6 address for
DNS server if required.
Disable – DNS server will not be used.
Management Configures the Managed Address Configuration flag (M-bit) in
Route Advertisements.
Off - No configuration information is sent using Route
Advertisements.
SLAAC(stateless) - M-bit is unset.
DHCPv6(stateful) - M-bit is set, which indicates to LAN
clients that they should acquire all IPv6 configuration
information from a DHCPv6 server. The DHCPv6 server
can either be the one built into the Vigor2860, or a
separate DHCPv6 server.
Other Option(O-bit) When selected, the Other Configuration flag is set, which
indicates to LAN clients that IPv6 configuration information
besides LAN IPv6 addresses is available from a DHCPv6
server.
Setting the M-bit (see Management above) has the same
effect as implicitly setting the O-bit, as DHCPv6 supplies all
IPv6 configuration information, including what is indicated as
available when the O-bit is set.
DHCPv6 Server Enable Server –Click it to enable DHCPv6 server. DHCPv6
Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the
Start/End IPv6 address configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
8
9
Disable Server –Click it to disable DHCPv6 server.
Auto IPv6 range – After check the box, Vigor router will
assign the IPv6 range automatically.
Start IPv6 Address / End IPv6 Address –Type the start and
end address for IPv6 server.
Advance setting – Click the Edit button to configure
advanced IPv6 settings for DHCPv6 server.
Advance setting The Advanced Settings page has additional settings for
Router Advertisement and enabling multiple WANs for IPv6
traffic.
Router Advertisement Configuration – Click Enable to
enable router advertisement server. The router
advertisement daemon sends Router Advertisement
messages, specified by RFC 2461, to a local Ethernet LAN
periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router
Solicitation message. These messages are required for IPv6
stateless auto-configuration.
Disable – Click it to disable router advertisement server.
Hop Limt – The value is required for the device behind the
router when IPv6 is in use.
Min/Max Interval Time (sec) – It defines the interval
(between minimum time and maximum time) for sending RA
(Router Advertisement) packets.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
9
0
Default Lifetime (sec) –Within such period of time,
Vigor2133 can be treated as the default gateway.
Default Preference – It determines the priority of the host
behind the router when RA (Router Advertisement) packets
are transmitted.
MTU – It means Max Transmit Unit for packet. If Auto is
selected, the router will determine the MTU value for LAN.
RIPng Protocol –RIPng (RIP next generation) offers the same
functions and benefits as IPv4 RIP v2.
Extension WAN – In addition to the default WAN used for
IPv6 traffic specified in the WAN Primary Interface in the LAN
IPv6 Setup page, additional WANs can be selected to carry
IPv6 traffic by enabling them in the Extension WAN section.
Available WAN – Additional WANs available but not currently
selected to carry IPv6 traffic.
Selected WAN – Additional WANs selected to carry IPv6
traffic.
After making changes on the Advance setting page, click the OK button to retain the changes
and return to the LAN IPv6 Setup page. Be sure to click OK on the LAN IPv6 Setup page or else
changes made on the Advance setting page will not be saved.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
O
O
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
DHCP Options can be configured by clicking the Advanced button on the LAN General Setup
screen.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
91
Customized List Shows all the DHCP options that have been configured in the
system.
Enable If selected, DHCP option entry is enabled.
If unselected, DHCP option entry is disabled.
Interface LAN interface(s) to which this entry is applicable.
Next Server IP
Address/SIAddr
Overrides the DHCP Next Server IP address (DHCP Option 66)
supplied by the DHCP server.
Option Number DHCP option number (e.g., 100).
DataType Type of data in the Data field:
ASCII Character - A text string. Example: /path.
Hexadecimal Digit - A hexadecimal string. Valid characters
are from 0 to 9 and from a to f. Example: 2f70617468.
Address List - One or more IPv4 addresses, delimited by
commas.
Data Data of this DHCP option.
To add a DHCP option entry from scratch, clear the data entry fields (Enable, Interface,
Option Number, DataType and Data) by clicking Reset. After filling in the values, click Add
to create the new entry.
To add a DHCP option entry modeled after an existing entry, click the model entry in
Customized List. The data entry fields will be populated with values from the model entry.
After making all necessary changes for the new entry, click Add to create it.
To modify an existing DHCP option entry, click on it in Customized List. The data entry fields
will be populated with the current values from the entry. After making all necessary changes,
click Update to save the changes.
To delete a DHCP option entry, click on it in Customized List, and then click Delete.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
92
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) allow you to subdivide your LAN to facilitate
management or to improve network security.
Select LAN>>VLAN from the menu bar of the Web UI to bring up the VLAN Configuration page.
T
T
a
a
g
g
g
g
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
The tagged VLANs (802.1q) can mark data with a VLAN identifier. This identifier can be
carried through an onward Ethernet switch to specific ports. The specific VLAN clients can
also pick up this identifier as it is just passed to the LAN. You can set the priorities for
LAN-side QoS. You can assign each of VLANs to each of the different IP subnets that the router
may also be operating, to provide even more isolation. The said functionality is tag-based
multi-subnet.
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
-
-
B
B
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Relative to tag-based VLAN which groups clients with an identifier, port-based VLAN uses
physical ports (P1 ~ P4) to separate the clients into different VLAN group.
Virtual LAN function provides you a very convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them
based on the physical port. The multi-subnet can let a small businesses have much better
isolation for multi-occupancy applications. Go to LAN page and select VLAN. The following
page will appear. Click Enable to invoke VLAN function.
Below is an example page in Vigor2133ac:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
93
Info
Settings in this page only applied to LAN port but not WAN port.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable VLAN configuration.
LAN P1 – P4– Check the LAN port(s) to group them under the
selected VLAN.
Wireless LAN (2.4GHz) SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID boxes to group them under the
selected VLAN.
Wireless LAN (5GHz) SSID1 SSID4 Check the SSID boxes to group them under the
selected VLAN.
This option is only available for Vigor2133ac.
Subnet Choose one of them to make the selected VLAN mapping to
the specified subnet only. For example, LAN1 is specified for
VLAN0. It means that PCs grouped under VLAN0 can get the
IP address(es) that specified by the subnet.
VLAN Tag
Enable – Check the box to enable the function of VLAN with
tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the LAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by LAN.
VID – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The range is
form 0 to 4095. VIDs must be unique.
Priority – Valid values are from 0 to 7, where 1 has the
lowest priority, followed by 0, and finally from 2 to 7 in
increasing order of priority.
Permit untagged device in
P1 to access router
Select to allow untagged hosts connected to LAN port P1 to
access the router. In case you have incorrectly configured
VLAN functionality, you will still be able to access the router
via the Web UI, and telnet and SSH shells to adjust the
configuration.
Info
Leave one VLAN untagged at least to prevent from not connecting to Vigor
router due to unexpected error.
The Vigor router supports up to 8 VLANs. Each VLAN can be set up to use one or more of the
Ethernet ports and wireless LAN Service Set Identifiers (SSIDs). Within the grid of VLANs
(horizontal rows) and LAN interfaces (vertical columns),
all hosts within the same VLAN (horizontal row) are visible to one another
all hosts connected to the same LAN or WLAN interface (vertical column) are visible to
one another if
- they belong to the same VLAN, or
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
9
4
- they belong to different VLANs, and inter-LAN routing (LAN>>General Setup) between
them is enabled (see below).
Inter-LAN Routing allows different LAN subnets to be interconnected or isolated. It is
only available when the VLAN functionality is enabled. In the Inter-LAN Routing matrix,
a selected checkbox means that the 2 intersecting LANs can communicate with each
other.
Vigor2133 series features a hugely flexible VLAN system. In its simplest form, each of the
Gigabit LAN ports can be isolated from each other, for example to feed different companies
or departments but keeping their local traffic completely separated.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
-
-
b
b
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
n
n
o
o
n
n
-
-
w
w
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
1. All the wire network clients are categorized to group VLAN0 in subnet 192.168.1.0/24
(LAN1).
2. All the wireless network clients are categorized to group VLAN1 in subnet
192.168.2.0/24 (LAN2).
3. Open LAN>>VLAN. Check the boxes according to the statement in step 1 and Step 2.
4. Click OK.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
95
5. Open LAN>>General Setup. If you want to let the clients in both groups communicate
with each other, simply activate Inter-LAN Routing by checking the box between LAN1
and LAN2.
Vigor router supports up to six private IP subnets on LAN. Each can be independent
(isolated) or common (able to communicate with each other). This is ideal for
departmental or multi-occupancy applications.
Info
As for the VLAN applications, refer to “Appendix I: VLAN Application on
Vigor Router” for more detailed information.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
B
B
i
i
n
n
d
d
I
I
P
P
t
t
o
o
M
M
A
A
C
C
This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in
network. With the Bind IP to MAC feature you can reserve LAN IP addresses for LAN clients.
Each reserved IP address is associated with a Media Access Control (MAC) address.
Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
96
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function. However,
IP/MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to
Internet.
Disable Click this radio button to disable this function. All the
settings on this page will be invalid.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
9
7
Strict Bind Check the box to block the connection of the IP/MAC which is
not listed in IP Bind List.
LAN clients will be assigned IP addresses according to the
MAC-to-IP address associations on this page. LAN client
whose MAC address has not been bound to an IP address will
be denied network access.
Note: Before selecting Strict Bind, make sure at least one
valid MAC address has been bound to an IP address.
Otherwise no LAN clients will have network access, and it
will not be possible to connect to the router to make changes
to its configuration.
Apply Strict Bind to Subnet Choose the subnet(s) for
applying the rules of Bind IP to MAC.
ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router. The
information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field.
Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be
selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below.
Select All Select all entries in the ARP Table for manipulation.
Sort Reorder the entry based on the IP address.
Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP
table information.
Add / Update to IP Bind
List
IP Address Type the IP address to be associated with a
MAC address.
Mac Address Type the MAC address of the LAN client’s
network interface.
Comment Type a brief description for the entry.
Add - It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP
table or the IP/MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the
table of IP Bind List.
Update - It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP
address and MAC address that you create before.
Delete - You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List.
Simply click and select the one, and click Delete. The
selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List.
IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information.
Backup IP Bind List Click Backup and enter a filename to back up IP Bind List to a
file.
Upload From File
Click Browse to select an IP Bind List backup file. Click
Restore to restore the backup and overwrite the existing
list.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
98
Info
Before you select Strict Bind, you have to bind one set of IP/MAC address for
one PC. If not, no one of the PCs can access into Internet. And the web user
interface of the router might not be accessed.
When you finish the configuration, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
9
9
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
L
L
A
A
N
N
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
M
M
i
i
r
r
r
r
o
o
r
r
The LAN Port Mirror function allows network traffic of select LAN ports to be forwarded to
another LAN port for analysis. This is useful for enforcing policies, detecting unauthorized
access, monitoring network performance, etc.
Select LAN>>LAN Port Mirror from the menu bar of the Web UI to bring up the LAN Port
Mirror configuration page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Port Mirror Enables or disables LAN Port Mirroring.
Mirror Port One and only one port is selected as the mirror port, to
which traffic is to be forwarded.
Mirrored Tx Port Port(s) whose outbound traffic will be forwarded to the
mirror port.
Mirrored Rx Port Port(s) whose inbound traffic will be forwarded to the mirror
port.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
100
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
5
5
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
d
d
8
8
0
0
2
2
.
.
1
1
x
x
Wired 802.1X provides authentication for clients wishing to connect to the LAN by Ethernet.
Only one client can be authenticated on each LAN port.
Select LAN>>Wired 802.1X from the menu bar of the Web UI to bring up the Wired 802.1X
configuration page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check the box to enable LAN 802.1x function.
802.1X ports 802.1X authentication will be available for the selected LAN
ports.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
101
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
l
l
e
e
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Hardware Acceleration is also called PPA in DrayTek for it is based on Protocol Processing
Engine (PPE) of Infineon. It can only support 128 sessions for network traffic (IN & OUT) with
implementing three kinds of modes - Disable, Auto and Manual.
When the data traffic is heavy and data transmission is getting slowly and slowly, you can
configure this page to accelerate the data streaming by hardware itself. Open Hardware
Acceleration to access into the following page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode Disabled The default setting.
Auto - When the hardware acceleration is configured with
the Auto mode, the sessions with the heaviest loading and
the lower latency traffic will be added into PPA. However,
the Auto mode does not support UDP protocol by designed.
Manual - The Manual mode implements three sub-items--
Accelerate most heavy traffic sessions, Apply the Class Rule
in Quality of Service, and Specific Hosts. Each of these
sub-items can support TCP and UDP protocol.
Protocol There are two types supported by this function, TCP and
UDP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
102
Option Accelerate heaviest traffic sessions – Such option is
available in Auto Mode, too. But the UDP protocol is only
supported in this sub-item.
Apply the Class Rule
in Quality of Service – Users can apply
the information provided by QoS in this sub-item.
Please visit our website for referring the detailed
configuration of QoS.
Specific Hosts – This sub-item provides 5 hosts for adding
NAT sessions into the PPA. For the PPA only supports 128
sessions, these hosts will share these sessions. Therefore,
the performance will be lower than only one host.
Choose this option to specify certain PCs on LAN to apply the
hardware acceleration.
Enable – Check the box to make PC(s) specified in
the selected index entry to be applied.
Dest Port Start – Type the starting port for the
PC(s) in LAN.
Dest Port End – Type the ending port for the PC(s)
in LAN.
Private IP/Choose PC – Type the IP address as the
selected host. Or click the Choose PC button to
specify one IP address from the pop-up window.
Checking the PPA status
For checking whether the rule of PPA is working or not, a user can login to Vigor2133 series by
using telnet. User can view how many sessions are transferring in each direction of PPA table
after entering “ppa –v”.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
103
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
N
N
A
A
T
T
Usually, the router serves as an NAT (Network Address Translation) router. NAT is a
mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one.
Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP, for which you may get charged. Private IP
addresses are recognized only among internal hosts.
When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT
router, the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router,
select the available public port, and then forward it. At the same time, the router shall list an
entry in a table to memorize this address/port-mapping relationship. When the public server
response, the incoming traffic, of course, is destined to the router’s public IP address and the
router will do the inversion based on its table. Therefore, the internal host can communicate
with external host smoothly.
The benefit of the NAT includes:
Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address. NAT
allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address,
thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts.
Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address. There are
many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address. Since the attacker cannot be
aware of any private IP addresses, the NAT function can protect the internal network.
Info
On NAT page, you will see the private IP address defined in RFC-1918.
Usually we use the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet for the router. As stated before,
the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and/or service ports into
different specified services. In other words, the NAT function can be
achieved by using port mapping methods.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
104
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
R
R
e
e
d
d
i
i
r
r
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network (LAN),
such as web servers, FTP servers, E-mail servers etc. Most of the case, you need a public IP
address for each server and this public IP address/domain name are recognized by all users.
Since the server is actually located inside the LAN, the network well protected by NAT of the
router, and identified by its private IP address/port, the goal of Port Redirection function is
to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping
private IP address/port of the server.
The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic.
To use this function, please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page. The Port
Redirection Table provides 40 port-mapping entries for the internal hosts.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
105
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Display the number of the profile.
Service Name Display the description of the specific network service.
WAN Interface Display the WAN IP address used by the profile.
Protocol Display the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
Source IP Display the source IP address or object.
Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the
service.
Status Display if the profile is enabled (v) or not (x).
Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
106
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting.
Mode Two options (Single and Range) are provided here for you to
choose. To set a range for the specific service, select Range.
In Range mode, if the public port (start port and end port)
and the starting IP of private IP had been entered, the
system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP
automatically.
Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service.
Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
WAN Interface Select the WAN IP used for port redirection. There are eight
WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port
redirection.
The default setting is All which means all the incoming data
from any port will be redirected to all intefaces.
Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private
IP and Port of the internal host. If you choose Range as the
port redirection mode, you will see two boxes on this field.
Type the required number on the first box (as the starting
port) and the second box (as the ending port).
Source IP Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing
the service. If you choose Range as the port redirection
mode, you will see two boxes on this field. Type a complete
IP address in the first box (as the starting point). The second
one will be assigned automatically later.
Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the
internal host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Note that the router has its own built-in services (servers) such as Telnet, HTTP and FTP etc.
Since the common port numbers of these services (servers) are all the same, you may need to
reset the router in order to avoid confliction.
For example, the built-in web user interface in the router is with default port 80, which may
conflict with the web server in the local network, http://192.168.1.13:80. Therefore, you
need to change the router’s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid
conflict, such as 8080. This can be set in the System Maintenance >>Management Setup. You
then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080, e.g.,
http://192.168.1.1:8080 instead of port 80.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
10
7
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
108
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
D
D
M
M
Z
Z
H
H
o
o
s
s
t
t
As mentioned above, Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP/UDP or other traffic on
particular ports to the specific private IP address/port of host in the LAN. However, other IP
protocols, for example Protocols 50 (ESP) and 51 (AH), do not travel on a fixed port. Vigor
router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single
host in the LAN. Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will
continue to work without inappropriate interruption. DMZ Host allows a defined internal user
to be totally exposed to the Internet, which usually helps some special applications such as
Netmeeting or Internet Games etc.
The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host. We suggest
you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall.
Click DMZ Host to open the following page. You can set different DMZ host for each WAN
interface. Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
10
9
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Choose Private IP or None first.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
IP to select one.
Choose IP Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of private
IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select one
private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog,
the IP address will be shown on the following screen. Click OK
to save the setting.
If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN
interface, you will find them in Aux. WAN IP for your selection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
110
Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
IP to select one.
Choose IP Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of
private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select
one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above
dialog, the IP address will be shown on the screen. Click OK
to save the setting.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
111
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
3
3
O
O
p
p
e
e
n
n
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
s
s
Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications.
Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application (e.g., BT, KaZaA, Gnutella,
WinMX, eMule and others), Internet Camera etc. Ensure that you keep the application
involved up-to-date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits.
Click Open Ports to open the following page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to offer service in a local host. You should click the
appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding
entry.
Comment Specify the name for the defined network service.
WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used by such index.
Aux. WAN IP Display the IP alias setting used by such index. If no IP alias
setting exists, such field will not appear.
Source IP Display the name of source IP object.
Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the
service.
Status Display the state for the corresponding entry. X or V is to
represent the Inactive or Active state.
To add or edit port settings, click one index number on the page. The index entry setup page
will pop up. In each index entry, you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
112
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry.
Comment Make a name for the defined network application/service.
WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry.
WAN IP Choose an IP address from the WAN IP alias.
Source IP Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
WAN IP Specify the WAN IP address that will be used for this entry.
This setting is available when WAN IP Alias is configured.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose
IP to select one.
Choose IP - Click this button and, subsequently, a window
having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will
automatically pop up. Select the appropriate IP address of
the local host in the list.
Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol. It could be TCP, UDP,
or ----- (none) for selection.
Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by
the local host.
End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the
local host.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
113
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
114
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Port Triggering is a variation of open ports function.
The key difference between "open port" and "port triggering" is:
Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect, "open port" keeps
the ports opened forever.
Once the OK button is clicked and the configuration has taken effect, "port triggering"
will only attempt to open the ports once the triggering conditions are met.
The duration that these ports are opened depends on the type of protocol used. The
"default" durations are shown below and these duration values can be modified via
telnet commands.
TCP: 86400 sec.
UDP: 180 sec.
IGMP: 10 sec.
TCP WWW: 60 sec.
TCP SYN: 60 sec.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Comment Display the text which memorizes the application of this
rule.
Triggering Protocol Display the protocol of the triggering packets.
Triggering Port Display the port of the triggering packets.
Source IP Display the name of the IP object.
Incoming Protocol Display the protocol for the incoming data of such triggering
profile.
Incoming Port Display the port for the incoming data of such triggering
profile.
Status Display if the rule is active or de-active.
Click the index number link to open the configuration page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
115
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check to enable this entry.
Service Choose the predefined service to apply for such trigger
profile.
Comment Type the text to memorize the application of this rule.
Source IP Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Triggering Protocol Select the protocol (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP) for such
triggering profile.
Triggering Port Type the port or port range for such triggering profile.
Incoming Protocol When the triggering packets received, it is expected the
incoming packets will use the selected protocol. Select the
protocol (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP) for the incoming data of
such triggering profile.
Incoming Port Type the port or port range for the incoming packets.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
116
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
5
A
A
L
L
G
G
ALG means Application Layer Gateway. There are two methods provided by Vigor router,
RTSP (Real Time Streaming Protocol) ALG and SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) ALG, for
processing the packets of voice and video.
RTSP ALG makes RTSP message, RTCP message, and RTP packets of voice and video be
transmitted and received correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
However, SIP ALG makes SIP message and RTP packets of voice be transmitted and received
correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable ALG Check to enable such function.
Listen Port Type a port number for SIP or RTSP protocol.
TCP Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from TCP transmit and receive via NAT.
UDP Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from UDP transmit and receive via NAT.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
11
7
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via
your ISP. It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you
access the Internet. The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic
WAN IP address. It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the
specified Dynamic DNS server. Once the router is online, you will be able to use the registered
domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet. It is
particularly helpful if you host a web server, FTP server, or other server behind the router.
Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature, you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS
service providers. The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service
providers. Basically, Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most
popular DDNS service providers such as www.dyndns.org, www.no-ip.com, www.dtdns.com,
www.changeip.com, www.dynamic- nameserver.com. You should visit their websites to
register your own domain name for the router.
L
L
A
A
N
N
D
D
N
N
S
S
/
/
D
D
N
N
S
S
F
F
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
i
i
n
n
g
g
The LAN DNS lets the network administrators host servers with privacy and security. When the
network administrators of your office set up FTP, Mail or Web server inside LAN, you can
specify specific private IP address (es) to correspondent servers. Thus, even the remote PC is
adopting public DNS as the DNS server, the LAN DNS resolution on Vigor2133 series will
respond the specified private IP address.
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor router has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
R
R
A
A
D
D
I
I
U
U
S
S
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is a security authentication
client/server protocol that supports authentication, authorization and accounting, which is
widely used by Internet service providers. It is the most common method of authenticating
and authorizing dial-up and tunneled network users.
The built-in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial-in user or a
wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication. It enables
centralized remote access authentication for network management.
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
W
W
a
a
k
k
e
e
o
o
n
n
L
L
A
A
N
N
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
118
A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects. When a user wants to wake up
a specified PC through the router, he/she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC
on this web page of Wake on LAN (WOL) of this router.
In addition, such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function. By the way,
WOL function must be set as “Enable” on the BIOS setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
11
9
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
E
E
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
A
A
d
d
d
d
a
a
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
1. Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider, say
hostname.dyndns.org, and an account with username: test and password: test.
2. Open Applications>>Dynamic DNS.
3. In the DDNS setup menu, check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Setup
Check this box to enable DDNS function.
Set to Factory
Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
View Log Display DDNS log status.
Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
120
Auto-Update
interval
Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS
service.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of DDNS setup to set account(s).
Enable Check the box to enable this account.
Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of
DDNS setup.
4. Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router. Check Enable Dynamic DNS
Account, and choose correct Service Provider: dyndns.org, type the registered
hostname: hostname and domain name suffix: dyndns.org in the Domain Name block.
The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name: test and Password:
test.
If User-Defined is specified as the service provider, the web page will be changed
slightly as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
121
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Account
Check this box to enable the current account. If you did
check the box, you will see a check mark appeared on the
Active column of the previous web page in step 2).
Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account.
Provider Host Type the IP address or the domain name of the host which
provides related service.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Service API Type the API information obtained from DDNS server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
(e.g:
/dynamic/dns/update.asp?u=jo***&p=jo********&hostname=j*
***.changeip.org&ip=###IP### &cmd=update&offline=0)
Auth Type Two types can be used for authentication.
Basic – Username and password defined later can be shown
from the packets captured.
URL - Username and password defined later can be shown in
URL.
(e.g., http://ns1.vigorddns.com/ddns.php?username=xxxx&
password=xxxx&domain=xxxx.vigorddns.com)
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Connection Type There are two connection types (HTTP and HTTPs) to be
specified. Note that such option is available when
Customized is selected as Service Provider.
Server Response Type any text that you want to receive from the DDNS
server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain.
Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain.
Wildcard and
Backup MX
The Wildcard and Backup MX (Mail Exchange) features are
not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers. You could get
more detailed information from their websites.
Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name, please type
the name in this area. Such mail server will be used as
backup mail exchange.
Determine WAN IP If a Vigor router is installed behind any NAT router, you can
enable such function to locate the real WAN IP.
When the WAN IP used by Vigor router is private IP, this
function can detect the public IP used by the NAT router and
use the detected IP address for DDNS update.
There are two methods offered for you to choose:
WAN IP - If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor router
is private, DDNS update will take place right away.
Internet IP – If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor
router is private, it will be converted to public IP
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
122
before DDNS update takes place.
5. Click OK button to activate the settings. You will see your setting has been saved.
D
D
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
a
a
l
l
l
l
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
s
s
Uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup, and click Clear All button to disable the function and
clear all accounts from the router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
123
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
D
D
N
N
S
S
/
/
D
D
N
N
S
S
F
F
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
i
i
n
n
g
g
The LAN DNS lets the network administrators host servers with privacy and security. When the
network administrators of your office set up FTP, Mail or Web server inside LAN, you can
specify specific private IP address (es) to correspondent servers. Thus, even the remote PC is
adopting public DNS as the DNS server, the LAN DNS resolution on Vigor2133 series will
respond the specified private IP address.
Simply click Application>>LAN DNS/DNS Forwarding to open the following page.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Enable Check the box to enable the selected profile.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting
page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
124
Profile Display the name of the LAN DNS profile.
Domain Name Display the domain name of the LAN DNS profile.
Forwarding Display that such profile is conditional DNS forwarding or
not.
DNS Server Display the IP addres of the DNS Server.
You can set up to 120 LAN DNS profiles.
To create a LAN DNS profile:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings with index 1 are shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable such profile.
Profile Type a name for such profile.
Note: If you type a name here for LAN DNS and click OK to
save the configuration, the name also will be applied to
conditional DNS forwarding automatically.
Domain Name Type the domain name for such profile.
IP Address List The IP address listed here will be used for mapping with the
domain name specified above. In general, one domain name
maps with one IP address. If required, you can configure two
IP addresses mapping with the same domain name.
Add – Click it to open a dialog to type the host’s IP address.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
125
Only responds to the DNS…. – Different LAN PCs can
share the same domain name. However, you have to
check this box to make the router identify & respond
the IP address for the DNS query coming from different
LAN PC.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed IP address on the list.
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
4. If you need to configure LAN DNS settings, click index 1 to edit the LAN DNS profile just
created. Or, you can click index 2 to use this profile as conditional DNS forwarding.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable such profile.
Profile Type a name for such profile.
Note: If you type a name here for conditional DNS forwarding
and click OK to save the configuration, the name also will be
applied to LAN DNS automatically.
Domain Name Type the domain name for such profile.
DNS Server IP Address
Type the IP address of the DNS server you want to use for DNS
forwarding.
5. Click OK button to save the settings.
6. A new LAN DNS profile has been created.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
126
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
D
D
N
N
S
S
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
DNS security is able to ensure that the incoming data is not falsified and the source of the
data is secure and correct to prevent from DNS attack by someone.
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
All of WAN interfaces of Vigor router can be configured with DNS Security enabled
respectively.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check the box to enable the DNS security management.
Interface There are four WAN interfaces allowed to be set with DNS
security enabled.
Primary DNS Display the IP address of primary DNS obtained from DHCP
server or specified by Static WAN.
Secondary DNS Display the IP address of secondary DNS obtained from DHCP
server or specified by Static WAN.
Bogus DNS Reply Sometime, Vigor router might encounter packets from bogus
DNS inquiry. There are two ways to reply such DNS inquiry.
Drop – Discard the packets.
Pass – Accept the packets and let them pass through Vigor
router.
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
D
D
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
e
e
This page is used to configure settings for manually detecting if the domain is secure not.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
12
7
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Domain Type the domain name or IP address (IPv4/IPv6) that you
want to query.
Interface Specify the interface required for executing diagnose.
DNS Server Type the IP address of the DNS Server which will diagnose the
domain specified above.
Diagnose Click it to perform the diagnosis for the domain.
Result The diagnosed information will be displayed on such field.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
128
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
4
4
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor router has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
You have to set your time before set schedule. In System Maintenance>> Time and Date
menu, press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router’s clock to current time of your PC.
The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router. There is another way to set
up time. You can inquiry an NTP server (a time server) on the Internet to synchronize the
router’s clock. This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time Display the time Vigor router used.
System time set Click it to acess into the time setup page (System
Maintenance>>Time and Date).
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Enable Click the box to enable such schedule profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
12
9
Index Click the index number link to access into the setting page of
schedule.
Comment Display the name of the time schedule.
Time Display the valid time period by time bar.
Frequency Display which day(s) will be always on and which day(s) will
be always off of the schedule profile by color boxes.
- If it lights in green, it means such schedule is active.
You can set up to 15 schedules. Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and
Remote Access >> LAN to LAN settings.
To add a schedule:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings of the schedule with index 1 will be shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Schedule
Setup
Check to enable the schedule.
Comment Type a short description for such schedule.
Start Date
(yyyy-mm-dd)
Specify the starting date of the schedule.
Start Time (hh:mm) Specify the starting time of the schedule.
Duration Time
(hh:mm)
Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
End Time (hh:mm) It will be calculated automatically when Start Time and
Duration Time are configured well.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
130
Action Specify which action should be applied during the period of
the schedule.
Force On -Force the connection to be always on.
Force Down -Force the connection to be always down.
How Often Specify how often the schedule will be applied.
Once -The schedule will be applied just once
Weekdays -Specify which days in one week should
perform the schedule.
Monthly, on date – The router will only execute the
action applied such schedule on the date (1 to 28) of a
month.
Cycle duration – Type a number as cycle duration.
Then, any action applied such schedule will be
executed per several days. For example, “3” is selected
as cycle duration. That means, the action applied such
schedule will be executed every three days since the
date defined on the Start Date.
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
Example
Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on (Force On)
from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week. Other time the Internet access connection should be
disconnected (Force Down).
Office
Hour:
(Force On)
Mon - Sun 9:00 am to 6:00 pm
1. Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly.
2. Configure the PPPoE always on from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week.
3. Configure the Force Down from 18:00 to next day 9:00 for whole week.
4. Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile. Now, the PPPoE Internet
connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action
according to the time plan that has been pre-defined in the schedule profiles.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
131
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
5
5
R
R
A
A
D
D
I
I
U
U
S
S
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) is a security authentication
client/server protocol that supports authentication, authorization and accounting, which is
widely used by Internet service providers. It is the most common method of authenticating
and authorizing dial-up and tunneled network users.
The built-in RADIUS client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial-in user or a
wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication. It enables
centralized remote access authentication for network management.
Vigor router can be operated as a RADIUS client. Therefore, this page is used to configure
settings for external RADIUS server. Then LAN user of Vigor router will be authenticated by
such server for network application.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature.
Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server
Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using. The
default value is 1812, based on RFC 2138.
Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to
authenticate the messages sent between them. Both sides
must be configured to use the same shared secret. The
maximum length of the shared secret you can set is 36
characters.
Confirm Shared Secret Re-type the Shared Secret for confirmation.
After finished the above settings, click OK button to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
132
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
6
6
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
Info
UPnP is required for some applications such as PPS, Skype, eMule...and etc.
If you are not familiar with UPnP, it is suggested to turn off this function for
security.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable UPNP Service Accordingly, you can enable either the Connection Control
Service or Connection Status Service.
Default WAN It is used to specify the WAN interface for applying such
function.
The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP:
Can't work with Firewall Software
Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly.
This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports.
Security Considerations
Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats. You should
consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function.
Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you
need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches.
Non-privileged users can control some router functions, including removing and adding
port mappings.
The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP-aware
applications. When the applications terminate abnormally, these mappings may not be
removed.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
133
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
I
I
G
G
M
M
P
P
IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol. It is a communication
protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast
groups.
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function. The application of
multicast will be executed through WAN /PVC/VLAN port.
In addition, such function is available in NAT mode.
Interface – Specify an interface for packets passing
through.
IGMP version – At present, two versions (v2 and v3) are
supported by Vigor router. Choose the correct version
based on the IPTV service you subscribe.
General Query Interval – Vigor router will periodically
check which IP obtaining IPTV service by sending query. It
might cause inconvenience for client. Therefore, set a
suitable time (unit: second) as the query interval to limit
the frequency of query sent by Vigor router.
Add PPP header – Check this box if the interface type for
IGMP is PPPoE. It depends on the specifications regulated
by each ISP. If you have no idea to enable or disable, simply
contact your ISP providers.
IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function. Multicast traffic will
be forwarded to ports that have members of that group.
Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated
in the same manner as broadcast traffic.
IGMP Fast Leave Check this box to make the router stop forwarding
multicast traffic to a LAN port as soon as it receives a leave
message from that port. Each LAN port should have one
IGMP host connected.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
134
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
-
-
1
1
W
W
o
o
r
r
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status.
Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group. The
available range for IGMP starts from 224.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.254.
P1 to P4 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
135
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
W
W
a
a
k
k
e
e
o
o
n
n
L
L
A
A
N
N
A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects. When a user wants to wake up
a specified PC through the router, he/she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC
on this web page of Wake on LAN (WOL) of this router.
In addition, such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function. By the way,
WOL function must be set as “Enable” on the BIOS setting.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Wake by Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP.
If you choose Wake by MAC Address, you have to type
the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address
boxes.
If you choose Wake by IP Address, you have to choose
the correct IP address.
IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in
Firewall>>Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down
list. Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you
want to wake up.
MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the bound PCs.
Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP. See the
following figure. The result will be shown on the box.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
136
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
9
9
S
S
M
M
S
S
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
The function of SMS (Short Message Service)/Mail Alert is that Vigor router sends a message to
user’s mobile or e-mail box through specified service provider to assist the user knowing the
real-time abnormal situations.
Vigor router allows you to set up to 10 SMS profiles which will be sent out according to
different conditions.
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
9
9
-
-
1
1
S
S
M
M
S
S
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
This page allows you to specify SMS provider, who will get the SMS, what the content is and
when the SMS will be sent.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Check the box to enable such profile.
SMS Provider Use the drop down list to choose SMS service provider.
You can click SMS Provider link to define the SMS server.
Recipient Number Type the phone number of the one who will receive the
SMS.
Notify Profile Use the drop down list to choose a message profile. The
recipient will get the content stated in the message profile.
You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content
of the SMS.
Schedule (1-15) Type the schedule number that the SMS will be sent out.
You can click the Schedule(1-15) link to define the
schedule.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
13
7
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
9
9
-
-
2
2
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
This page allows you to specify Mail Server profile, who will get the notification e-mail, what
the content is and when the message will be sent.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Check the box to enable such profile.
Mail Service Use the drop down list to choose mail service object. All of
the available objects are created in Object
Settings>>SMS/Mail Service Object. If there is no object
listed, click Mail Service link to define a new one with
specified service provider.
Mail Address Type the e-mail address of the one who will receive the
notification message.
Notify Profile Use the drop down list to choose a message profile. The
recipient will get the content stated in the message profile.
You can click the Notify Profile link to define the content
of the mail message.
Schedule (1-15) Type the schedule number that the notification will be sent
out.
You can click the Schedule(1-15) link to define the
schedule.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
138
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
0
0
B
B
o
o
n
n
j
j
o
o
u
u
r
r
Bonjour is a service discovery protocol which is a built-in service in Mac OS X; for Windows or
Linux platform, there is correspondent software to enable this function for free.
Usually, users have to configure the router or personal computers to use above services.
Sometimes, the configuration (e.g., IP settings, port number) is complicated and not easy to
complete. The purpose of Bonjour is to decrease the settings configuration (e.g., IP setting).
If the host and user’s computer have the plug-in bonjour driver install, they can utilize the
service offered by the router by clicking the router name icon. In short, what the
Clients/users need to know is the name of the router only.
To enable the Bonjour service, click Application>>Bonjour to open the following page. Check
the box(es) of the server service(s) that you want to share to the LAN clients.
Below shows an example for applying the bonjour feature that Vigor router can be used as the
FTP server.
1. Here, we use Firefox and DNSSD to discover the service in such case. Therefore, just
ensure the Bonjour client program and DNSSD for Firefox have been installed on the
computer.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
13
9
2. Open the web browse, Firefox. If Bonjour and DNSSD have been installed, you can open
the web page (DNSSD) and see the following results.
3. Open System Maintenance>>Management. Type a name as the Router Name and click
OK.
4. Next, open Applications>>Bonjour. Check the service that you want to use via Bonjour.
5. Open the DNSSD page again. The available items will be changed as the follows. It means
the Vigor router (based on Bonjour protocol) is ready to be used as a printer server, FTP
server, SSH Server, Telnet Server, and HTTP Server.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
140
6. Now, any page or document can be printed out through Vigor router (installed with a
printer).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
141
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
u
u
s
s
e
e
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
?
?
Vigor router supports various DDNS service providers, user can set up user-defined profile to
update the DDNS even the service provider is not on the list. Now, DrayTek starts to support
our own DDNS service - DrayDDNS. We will provide a domain name for each Vigor Router, this
single domain name can record IP addresses of all WAN.
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
L
L
i
i
c
c
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
1. Go to Wizards >> Service Activation Wizard, wait for the router to connect to MyVigor
server, then tick DT-DDNS and I have read and accept the above Agreement, click
Next.
2. Confirm the information, then click Activate.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
142
3. MyVigor server will reply with the service activation information.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
1. Go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS Setup,
a. Tick Enable Dynamic DNS Setup
b. Click an available profile index
c. Tick Enable Dynamic DNS Account
d. Select DrayTek Global (www.drayddns.com) as Service Provider
e. Select the WAN you would like to upload the IP to DDNS server
f. Click Get domain
g. Click OK on the pop up notification window
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
143
2. Wait few seconds for router to get the domain name, then, we can click the profile to
check the information of license and domain name.
M
M
o
o
d
d
i
i
f
f
y
y
D
D
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
Currently, only the domain name is allowed to be modified MyVigor website. We will need to
register the router to MyVigor server, and log in to MyVigor website to modify it.
1. Please visit https://myvigor.draytek.com/ or go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS Setup
>> DrayDDNS profile and click Edit domain.
2. Log in to MyVigor Website, choose the profile, then click Edit DDNS settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
144
3. Input the desired Domain name (e.g., XXXX25) and click Update.
4. Vigor router will get the modified domain name when the it performs next DDNS
updating. We can click Sync domain to accelerate this process.
After few seconds, the router will get the new domain name and print it on the profiles
list.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
145
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
146
A
A
-
-
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
d
d
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
?
?
This article describes how to configure customized DDNS on Vigor routers to update your IP to
the DDNS server. We will take “Changeip.org” and “3322.net” as example. Before setting,
please make sure that the WAN connection is up.
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
A
A
:
:
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
e
e
i
i
p
p
.
.
o
o
r
r
g
g
Note that,
Username: jo***
Password: jo********
Host name: j*****.changeip.org
WAN IP address: 1.169.185.242
Following is the screenshot of editing the HTML script on the browser to update your IP to the
DDNS server.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
14
7
Now we have to configure the router so it can do the same job for us automatically.
1. Please go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS to create a profile for user-defined DDNS
client.
2. Set the Service Provider as User-Defined.
3. Set the Service API as:
/dynamic/dns/update.asp?u=jo***&p=jo********&hostname=j****.changeip.org&ip=###IP
### &cmd=update&offline=0
In which, ###IP### is a value which will be replaced with the current interface IP
address automatically when DDNS service is running. In this case the IP will be
1.169.185.242.
4. After setting, the Customized DDNS service will be up, and our IP will be updated to the
DDNS server.
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
B
B
:
:
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
.
.
n
n
e
e
t
t
Username: bi*******
Password: 88********
Host name: bi*******.3322.org
WAN IP address: 111.243.178.53
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
148
To update the IP to the DDNS server via editing the HTML script, we can type the following
script on the browser:
good 111.243.178.53” means our IP has been updated to the server successfully.
Now we have to configure the router so it can do the same job for us automatically.
1. Please go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS to create a profile for User-Defined DDNS
client.
2. Set the Service Provider as User-Defined.
3. Set the Provider Host as member.3322.net.
4. Set the Service API as:
/dyndns/update?hostname=yourhost.3322.org&myip=###IP###&wildcard=OFF&mx=mail
.exchanger.ext&backmx=NO&offline=NO
5. Enter your account and password.
6. After the setting, the Customized DDNS service will be up, and our IP will be updated to
the DDNS server automatically.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
14
9
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
C
C
:
:
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
d
d
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
The customized Service Provider is also eligible with the ClouDNS.net.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
150
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
Route Policy (also well known as PBR, policy-based routing) is a feature where you may need
to get a strategy for routing. The packets will be directed to the specified interface if they
match one of the policies. You can setup route policies in various reasons such as load balance,
security, routing decision, and etc.
Through protocol, IP address, port number and interface configuration, Route Policy can be
used to configure any routing rules to fit actual request. In general, Route Policy can easily
reach the following purposes:
Specify Interface
Through dedicated interface (WAN/LAN/VPN), the data can be sent from the source IP to the
destination IP.
Address Mapping
Allows you specify the outgoing WAN IP address (es) for an internal private IP address or a
range of internal private IP addresses.
Priority
The router will determine which policy will be adopted for transmitting the packet according
to the priority of Static Route and Route Policy.
Failover to/Failback
Packets will be sent through another Interface or follow another Policy when the original
interface goes down (Failover to). Once the original interface resumes service (Failback),
the packets will be returned to it immediately.
Other routing
Specify routing policy to determine the direction of the data transmission.
Info
For more detailed information about using policy route, refer to Support
>>FAQ/Application Notes on www.draytek.com.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
151
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Static routing is an alternative to dynamic routing. It is a process that the system network
administrator can configure network routers with all the required information for packet
forwarding.
Go to Routing >> Static Route. The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static
route. Both protocols bring different web pages.
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference.
Index The number (1 to 30) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Enable Check the box to enable such route.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
152
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
A
A
d
d
d
d
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
s
s
Here is an example (based on IPv4) of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B
locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router. Assuming the Internet
access has been configured and the router works properly:
use the Main Router to surf the Internet.
create a private subnet 192.168.10.0 using an internal Router A (192.168.1.2)
create a public subnet 211.100.88.0 via an internal Router B (192.168.1.3).
have set Main Router 192.168.1.1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192.168.1.2.
Before setting Static Route, user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward
recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router.
1. Go to LAN page and click General Setup, select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control.
Then click the OK button.
Info
There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on
1st Subnet. The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP
packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet
(192.168.1.0/24). The second is that those hosts on the internal
private subnets (ex. 192.168.10.0/24) can access the Internet via the
router, and continuously exchange of IP routing information with
different subnets.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
153
2. Click the LAN >> Static Route and click on the Index Number 1. Check the Enable box.
Please add a static route as shown below, which regulates all packets destined to
192.168.10.0 will be forwarded to 192.168.1.2. Click OK.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IP
Address
Type an IP address as the destination of such static route.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask for such static route.
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for such
static route.
3. Return to Static Route Setup page. Click on another Index Number to add another
static route as show below, which regulates all packets destined to 211.100.88.0 will be
forwarded to 192.168.1.3. Click OK.
4. Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
154
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route. Click the IPv6 tab to open the following
page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Viewing IPv6 Routing
Table
Displays the routing table for your reference.
Index The number (1 to 40) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Enable Check the box to enable such static route.
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
Click any underline of index number to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IPv6 Address /
Prefix Len
Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry.
Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
155
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static
route.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
2
2
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
P
P
o
o
l
l
i
i
c
c
y
y
It allows network administrator to manage the outbound traffic more specifically. The policy
set in Route Policy always has higher priority than Default Route and Auto Load Balance set
in WAN >> Internet Access, and always has lower priority than the Firewall Rules.
Administrator may also define a priority to this policy.
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
General Setup lists all the policies and shows whether the policy is enabled/disabled, what
are the criteria to match, and through which the interface should the traffic to go if the
criteria are matched, and also its priority.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Click the number of index to access into the configuration
web page.
Enable Check this box to enable this policy.
Commnent Display a brief explaination for this policy.
Protocol Display the protocol used for this policy.
Interface Display the interface to send packets to once the policy is
matched.
Priority Display the priority value for such route policy profile.
Src IP Start Display the IP address for the start of the source IP.
Src IP End Display the IP address for the end of the source IP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
156
Dest IP Start Display the IP address for the start of the destination IP.
Dest IP End Display the IP address for the end of the destination IP.
Dest Port Start Display the IP address for the start of the destination port.
Dest Port End Display the IP address for the end of the destination port.
Move UP/Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy.
Wizard Mode Allow to configure frequently used (simple and basic)
settings of route policy via three setting pages.
Advance Mode Allow to configure detailed settings of route policy.
To use Wizard Mode, simple do the following steps:
1. Click the Wizard Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1. The setting page will appear as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Source IP Any – Any IP can be treated as the source IP.
Src IP Start - Type the source IP start for the specified WAN
interface.
Src IP End - Type the source IP end for the specified WAN
interface. If this field is blank, it means that all the source
IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN
interface.
Destination IP Any – Any IP can be treated as the destination IP.
Dest IP Start- Type the destination IP start for the specified
WAN interface.
Dest IP End - Type the destination IP end for the specified
WAN interface. If this field is blank, it means that all the
destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface.
3. Click Next to get the following page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
15
7
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Interface Use the drop down list to choose a WAN or LAN interface or
VPN profile. Packets match with the above criteria will be
transferred to the interface chosen here.
4. After specifying the interface, click Next to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Force NAT /Force
Routing
It determines which mechanism that the router will use to
forward the packet to WAN.
5. After choosing the mechanism, click Next to get the summary page for reference.
6. If there is no error, click Finish to complete wizard setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
158
To use Advance Mode, do the following steps:
1. Click the Advance Mode radio button.
2. Click any Index number link (e.g., 1 in this case) to access into the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable this policy.
Comment Type a brief explanation for such profile.
Protocol Use the drop-down menu to choose a proper protocol for
the WAN interface.
Source / Destination Any – Any IP can be treated as the source / destination IP.
IP Range – Define a range of IP address as source /
destination IP addresses.
Start - Type an address as the starting IP for such
profile.
End - Type an address as the ending IP for such profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
15
9
IP Subnet – Define a subnet containing IP address and mask
address.
Network – Type an IP address here.
Mask – Use the drop down list to choose a suitable mask
for the network.
IP Object / IP Group – Choose an IP object / IP group.
Destination Port Any – Any port number can be treated as the destination
port.
Dest Port Range – A range of port number can be treated as
the destination port.
Start - Type the destination port start for the
destination IP.
End - Type the destination port end for the destination
IP. If this field is blank, it means that all the
destination ports will be passed through the WAN
interface.
Send to if criteria
matched
Interface – Use the drop down list to choose a WAN or LAN
interface or VPN profile. Packets match with the above
criteria will be transferred to the interface chosen here.
Gateway IPSpecific gateway is used only when you want
to forward the packets to the desired gateway. Usually,
Default Gateway is selected in default.
Packet Forwarding to WAN via – When you choose WAN
(e.g., WAN1) as the Interface for packet transmission, you
have to specify the way the packet forwarded to. Choose
Force NAT or Force Routing.
Failover to – Check this button to lead the data passing
through specific interface (WAN/LAN/VPN/Route Policy)
automatically when the selected interface (defined in Send
via if criteria matched) is down.
WAN/LAN – Use the drop down list to choose an
interface as an auto failover interface.
VPN – Use the drop down list to choose a VPN tunnel as
a failover tunnel.
Route Policy – Use the drop down list to choose an
existed route policy profile.
Gateway IPSpecific gateway is used only when you want
to forward the packets to the desired gateway. Usually,
Default Gateway is selected in default.
Priority Packets will be transmitted based on all routes or Route
Policy. Vigor router will determine which rule will be
adopted for transmitting the packet according to the
priority of Static Route and Route Policy.
The greater the value is, the lower the priority is. Default
value for route policy is “200” which means it has higher
priority than the default route.
3. When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
e
e
With the analysis done by such page, possible path (static route, routing table or policy route)
of the packets sent out of the router can be traced.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
160
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode Analyze how a packet will be sent – Choose such mode to
make Vigor router analyze how a single packet will be sent
by a route policy.
Analyze how multiple packets… - Choose such mode to
make Vigor router analyze how multiple packets in a
specified file will be sent by a route policy.
Packet Information Specify the nature of the packets to be analyzed by Vigor
router.
Protocol - Specify a protocol for diagnosis.
Src IP – Type an IP address as the source IP.
Dst IP – Type an IP address as the destination IP.
Dst Port – Use the drop down list to specify the destination
port.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
161
Analyze – Click it to perform the job of analyzing. The
analyzed result will be shown on the page. If required, click
export analysis to export the result as a file.
Input File Select – Click the download link to get a blank example
file. Then, click such button to select that blank “.csv” file
for saving the result of analysis.
Analyze – Click it to perform the job of analyzing. The
analyzed result will be shown on the page. If required, click
export analysis to export the result as a file.
Note that the analysis was based on the current
"load-balance/route policy" settings, we do not guarantee
it will be 100% the same as the real case.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
162
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
M
M
a
a
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
P
P
o
o
l
l
i
i
c
c
y
y
?
?
Address Mapping is used to map a specified private IP or a range of private IPs of NAT subnet
into a specified WAN IP (or WAN IP alias IP). Refer to the following figure.
This document introduces how to set up address mapping with Route Policy. When a WAN
interface has multiple public IP addresses,the administrator may specify the outgoing IP for
certain internal IP address by a Route Policy.
1. Set up WAN IP Alias. Go to WAN >> Internet Access >> Details Page, and click on WAN
IP Alias button.
1. Check Enable.
2. Enter the WAN IP address.
3. Click OK to save.
After setting up the WAN IP Alias, the IP addresses will be shown in the drop-down list of
Interface in Route Policy setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
163
2. Go to Route Policy>>General Setup. Create a Route Policy for specific IP address to
send from specific WAN IP Address.
Enable this policy.
Enter Source IP as the range of private IP address.
Leave the Destination IP and Port as Any.
Select Interface as WAN, and then select Interface address from the drop-down list.
(The List can be edited in WAN IP Alias setting.)
Enable Failover to other WAN so the traffic will be sent via other Interface when
the path fails. But do not enable this option if you want the traffic only to use a
designated IP address.
Click OK to save.
3. After the above configuration, packet source from the range between 192.168.1.20 and
192.168.1.30 sent to the Internet will use the public IP 172.17.1.1.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
164
This page is left blank.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
165
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
L
L
A
A
N
N
Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users
can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just
like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
166
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
L
L
A
A
N
N
(
(
2
2
.
.
4
4
G
G
H
H
z
z
/
/
5
5
G
G
H
H
z
z
)
)
This function is used for “n”/ “ac” models only.
Over recent years, the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth.
Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the
surface of the earth. Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via
wireless communication products. The Vigor2133 wireless series router (with “n”, or “ac” in
model name) is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office/home. Any
authorized staff can bring a built-in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for
conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere. Wireless LAN
enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a
wired LAN as well as Internet access.
The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the
standard IEEE 802.11n draft 2 protocol. To boost its performance further, the Vigor Router is
also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps*. Hence,
you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video.
Vigor2133 wireless router is a highly integrated wireless local area network (WLAN) for 5 GHz
802.11ac or 2.4/5 GHz 802.11n WLAN applications. It supports channel operations of 20/40
MHz at 2.4 GHz and 20/40/80 MHz at 5 GHz. Vigor2133 “ac” series router can support data
rates up to 1.3 Gbps in 802.11ac 80 MHz channels. Vigor2133 “n” series router supports
802.11n up to 300 Mbps for 40 MHz channel operations.
Info
The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions
and environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, network
overhead and building materials.
In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network, Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access
Point (AP) connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations (STA). All the STAs will share the
same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router. The General Settings will set up the
information of this wireless network, including its SSID as identification, located channel etc.
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
p
p
l
l
e
e
S
S
S
S
I
I
D
D
s
s
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
16
7
Vigor router supports four SSID settings for wireless connections. Each SSID can be defined
with different name and download/upload rate for selecting by stations connected to the
router wirelessly.
R
R
e
e
a
a
l
l
-
-
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
E
E
n
n
c
c
r
r
y
y
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest
protection to your data without influencing user experience.
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
t
t
e
e
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
S
S
t
t
a
a
n
n
d
d
a
a
r
r
d
d
S
S
e
e
l
l
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication, we provide several
prevailing standards on market.
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via
radio using either a 64-bit or 128-bit key. Usually access point will preset a set of four keys
and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys.
WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access), the most dominating security mechanism in industry, is
separated into two categories: WPA-personal or called WPA Pre-Share Key (WPA/PSK), and
WPA-Enterprise or called WPA/802.1x.
In WPA-Personal, a pre-defined key is used for encryption during data transmission. WPA
applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES.
The WPA-Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication.
Since WEP has been proved vulnerable, you may consider using WPA for the most secure
connection. You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs.
No matter which security suite you select, they all will enhance the over-the-air data
protection and /or privacy on your wireless network. The Vigor wireless router is very flexible
and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time.
Info
The password (PSK) of default security mode is provided and stated on the
label pasted on the bottom of the router. For the wireless client who wants
to access into Internet through such router, please input the default PSK
value for connection.
S
S
e
e
p
p
a
a
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
t
t
h
h
e
e
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
d
d
L
L
A
A
N
N
-
-
W
W
L
L
A
A
N
N
I
I
s
s
o
o
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
It enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit
access reasons. To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other. To elaborate
an example for business use, you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can
connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage. For a more
flexible deployment, you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users’ access from wired
LAN.
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
-
-
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
168
It will display all the stations in your wireless network and the status of their connection.
W
W
P
P
S
S
WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) provides easy procedure to make network connection between
wireless station and wireless access point (vigor router) with the encryption of WPA and
WPA2.
Info
WPS is available for the wireless station with WPS supported.
It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router.
Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to
setup a wireless client every time. He/she only needs to press a button on wireless client, and
WPS will connect for client and router automatically.
There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations:
pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
16
9
On the side of Vigor2133 series which served as an AP, press WPS button once on the
front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface. On the side
of a station with network card installed, press Start PBC button of network card.
If you want to use PIN code, you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client.
Then provide the PIN code of the wireless client you wish to connect to the vigor router.
For WPS is supported in WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK mode, if you do not choose such mode in
Wireless LAN>>Security, you will see the following message box.
Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN>>Security to choose WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK mode
and access WPS again.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
170
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
W
W
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
The wireless wizard allows you to configure settings specified for a host AP (for home use or
internal use for a company) and specified for a guest AP (for any wireless clients accessing
into Internet).
Follow the steps listed below:
1. Open Wizards>>Wireless Wizard.
2. The screen of wireless wizard will be shown as follows. This page will be used for internal
users in a company or your home. Besides, the settings will change based on different
model of Vigor2133 series. In this case, Vigor2133ac is used as an example.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
171
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type the SSID name of this router for wireless connection.
The default name is defined with DrayTek. Change the name
if required.
Mode At present, the router can connect to 11a Only, 11n Only,
Mixed (11a+11n), and Mixed (11a+11n+11ac) stations
simultaneously. Simply choose Mixed (11a+11n+11ac) mode.
Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN. The
default channel is 6. You may switch channel if the selected
channel is under serious interference. If you have no idea of
choosing the frequency, please select Auto to let system
determine for you.
Security Key The wireless mode offered by this wizard is WPA2/PSK.
The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio
using the key, which either PSK (Pre-Shared Key) entered
manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via
802.1x authentication.
Either 8~63 ASCII characters, such as 012345678(or 64
Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x, such as
“0x321253abcde…”).
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Exit the wireless wizard without saving any changes.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
172
3. After typing the required information, click Next. The settings in the page limit the
wireless station (guest) accessing into Internet but not being allowed to share the LAN
network and VPN connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click it to enable or disable settings in this page.
SSID Type the SSID name of this router. (SSID1)
Security Key The wireless mode offered by this wizard is WPA2/PSK.
The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio
using the key, which either PSK (Pre-Shared Key) entered
manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via
802.1x authentication.
Either 8~63 ASCII characters, such as 012345678(or 64
Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x, such as
"0x321253abcde...").
Bandwidth Limit It controls the data transmission rate through wireless
connection.
Total Upload – Check Enable and type the transmitting rate
for data upload. Default value is 30,000 kbps.
Total Download – Type the transmitting rate for data
download. Default value is 30,000 kbps.
Use the same SSID
and Security Key as
above
Check the box to use the same settings configured above.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Exit the wireless wizard without saving any changes.
4. After typing the required information, click Next.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
173
5. The following page will display the configuration summary for wireless setting.
6. Click Finish to complete the wireless settings configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
174
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
By clicking the Wireless LAN>>General Setup, a new web page will appear so that you could
configure the SSID and the wireless channel. Please refer to the following figure for more
information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function.
Mode For 2.4GHz: At present, the router can connect to 11b Only,
11g Only, 11n Only(2.4 GHz), Mixed (11b+11g), Mixed
(11g+11n), and Mixed (11b+11g+11n) stations
simultaneously. Simply choose Mixed (11b+11g+11n) mode.
For 5GHz: At present, the router can connect to 11a Only,
11n Only (5 GHz), Mixed (11a+11n) and Mixed
(11a+11n+11ac) stations simultaneously. Simply choose
Mixed (11a+11n+11ac) mode.
Note: 802.11b/g operates on 2.4G band, 802.11a operates
on 5G band, 802.11n operates on either 2.4G or 5G band, and
802.11ac operates on 5G band only.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
175
Channel Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN. The
default channel is 6. You may switch channel if the selected
channel is under serious interference. If you have no idea of
choosing the frequency, please select Auto to let system
determine for you.
2.4GHz in “n” model:
5 GHz in “ac” model:
Hide SSID Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it harder
for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your wireless LAN.
Depending on the wireless utility, the user may only see the
information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about
Vigor wireless router while site surveying. The system allows
you to set four sets of SSID for different usage. In default,
the first set of SSID will be enabled. You can hide it for your
necessity.
SSID Means the identification of the wireless LAN. SSID can be any
text numbers or various special characters.
Isolate Member –Check this box to make the wireless clients
(stations) with the same SSID not accessing for each other.
VPN – Check this box to make the wireless clients (stations)
with different VPN not accessing for each other.
Schedule Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only.
You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The default
setting of this field is blank and the function will always
work.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
176
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
This page allows you to set security with different modes for SSID 1, 2, 3 and 4 respectively.
After configuring the correct settings, please click OK to save and invoke it.
The password (PSK) of default security mode is provided and stated on the label pasted on the
bottom of the router. For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such
router, please input the default PSK value for connection.
By clicking the Wireless LAN>>Security Settings, a new web page will appear so that you
could configure the settings of WPA and WEP.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode
There are several modes provided for you to choose.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
17
7
Info
You should also set RADIUS Server
simultaneously if 802.1x mode is selected.
Disable - Turn off the encryption mechanism.
WEP - Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key
should be entered in WEP Key.
WEP/802.1x Only - Accepts only WEP clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server
with 802.1X protocol.
WPA/802.1x Only - Accepts only WPA clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server
with 802.1X protocol.
WPA2/802.1x Only - Accepts only WPA2 clients and the
encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server
with 802.1X protocol.
Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only) - Accepts WPA and WPA2
clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained
dynamically from RADIUS server with 802.1X protocol.
WPA/PSK - Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key
should be entered in PSK.
WPA2/PSK - Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption
key should be entered in PSK.
Mixed (WPA+ WPA2)/PSK - Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients
simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in
PSK.
WPA
The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio
using the key, which either PSK (Pre-Shared Key) entered
manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via
802.1x authentication. Either 8~63 ASCII characters, such as
012345678(or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x, such as
"0x321253abcde...").
Pre-Shared Key (PSK) - Either 8~63 ASCII characters, such as
012345678..(or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by 0x, such as
"0x321253abcde...").
Password Strength – The system will display the password
strength (represented with the word of weak, medium or
strong) of the PSK specified above.
WEP
64-Bit - For 64 bits WEP key, either 5 ASCII characters, such
as 12345 (or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by 0x, such as
0x4142434445.)
128-Bit - For 128 bits WEP key, either 13 ASCII characters,
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
178
such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM (or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by
0x, such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D).
All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption
bit size and have the same key. Four keys can be entered
here, but only one key can be selected at a time. The keys
can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal. Check the key you
wish to use.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
In the Access Control, the router may restrict wireless access to certain wireless clients only
by locking their MAC address into a black or white list. The user may block wireless clients by
inserting their MAC addresses into a black list, or only let them be able to connect by inserting
their MAC addresses into a white list.
In the Access Control web page, users may configure the white/black list modes used by each
SSID and the MAC addresses applied to their lists.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Mac Address Filter
Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN
identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively. All the clients
(expressed by MAC addresses) listed in the box can be
grouped under different wireless LAN. For example, they can
be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
17
9
check SSID 1 and SSID 2.
MAC Address Filter Display all MAC addresses that are edited before.
Client’s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client.
Apply SSID After entering the client’s MAC address, check the box of the
SSIDs desired to insert this MAC address into their access
control list.
Attribute s: Isolate the station from LAN - select to isolate the
wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address
from LAN.
Add Add a new MAC address into the list.
Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list.
Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list.
Cancel Give up the access control set up.
OK Click it to save the access control list.
Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list.
Backup Access Control Settings on this web page can be saved as a file which can be
restored in the future by this device or other device.
Upload From File Restore wireless access control settings and applied onto this
device.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
W
W
P
P
S
S
Below shows Wireless LAN>>WPS web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting.
WPS Status Display related system information for WPS. If the wireless
security (encryption) function of the router is properly
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
180
configured, you can see ‘Configured’ message here.
SSID Display the SSID1 of the router. WPS is supported by SSID1
only.
Authentication Mode Display current authentication mode of the router. Only
WPA2/PSK and WPA/PSK support WPS.
Configure via Push Button
Click Start PBC to invoke Push-Button style WPS setup
procedure. The router will wait for WPS requests from
wireless clients about two minutes. The WPS LED on the
router will blink fast when WPS is in progress. It will return to
normal condition after two minutes. (You need to setup WPS
within two minutes)
Configure via Client
PinCode
Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you
wish to connect, and click Start PIN button. The WPS LED on
the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress. It will
return to normal condition after two minutes. (You need to
setup WPS within two minutes)
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
181
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
W
W
D
D
S
S
WDS means Wireless Distribution System. It is a protocol for connecting two access points (AP)
wirelessly. Usually, it can be used for the following application:
Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air.
Extend the coverage range of a WLAN.
Refer to the following table:
WDS Mode Wireless
Signal
Comparisons
Bridge
Limited
Wireless stations (clients) within the effective range of
wireless signal can access into Internet through the router
/AP.
Wireless stations (clients) out of the effective range of
wireless signal cannot access into Internet through the
router /AP with Bridge mode configured.
The packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded
to local wired or wireless hosts.
Repeater
Extended
Wireless stations (clients) within the effective range of
wireless signal can access into Internet through the router
/AP.
Wireless stations (clients) out of the effective range of
wireless signal can access into Internet through the router
/AP with Repeater mode configured.
The packets received from one Vigor router can be repeated
to another AP (remotely) through WDS links.
Only Repeater mode can do WDS-to-WDS packet forwarding.
The WDS - Repeater mode is implemented in Vigor router. The application for the
WDS-Repeater mode is depicted as below:
Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu. The following page will be shown.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
182
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode Choose the mode for WDS setting. Disable mode will not
invoke any WDS setting. Repeater mode is for the second
one.
Security There are three types for security, Disable, WEP and
Pre-shared key. The setting you choose here will make the
following WEP or Pre-shared key field valid or not. Choose
one of the types for the router.
Pre-shared Key When Pre-Shared Key is selected as Security above,
configure the following settings if required.
Type – There are some types for you to choose. WPA and
WPA2 are used for WDS devices (e.g.2925n wireless router,
you can set the encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish
your WDS system between AP and the router.
Key – Set the encryption key in this field. Type 8 ~ 63 ASCII
characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by “0x”.
Bridge
If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode, please type in
the peer MAC address in these fields. Four peer MAC
addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time.
Yet please disable the unused link to get better
performance. If you want to invoke the peer MAC address,
remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
183
address after typing.
Repeater If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode, please type
in the peer MAC address (of VigorAP/Vigor router required to
make connection with such Vigor router and used to extend
the wireless signal) in these fields.
Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this
page at one time. Similarly, if you want to invoke the peer
MAC address, remember to check Enable box in the front of
the MAC address after typing.
Access Point Function Click Enable to make this router serve as an access point.
When Repeater is set as WDS Mode, click Enable to use such
function.
Click Disable if Bridge is set as WDS Mode.
Status It allows user to send “hello” message to peers. Yet, it is
valid only when the peer also supports this function.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
184
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This page allows users to set advanced settings such as operation mode, channel bandwidth,
guard interval, and aggregation MSDU for wireless data transmission.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Operation Mode Mixed Mode – the router can transmit data with the ways
supported in both 802.11a/b/g and 802.11n standards.
However, the entire wireless transmission will be slowed
down if 802.11g or 802.11b wireless client is connected.
Green Field – to get the highest throughput, please choose
such mode. Such mode can make the data transmission
happen between 11n systems only. In addition, it does not
have protection mechanism to avoid the conflict with
neighboring devices of 802.11a/b/g.
Channel Bandwidth Vigor router will use 20MHz/40MHz/80MHz for data
transmission and receiving between the AP and the stations.
20/40- Vigor Router will scan for nearby wireless AP, and
then use 20MHz if the number of AP is more than 10, or use
40MHz if it's not.
Guard Interval It is to assure the safety of propagation delays and
reflections for the sensitive digital data. If you choose auto
as guard interval, the AP router will choose short guard
interval (increasing the wireless performance) or long guard
interval for data transmit based on the station capability.
Aggregation MSDU
Aggregation MSDU can combine frames with different sizes
.
It is used for improving MAC layer’s performance for some
brand’s clients. The default setting is Enable.
Long Preamble This option is to define the length of the sync field in an
802.11 packet. Most modern wireless network uses short
preamble with 56 bit sync field instead of long preamble with
128 bit sync field. However, some original 11b wireless
network devices only support long preamble. Click Enable to
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
185
use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind
of devices.
Packet-OVERDRIVE TX
Burst
This feature can enhance the performance in data
transmission about 40%* more (by checking Tx Burst). It is
active only when both sides of Access Point and Station (in
wireless client) invoke this function at the same time. That
is, the wireless client must support this feature and invoke
the function, too.
Note: Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function.
Therefore, you can use and install it into your PC for
matching with Packet-OVERDRIVE (refer to the following
picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window, choose Enable
for TxBURST on the tab of Option).
TX Power Set the power percentage for transmission signal of access
point. The greater the value is, the higher intensity of the
signal will be.
WMM Capable WMM is an abbreviation of Wi-Fi Multimedia. It defines the
priority levels for four access categories derived from 802.1d
(prioritization tabs). The categories are designed with
specific types of traffic, voice, video, best effort and low
priority data. There are four accessing categories - AC_BE ,
AC_BK, AC_VI and AC_VO for WMM.
To apply WMM parameters for wireless data transmission,
please click the Enable radio button.
APSD Capable APSD (automatic power-save delivery) is an enhancement
over the power-save mechanisms supported by Wi-Fi
networks. It allows devices to take more time in sleeping
state and consume less power to improve the performance
by minimizing transmission latency.
The default setting is Disable.
Rate Adaptation Algorithm
Wireless transmission rate is adapted dynamically. Usually,
performance of “new” algorithm is better than “old”.
Fragment Length
(256 – 2346)
Set the Fragment threshold. Do not modify
default value if
you don’t know what it is, default value is
2346.
RTS Threshold (1 – 2347) Minimize the collision (unit is bytes) between hidden stations
to improve wireless performance.
Set the RTS threshold. Do not modify default
value if you
don’t know what it is, default value is 2347.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
186
Country Code Vigor router broadcasts country codes by following the
802.11d standard. However, some wireless stations will
detect / scan the country code to prevent conflict occurred.
If conflict is detected, wireless station will be warned and is
unable to make network connection. Therefore, changing
the country code to ensure successful network connection
will be necessary for some clients.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
18
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
Station Control is used to specify the duration for the wireless client to connect and
reconnect Vigor router. If such function is not enabled, the wireless client can connect Vigor
router until the router shuts down.
Such feature is especially useful for free Wi-Fi service. For example, a coffee shop offers free
Wi-Fi service for its guests for one hour every day. Then, the connection time can be set as “1
hour” and reconnection time can be set as “1 day”. Thus, the guest can finish his job within
one hour and will not occupy the wireless network for a long time.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SSID Display the SSID that the wireless station will use it to
connect with Vigor router.
Enable Check the box to enable the station control function.
Connection Time /
Reconnection Time
Use the drop down list to choose the duration for the
wireless client connecting /reconnecting to Vigor router. Or,
type the duration manually when you choose User defined.
Display All Station Control
List
All the wireless stations connecting to Vigor router by using
such SSID will be listed on Station Control List.
Web Portal Setup Click it to access in to LAN>>Web Portal Setup page for
modifying the settings if required.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
A
A
P
P
D
D
i
i
s
s
c
c
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
y
y
Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood. Based
on the scanning result, users will know which channel is clean for usage. Also, it can be used
to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link. Notice that during the scanning process (about 5
seconds), no client is allowed to connect to Vigor.
This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN. Yet, only the AP which
is in the same channel of this router can be found. Please click Scan to discover all the
connected APs.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
188
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Scan It is used to discover all the connected AP. The results will be
shown on the box above this button.
Statistics It displays the statistics for the channels used by APs.
Add to If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings, please
type in the AP’s MAC address on the bottom of the page and
click Repeater. Next, click Add to. Later, the MAC address of
the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS
settings page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
18
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
The downstream or upstream from FTP, HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of
bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs. Please use Bandwidth Management
to make the bandwidth usage more efficient.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SSID Display the specific SSID name.
Enable Check this box to enable the bandwidth management for
clients.
Bandwidth Limit Type Auto Adjustment - Bandwidth limit is determined by the
system automatically.
Per Station Limit – Bandwidth limit is determined according
to the limitation of the wireless client.
Total Upload Limit It is available when Auto Adjustment is selected.
Type a value to define the maximum data traffic (uploading)
for all of the wireless clients connecting to Vigor router.
Total Download Limit It is available when Auto Adjustment is selected.
Type a value to define the maximum data clientstations
connecting to Vigor router.
Upload Limit It is available when Per Station Limit is selected.
Type a value to define the maximum data traffic (uploading)
for each wireless client connecting to Vigor router.
Download Limit It is available when Per Station Limit is selected
Type a value to define the maximum data traffic
(downloading) for each wireless client connecting to Vigor
router.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
190
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
A
A
i
i
r
r
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
F
F
a
a
i
i
r
r
n
n
e
e
s
s
s
s
Airtime fairness is essential in wireless networks that must support critical enterprise
applications.
Most of the applications are either symmetric or require more downlink than uplink capacity;
telephony and email send the same amount of data in each direction, while video streaming
and web surfing involve more traffic sent from access points to clients than the other way
around. This is essential for ensuring predictable performance and quality-of-service, as well
as allowing 802.11n and legacy clients to coexist on the same network. Without airtime
fairness, offices using mixed mode networks risk having legacy clients slow down the entire
network or letting the fastest client(s) crowd out other users.
With airtime fairness, every client at a given quality-of-service level has equal access to the
network's airtime.
The wireless channel can be accessed by only one wireless station at the same time.
The principle behind the IEEE802.11 channel access mechanisms is that each station has
equal probability to access the channel. When wireless stations have similar data rate, this
principle leads to a fair result. In this case, stations get similar channel access time which is
called airtime.
However, when stations have various data rate (e.g., 11g, 11n), the result is not fair. The
slow stations (11g) work in their slow data rate and occupy too much airtime, whereas the
fast stations (11n) become much slower.
Take the following figure as an example, both Station A(11g) and Station B(11n) transmit data
packets through Vigor router. Although they have equal probability to access the wireless
channel, Station B(11n) gets only a little airtime and waits too much because Station A(11g)
spends longer time to send one packet. In other words, Station B(fast rate) is obstructed by
Station A(slow rate).
To improve this problem, Airtime Fairness is added for Vigor router. Airtime Fairness function
tries to assign similar airtime to each station (A/B) by controlling TX traffic. In the following
figure, Station B(11n) has higher probability to send data packets than Station A(11g). By this
way, Station B(fast rate) gets fair airtime and it's speed is not limited by Station A(slow rate).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
191
It is similar to automatic Bandwidth Limit. The dynamic bandwidth limit of each station
depends on instant active station number and airtime assignment. Please note that Airtime
Fairness of 2.4GHz and 5GHz are independent. But stations of different SSIDs function
together, because they all use the same wireless channel. IN SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTS, this
function can reduce the bad influence of slow wireless devices and improve the overall
wireless performance.
Suitable environment:
(1) Many wireless stations.
(2) All stations mainly use download traffic.
(3) The performance bottleneck is wireless connection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Airtime Fairness Try to assign similar airtime to each wireless station by
controlling TX traffic.
Airtime Fairness – Click the link to display the following
screen of airtime fairness note.
Triggering Client Number –Airtime Fairness function is
applied only when active station number achieves this
number.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.
Info
Airtime Fairness function and Bandwidth Limit function should be mutually
exclusive. So their webs have extra actions to ensure these two functions
are not enabled simultaneously.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
192
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
S
S
t
t
e
e
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Band Steering detects if the wireless clients are capable of 5GHz operation, and steers them
to that frequency. It helps to leave 2.4GHz band available for legacy clients, and improves
users experience by reducing channel utilization.
If dual-band is detected, the AP will let the wireless client connect to less congested wireless
LAN, such as 5GHz to prevent from network congestion.
Info
To make Band Steering work successfully, SSID and security on 2.4GHz also
MUST be broadcasted on 5GHz.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
193
Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>Band Steering to get the following web page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Band Steering If it is enabled, Vigor router will detect if the wireless client
is capable of dual-band or not within the time limit.
Check Time…. – If the wireless station does not have the
capability of 5GHz network connection, the system shall wait
and check for several seconds (15 seconds, in default) to
make the 2.4GHz network connection. Specify the time limit
for Vigor router to detect the wireless client.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.
Below shows how Band Steering works.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
194
How to Use Band Steering?
1. Open Wireless LAN(2.4GHz)>>Band Steering.
2. Check the box of Enable Band Steering and use the default value (15) for check time
setting.
3. Click OK to save the settings.
4. Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>General Setup and Wireless LAN (5GHz)>> General
Setup. Configure SSID as DrayTek2862_BandSteering for both pages. Click OK to save the
settings.
Same
settings for
2.4GHz and
5GHz
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
195
5. Open Wireless LAN (2.4GHz)>>Security and Wireless LAN (5GHz)>>Security. Configure
Security as 12345678 for both pages. Click OK to save the settings.
6. Now, Vigor router will let the wireless clients connect to less congested wireless LAN,
such as 5GHz to prevent from network congestion.
Same value
for 2.4GHz
and 5GHz
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
196
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
3
3
R
R
o
o
a
a
m
m
i
i
n
n
g
g
The network signal for a single wireless access point might be limited by its coverage range.
Therefore, if you want to expand the wireless network in a large exhibition with a quick
method, you can install multiple access points with enabling the Roaming feature for each AP
to reach the purpose of expanding wireless signals seamlessly.
These access points connecting for each other shall be verified by pre-authentication. This
page allows you to enable the roaming feature and the pre-authentication.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Disable RSSI Requirement When the link rate of wireless station is too low or the signal
received by the wireless station is too worse, Vigor router
will automatically detect (based on the link rate and RSSI
requirement) and cut off the network connection for that
wireless station to assist it to connect another Wireless AP to
get better signal.
This option is to disable the roaming mechanism.
Strictly Minimum RSSI Vigor router uses RSSI (received signal strength indicator) to
decide to terminate the network connection of wireless
station. When the signal strength is below the value (dBm)
set here, Vigor router will terminate the network connection
for that wireless station.
Minimum RSSI Minimum RSSI - When the signal strength of the wireless
station is below the value (dBm) set here and adjacent AP
(must be DrayTek AP and support such feature too) with
higher signal strength value (defined in the field of With
Adjacent AP RSSI over) is detected by Vigor router, Vigor
router will terminate the network connection for that
wireless station. Later, the wireless station can connect to
the adjacent AP (with better RSSI).
With Adjacent AP RSSI over – Specify a value as a
threshold.
After finishing this web page configuration, please click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
19
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status
code. There is a code summary below for explanation. For convenient Access Control, you
can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list.
Add Click this button to add current typed MAC address into
Access Control.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
198
This page is left blank.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
19
9
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
V
V
V
V
P
P
N
N
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is the extension of a
private network that encompasses links across shared
or public networks like the Internet. In short, by VPN
technology, you can send data between two
computers across a shared or public network in a
manner that emulates the properties of a
point-to-point private link.
It is a form of VPN that can be used with a standard
Web browser.
A digital certificate works as an electronic ID, which
is issued by a certification authority (CA). It contains
information such as your name, a serial number,
expiration dates etc., and the digital signature of the
certificate-issuing authority so that a recipient can
verify that the certificate is real. Here Vigor router
support digital certificates conforming to standard
X.509.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
200
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
V
V
P
P
N
N
a
a
n
n
d
d
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is the extension of a private network that encompasses links
across shared or public networks like the Internet. In short, by VPN technology, you can send
data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the
properties of a point-to-point private link.
The VPN built is suitable for:
Communication between home office and customer
Secure connection between Teleworker, staff on business trip and main office
Exchange data between remote office and main office
POS between chain store and headquarters
S
S
i
i
t
t
e
e
-
-
t
t
o
o
-
-
S
S
i
i
t
t
e
e
(
(
L
L
A
A
N
N
-
-
t
t
o
o
-
-
L
L
A
A
N
N
)
)
A connection between two router's LAN networks.
Allows employees in branch offices and head office to share the same network resources.
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
(
(
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
i
i
n
n
)
)
A connection between the remote host and router's LAN network. The host will use an IP
address in the local subnet.
Allows employees to access the company's internal resources when they are traveling.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
201
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
V
V
P
P
N
N
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client. Such wizard will guide to set the
LAN-to-LAN profile for VPN dial out connection (from server to client) step by step.
1. Open Wizards>>VPN Client Wizard. The following page will appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
LAN-to-LAN Client
Mode Selection
Choose the client mode.
Route Mode/NAT Mode – If the remote network only allows
you to dial in with single IP, please choose NAT mode,
otherwise please choose Route Mode.
Please choose a
LAN-to-LAN Profile
There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
202
2. When you finish the mode and profile selection, please click Next to open the following
page.
In this page, you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile. There are six
types provided here. Different type will lead to different configuration page. After
making the choices for the client profile, please click Next. You will see different
configurations based on the selection(s) you made.
Info
The following descriptions for VPN Type are based on the Route Mode
specified in LAN-to-LAN Client Mode Selection.
When you choose PPTP (None Encryption) or PPTP (Encryption), you will see the
following graphic:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
203
When you choose IPsec, you will see the following graphic:
When you choose SSL, you will see the following graphic:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
204
When you choose L2TP over IPsec (Nice to Have) or L2TP over IPsec (Must), you will see
the following graphic:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for such profile. The length of the file is limited
to 10 characters.
Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection.
Server IP/Host Name Type the IP address of the server or type the host name for
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
205
for VPN such VPN profile.
IKE Authentication
Method
IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are
remote dial-in user or node (LAN to LAN) which uses dynamic
IP address and IPsec-related VPN connections such as L2TP
over IPsec and IPsec tunnel.
Pre-Shared Key- Specify a key for IKE authentication.
Confirm Pre-Shared Key-Confirm the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature
(X.509)
Click Digital Signature to invoke this function.
Peer ID – Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down
list.
Local ID – Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject
Name First.
Local Certificate – Use the drop down list to choose one of
the certificates for using. You have to configure one
certificate at least previously in Certificate Management >>
Local Certificate. Otherwise, the setting you choose here
will not be effective.
IPsec Security Method
Medium - Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option
is active.
High - Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means payload
(data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You may select
encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard (DES),
Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
User Name This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the user name is limited to 11 characters.
Password This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the password is limited to 11 characters.
Remote Network IP Please type one LAN IP address (according to the real
location of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
Remote Network
Mask
Please type the network mask (according to the real location
of the remote host) for building VPN connection.
3. After finishing the configuration, please click Next. The confirmation page will be
shown as follows. If there is no problem, you can click one of the radio buttons listed on
the page and click Finish to execute the next action.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
206
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Go to the VPN
Connection
Management
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>Connection Management for viewing VPN
Connection status.
Do another VPN
Server Wizard Setup
Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server
through VPN Server Wizard.
View more detailed
configuration
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
20
7
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
V
V
P
P
N
N
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server. Such wizard will guide to set the
LAN-to-LAN profile for VPN dial in connection (from client to server) step by step.
1. Open Wizards>>VPN Server Wizard. The following page will appear.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
VPN Server Mode
Selection
Choose the direction for the VPN server.
Site to Site VPN – To set a LAN-to-LAN profile automatically,
please choose Site to Site VPN.
Remote Dial-in User –You can manage remote access by
maintaining a table of remote user profile, so that users can
be authenticated to dial-in via VPN connection.
Please choose a
LAN-to-LAN Profile
This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN
(LAN-to-LAN) as VPN server mode. There are 32 VPN profiles
for users to set.
Please choose a
Dial-in User Accounts
This item is available when you choose Remote Dial-in User
(Teleworker) as VPN server mode. There are 32 VPN tunnels
for users to set.
Allowed Dial-in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial-in user
account profiles. Next, you have to select suitable dial-in
type for the VPN server profile. There are several types
provided here (similar to VPN Client Wizard).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
208
Different Dial-in Type will lead to different configuration
page. In addition, adjustable items for each dial-in type will
be changed according to the VPN Server Mode (Site to Site
VPN and Remote Dial-in User) selected.
2. After making the choices for the server profile, please click Next. You will see different
configurations based on the selection you made. Here we take the examples of choosing
Site-to-Site VPN as the VPN Server Mode.
When you check PPTP/SSL, you will see the following graphic:
When you check PPTP & IPsec & L2TP (three types) or PPTP & IPsec (two types) or L2TP
with Policy (Nice to Have/Must), you will see the following graphic:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
20
9
When you check IPsec, you will see the following graphic:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for such profile. The length of the file is limited
to 10 characters.
User Name This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the name is limited to 11 characters.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
210
Password This field is used to authenticate for connection when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
The length of the name is limited to 11 characters.
Pre-Shared Key For IPsec/L2TP IPsec authentication, you have to type a
pre-shared key.
The length of the name is limited to 64 characters.
Confirm Pre-Shared
Key
Type the pre-shared key again for confirmation.
Digital Signature
(X.509)
Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function.
Peer ID – Choose the peer ID selection from the drop down
list.
Local ID – Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject
Name First.
Peer IP/VPN Client IP Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the
remote client.
Peer ID Type the ID name for the remote client.
The length of the name is limited to 47 characters.
3. After finishing the configuration, please click Next. The confirmation page will be
shown as follows. If there is no problem, you can click one of the radio buttons listed on
the page and click Finish to execute the next action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Go to the VPN
Connection
Management
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>Connection Management for viewing VPN
Connection status.
Do another VPN
Server Wizard Setup
Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server
through VPN Server Wizard.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
211
View more detailed
configuration
Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote
Access>>LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration.
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
Enable the necessary VPN service as you need. If you intend to run a VPN server inside your
LAN, you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through, as
well as the appropriate NAT settings, such as DMZ or open port.
Open VPN and Remote Access>>Remote Access Control.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
212
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
P
P
P
P
P
P
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This submenu only applies to PPP-related VPN connections, such as PPTP, L2TP, L2TP over
IPsec.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-In PPP Authentication
PAP Only - elect this option to force the router to
authenticate dial-in users with the PAP protocol.
PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2 - Selecting this option
means the router will attempt to authenticate dial-in users
with the CHAP protocol first. If the dial-in user does not
support this protocol, it will fall back to use the PAP protocol
for authentication.
Dial-In PPP Encryption
(MPPE)
Optional MPPE - This option represents that the MPPE
encryption method will be optionally employed in the router
for the remote dial-in user. If the remote dial-in user does
not support the MPPE encryption algorithm, the router will
transmit “no MPPE encrypted packets”. Otherwise, the MPPE
encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data.
Require MPPE (40/128bits) - Selecting this option will
force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE
encryption algorithm. In addition, the remote dial-in
user will use 40-bit to perform encryption prior to using
128-bit for encryption. In other words, if 128-bit MPPE
encryption method is not available, then 40-bit
encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data.
Maximum MPPE - This option indicates that the router
will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum
bits (128-bit) to encrypt the data.
Mutual Authentication
(PAP)
The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to
communicate with other routers or clients who need
bi-directional authentication in order to provide stronger
security, for example, Cisco routers. So you should enable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
213
this function when your peer router requires mutual
authentication. You should further specify the User Name
and Password of the mutual authentication peer.
The length of the name/password is limited to 23/19
characters.
IP Address Assignment for
Dial-In Users
Enter a start IP address for the dial-in PPP connection. You
should choose an IP address from the local private network.
For example, if the local private network is
192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0, you could choose 192.168.1.200
as the Start IP Address.
You can configure up to four start IP addresses for LAN1 ~
LAN4.
PPP Authentication
Methods
Select the method(s) to be used for authentication in PPP
connection.
While using Radius
Authentication
If PPP connection will be authenticated via RADIUS server, it
is necessary to specify the LAN profile for the dial-in user to
get IP from.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
214
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
In IPsec General Setup, there are two major parts of configuration.
There are two phases of IPsec.
Phase 1: negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption, hash, Diffie-Hellman
parameter values, and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange, authentication of
both peers using either a Pre-Shared Key or Digital Signature (x.509). The peer that
starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer
tries to find a highest-priority match with its policies. Eventually to set up a secure
tunnel for IKE Phase 2.
Phase 2: negotiation IPsec security methods including Authentication Header (AH) or
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) for the following IKE exchange and mutual
examination of the secure tunnel establishment.
There are two encapsulation methods used in IPsec, Transport and Tunnel. The Transport
mode will add the AH/ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload
only. It can just apply to local packet, e.g., L2TP over IPsec. The Tunnel mode will not only
add the AH/ESP payload but also use a new IP header (Tunneled IP header) to encapsulate the
whole original IP packet.
Authentication Header (AH) provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed
between VPN peers. This is achieved by a keyed one-way hash function to the packet to
create a message digest. This digest will be put in the AH and transmitted along with packets.
On the receiving side, the peer will perform the same one-way hash on the packet and
compare the value with the one in the AH it receives.
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality
and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IKE Authentication
Method
This usually applies to those are remote dial-in user or node
(LAN-to-LAN) which uses dynamic IP address and
IPsec-related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPsec and
IPsec tunnel.
Certificate for Dial-in –Choose one of the local certificates
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
215
from the drop down list.
Pre-Shared Key- Specify a key for IKE authentication.
Confirm Pre-Shared Key- Retype the characters to confirm
the pre-shared key.
Note: Any packets from the remote dial-in user which does
not match the rule defined in VPN and Remote
Access>>Remote Dial-In User will be applied with the
method specified here.
IPsec Security Method Medium - Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option
is active.
High (ESP) - Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You
may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption
Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
P
P
e
e
e
e
r
r
I
I
d
d
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
t
t
y
y
To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN-to-LAN connection or Remote
User Dial-In connection, here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection. As shown
below, the router provides 32 entries of digital certificates for peer dial-in users.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of IPsec Peer Identity.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
216
Name Display the profile name of that index.
Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate. There are three security levels of digital
signature authentication: Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer. The
following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type the name of the profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 32 characters.
Enable this account Check it to enable such account profile.
Accept Any Peer ID Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity.
Accept Subject
Alternative Name
Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept
the peer with matching value. The field can be IP Address,
Domain, or E-mail. The box under the Type will appear
according to the type you select and ask you to fill in
corresponding setting.
Accept Subject Name Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to
accept the peer with matching value. The field includes
Country (C), State (ST), Location (L), Organization (O),
Organization Unit (OU), Common Name (CN), and Email
(E).
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
21
7
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
i
i
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile, so that users
can be authenticated to dial-in via VPN connection. You may set parameters including
specified connection peer ID, connection type (VPN connection - including PPTP, IPsec Tunnel,
and L2TP by itself or over IPsec) and corresponding security methods, etc.
The router provides multiple access accounts for dial-in users. Besides, you can extend the
user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built-in RADIUS client function. The following
figure shows the summary table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of Remote Dial-in User.
User Display the username for the specific dial-in user of the
LAN-to-LAN profile. The symbol ??? represents that the
profile is empty.
Active Check the box to activate such profile.
Status Display the access state of the specific dial-in user. The
symbol V and X represent the specific dial-in user to be
active and inactive, respectively.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
218
Click each index to edit one remote user profile. Each Dial-In Type requires you to fill the
different corresponding fields on the right. If the fields gray out, it means you may leave it
untouched. The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
User account and
Authentication
Enable this account - Check the box to enable this function.
Idle Timeout- If the dial-in user is idle over the limitation of
the timer, the router will drop this connection. By default,
the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds.
Allowed Dial-In Type PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP VPN
connection through the Internet. You should set the User
Name and Password of remote dial-in user below.
IPsec Tunnel - Allow the remote dial-in user to make an
IPsec VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in user to
make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet. You can
select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec. Select from below:
None - Do not apply the IPsec policy. Accordingly, the
VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec
policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPsec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-in
VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection.
Must -Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely applied
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
21
9
on the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel – Allow the remote dial-in user to make an SSL
VPN connection through Internet.
Specify Remote Node -You can specify the IP address of the
remote dial-in user, ISDN number or peer ID (used in IKE
aggressive mode).
Uncheck the checkbox means the connection type you select
above will apply the authentication methods and security
methods in the general settings.
Netbios Naming Packet -
Pass – Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission
between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel
while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, such
function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming
Packet inside the tunnel.
Multicast via VPN - Some programs might send multicast
packets via VPN connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
name is limited to 23 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
password is limited to 19 characters.
Enable Mobile One-Time Passwords (mOTP) - Check this
box to make the authentication with mOTP function.
PIN Code – Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
Secret – Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by mOTP
in the mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6).
Subnet Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile.
Assign Static IP Address – Please type a static IP address for
the subnet you specified.
IKE Authentication
Method
This group of fields is applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP
with IPsec Policy when you specify the IP address of the
remote node. The only exception is Digital Signature (X.509)
can be set when you select IPsec tunnel either with or
without specifying the IP address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key to invoke
this function and type in the required characters (1-63) as
the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) – Check the box of Digital Signature
to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set
in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec Peer Identity.
IPsec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with
IPsec Policy when you specify the remote node. Check the
Medium, DES, 3DES or AES box as the security method.
Medium-Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option
is invoked. You can uncheck it to disable it.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
220
High-Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means payload
(data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You may select
encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard (DES),
Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
Local ID (Optional)- Specify a local ID to be used for Dial-in
setting in the LAN-to-LAN Profile setup. This item is optional
and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
L
L
A
A
N
N
t
t
o
o
L
L
A
A
N
N
Here you can manage LAN-to-LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles.
You may set parameters including specified connection direction (dial-in or dial-out),
connection peer ID, connection type (VPN connection - including PPTP, IPsec Tunnel, and
L2TP by itself or over IPsec) and corresponding security methods, etc.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes.
Name Indicate the name of the LAN-to-LAN profile. The symbol ???
represents that the profile is empty.
Active V – means the profile has been enabled.
X – means the profile has not been enabled.
Status Online – means such LAN to LAN profile is in use.
Offline – means such LAN to LAN profile isn’t in use even if
the profile has been enabled.
To edit each profile:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
221
1. Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page. Each
LAN-to-LAN profile includes 4 subgroups. If the fields gray out, it means you may leave it
untouched. The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Common Settings Profile Name – Specify a name for the profile of the
LAN-to-LAN connection.
Enable this profile - Check here to activate this profile.
Netbios Naming Packet
Pass – click it to have an inquiry for data transmission
between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel
while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, such
function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming
Packet inside the tunnel.
Multicast via VPN - Some programs might send multicast
packets via VPN connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
222
Call Direction - Specify the allowed call direction of this
LAN-to-LAN profile.
Both:-initiator/responder
Dial-Out- initiator only
Dial-In- responder only.
Always On-Check to enable router always keep VPN
connection.
Idle Timeout: The default value is 300 seconds. If the
connection has been idled over the value, the router will
drop the connection.
Enable PING to keep IPsec tunnel alive - This function is to
help the router to determine the status of IPsec VPN
connection, especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN
IPsec tunnel disruption. For details, please refer to the note
below. Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a
specified IP address.
This function is used to handle abnormal IPsec VPN
connection disruption. It will help to provide the state of a
VPN connection for router’s judgment of redial. Normally, if
any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection, it
should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to
inform each other. However, if the remote peer disconnects
without notice, Vigor router will by no where to know this
situation. To resolve this dilemma, by continuously sending
PING packets to the remote host, the Vigor router can know
the true existence of this VPN connection and react
accordingly. This is independent of DPD (dead peer
detection).
PING to the IP - Enter the IP address of the remote host that
located at the other-end of the VPN tunnel.
Dial-Out Settings Type of Server I am calling - PPTP - Build a PPTP VPN
connection to the server through the Internet. You should set
the identity like User Name and Password below for the
authentication of remote server.
IPsec Tunnel - Build an IPsec VPN connection to the server
through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Build a L2TP VPN connection
through the Internet. You can select to use L2TP alone or
with IPsec. Select from below:
None: Do not apply the IPsec policy. Accordingly, the
VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPsec
policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have: Apply the IPsec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-out
VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection.
Must: Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely applied
on the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel - Build an SSL VPN connection to the server
through Internet.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select, PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
name is limited to 49 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
password is limited to 15 characters.
PPP Authentication - This field is applicable when you
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
223
select, PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above.
PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2 is the most common
selection due to compatibility.
VJ compression - This field is applicable when you select
PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. VJ
Compression is used for TCP/IP protocol header compression.
Normally set to On to improve bandwidth utilization.
IKE Authentication Method - This group of fields is
applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy.
Pre-Shared Key - Input 1-63 characters as pre-shared
key.
Digital Signature (X.509) - Select one predefined
Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec
Peer Identity.
Peer ID - Select one of the predefined Profiles set in
VPN and Remote Access >>IPsec Peer Identity.
Local ID – Specify a local ID (Alternative Subject Name
First or Subject Name First) to be used for Dial-in
setting in the LAN-to-LAN Profile setup. This item is
optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode.
Local Certificate – Select one of the profiles set in
Certificate Management>>Local Certificate.
IPsec Security Method - This group of fields is a must for
IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy.
Medium AH (Authentication Header) means data will
be authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default,
this option is active.
High (ESP-Encapsulating Security Payload)- means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated.
Select from below:
DES without Authentication -Use DES encryption
algorithm and not apply any authentication
scheme.
DES with Authentication-Use DES encryption
algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1 authentication
algorithm.
3DES without Authentication-Use triple DES
encryption algorithm and not apply any
authentication scheme.
3DES with Authentication-Use triple DES
encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1
authentication algorithm.
AES without Authentication-Use AES encryption
algorithm and not apply any authentication
scheme.
AES with Authentication-Use AES encryption
algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA-1 authentication
algor
i
thm.
Advanced - Specify mode, proposal and key life of each IKE
phase, Gateway, etc.
The window of advance setup is shown as below:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
224
IKE phase 1 mode -Select from Main mode and Aggressive
mode. The ultimate outcome is to exchange security
proposals to create a protected secure channel. Main mode
is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges
are done in a secure channel to set up the IPsec session.
However, the Aggressive mode is faster. The default value in
Vigor router is Main mode.
IKE phase 1 proposal-To propose the local available
authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to
the VPN peers, and get its feedback to find a match.
Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode
and nine for Main mode. We suggest you select the
combination that covers the most schemes.
IKE phase 2 proposal-To propose the local available
algorithms to the VPN peers, and get its feedback to
find a match. Three combinations are available for both
modes. We suggest you select the combination that
covers the most algorithms.
IKE phase 1 key lifetime-For security reason, the
lifetime of key should be defined. The default value is
28800 seconds. You may specify a value in between 900
and 86400 seconds.
IKE phase 2 key lifetime-For security reason, the
lifetime of key should be defined. The default value is
3600 seconds. You may specify a value in between 600
and 86400 seconds.
Perfect Forward Secret (PFS)-The IKE Phase 1 key will
be reused to avoid the computation complexity in
phase 2. The default value is inactive this function.
Local ID-In Aggressive mode, Local ID is on behalf of
the IP address while identity authenticating with
remote VPN server. The length of the ID is limited to 47
characters.
Index(1-15) - Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time
interval only. You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15
schedules pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup.
The default setting of this field is blank and the function will
always work.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
225
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-In Settings Allowed Dial-In Type - Determine the dial-in connection
with different types.
PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP
VPN connection through the Internet. You should set
the User Name and Password of remote dial-in user
below.
IPsec Tunnel- Allow the remote dial-in user to trigger
an IPsec VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPsec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in user
to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet.
You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPsec. Select
from below:
None - Do not apply the IPsec policy. Accordingly,
the VPN connection employed the L2TP without
IPsec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP
connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPsec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the
dial-in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP
connection.
Must - Specify the IPsec policy to be definitely
applied on the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel- Allow the remote dial-in user to trigger an
SSL VPN connection through Internet.
Specify Remote VPN Gateway - You can specify the IP
address of the remote dial-in user or peer ID (should be the
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
226
same with the ID setting in dial-in type) by checking the box.
Also, you should further specify the corresponding security
methods on the right side.
If you uncheck the checkbox, the connection type you select
above will apply the authentication methods and security
methods in the general settings.
Username - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
name is limited to 11 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
password is limited to 11 characters.
VJ Compression - VJ Compression is used for TCP/IP
protocol header compression. This field is applicable when
you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above.
IKE Authentication Method - This group of fields is
applicable for IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when
you specify the IP address of the remote node. The only
exception is Digital Signature (X.509) can be set when you
select IPsec tunnel either with or without specify the IP
address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key to
invoke this function and type in the required characters
(1-63) as the pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) –Check the box of Digital
Signature to invoke this function and select one
predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access
>>IPsec Peer Identity.
Local ID – Specify which one will be inspected
first.
Alternative Subject Name First – The alternative
subject name (configured in Certificate
Management>>Local Certificate) will be
inspected first.
Subject Name First – The subject name
(configured in Certificate Management>>Local
Certificate) will be inspected first.
IPsec Security Method - This group of fields is a must for
IPsec Tunnels and L2TP with IPsec Policy when you specify
the remote node.
Medium- Authentication Header (AH) means data will
be authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default,
this option is active.
High- Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means
payload (data) will be encrypted and authenticated.
You may select encryption algorithm from Data
Encryption Standard (DES), Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
TCP/IP Network
Settings
My WAN IP –This field is only applicable when you select
PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The default
value is 0.0.0.0, which means the Vigor router will get a PPP
IP address from the remote router during the IPCP
negotiation phase. If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote
side, specify the fixed IP address here. Do not change the
default value if you do not select PPTP or L2TP.
Remote Gateway IP - This field is only applicable when you
select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
22
7
default value is 0.0.0.0, which means the Vigor router will
get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router
during the IPCP negotiation phase. If the PPP IP address is
fixed by remote side, specify the fixed IP address here. Do
not change the default value if you do not select PPTP or
L2TP.
Remote Network IP/ Remote Network Mask - Add a static
route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP
Address/Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection.
For IPsec, this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick
mode.
Local Network IP / Local Network Mask - Display the local
network IP and mask for TCP / IP configuration. You can
modify the settings if required.
More - Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to
more Remote Network IP Addresses/ Remote Network Masks
through the VPN connection. This is usually used when you
find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router.
RIP Direction - The option specifies the direction of RIP
(Routing Information Protocol) packets. You can
enable/disable one of direction here. Herein, we provide
four options: TX/RX Both, TX Only, RX Only, and Disable.
From first subnet to remote network, you have to do - If
the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP,
please choose NAT, otherwise choose Route.
Change default route to this VPN tunnel - Check this box to
change the default route with this VPN tunnel.
IPSec VPN with the
Same subnet
For both ends (e.g., different sections in a company) are
within the same subnet, there is a function which allows you
to build Virtual IP mapping between two ends. Thus, when
VPN connection established, the router will change the IP
address according to the settings configured here and block
sessions which are not coming from the IP address defined in
the Virtual IP Mapping list.
After checking the box of IPSec VPN with the Same subnet,
the options under TCP/IP Network Settings will be changed
as shown below:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
228
Remote Network IP/ Remote Network Mask - Add a static
route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP
Address/Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection.
For IPSec, this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick
mode.
Translated Local Network – This function is enabled in
default. Use the drop down list to specify a LAN port as the
transferred direction. Then specify an IP address. Click
Advanced to configure detailed settings if required.
Advanced – Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to
more Remote Network IP Addresses/ Remote Network Mask
through the VPN connection. This is usually used when you
find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router.
Translated Type – There are two types for you to choose.
Whole Subnet
Specific IP Address
Virtual IP Mapping – A pop up dialog will appear for you to
specify the local IP address and the mapping virtual IP
address.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
22
9
2. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
230
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
You can find the summary table of all VPN connections. You may disconnect any VPN
connection by clicking Drop button. You may also aggressively Dial-out by using Dial-out Tool
and clicking Dial button.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Dial-out Tool General Mode - This filed displays the profile configured in
LAN-to-LAN (with Index number and VPN Server IP address).
The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support
VPN backup function.
Dial - Click this button to execute dial out function.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
231
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
B
B
u
u
i
i
l
l
d
d
a
a
L
L
A
A
N
N
-
-
t
t
o
o
-
-
L
L
A
A
N
N
V
V
P
P
N
N
B
B
e
e
t
t
w
w
e
e
e
e
n
n
R
R
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
H
H
e
e
a
a
d
d
q
q
u
u
a
a
r
r
t
t
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
a
a
I
I
P
P
s
s
e
e
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
(
(
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
)
)
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
o
o
r
r
H
H
e
e
a
a
d
d
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open VPN and Remote Access>>LAN to LAN to create a LAN-to-LAN profile. The
following settings are for a permanent VPN connection.
3. Click any index number to open the configuration page. Type a name which is easy for
identification for such profile (in this case, type VPN Server), and check the box of
Enable This Profile. For Vigor router will be set as a server, the call direction shall be
set as Dial-in and set 0 as Idle Timeout.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
232
4. Now navigate to the next section, Dial-In Settings to check PPTP, IPsec Tunnel and L2TP
boxes. Check the box of Specify Remote… and type the Peer VPN Server IP (e.g.,
218.242.130.19 in this case). Press the IKE Pre-Shared Key button to set the PSK; and
select Medium (AH) or High (ESP) as the security method.
5. Continue to navigate to the TCP/IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for remote
side.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
233
6. Click OK to save the settings.
7. Open VPN and Remote Access>>Connection Management to check the dial-in
connection status (from branch office).
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
o
o
r
r
B
B
r
r
a
a
n
n
c
c
h
h
O
O
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
e
e
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open VPN and Remote Access>>LAN to LAN to create a LAN-to-LAN profile. The
following settings are for a permanent VPN connection.
3. Click any index number to open the configuration page. Type a name which is easy for
identification for such profile (in this case, type VPN Client), and check the box of
Enable This Profile. For such Vigor router will be set as a client, the call direction shall
be set as Dial-out. Check the box of Always on for a permanent VPN connection.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
234
4. Now navigate to the next section, Dial-Out Settings to select the IPsec Tunnel service
and type the remote server IP/host name (e.g., 218.242.133.91, in this case). Press the
IKE Pre-Shared Key button to set the PSK; and select Medium (AH) or High (ESP) as the
security method.
5. Continue to navigate to the TCP/IP Network Settings for setting the LAN IP for the
remote side.
6. Click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
235
7. Open VPN and Remote Access>>Connection Management to check the dial-in
connection status (from head office).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
236
I
I
V
V
-
-
2
2
S
S
S
S
L
L
V
V
P
P
N
N
An SSL VPN (Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network) is a form of VPN that can be used
with a standard Web browser.
There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides:
It is not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN
connection.
There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with
traditional VPN.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
23
7
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Bind to WAN Choose and check WAN interface(s) for SSL VPN tunnel
establishment.
Port Such port is set for SSL VPN server. It will not affect the HTTPS
Port configuration set in System Maintenance>>Management.
In general, the default setting is 443.
Server Certificate When the client does not set any certificate, default
certificate will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server. Choose
any one of the user-defined certificates from the drop down
list if users set several certificates previously. Otherwise,
choose Self-signed to use the router’s built-in default
certificate. The default certificate can be used in SSL VPN
server and HTTPS Web Proxy.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
238
I
I
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
With SSL VPN, Vigor2133 series let teleworkers have convenient and simple remote access to
central site VPN. The teleworkers do not need to install any VPN software manually. From
regular web browser, you can establish VPN connection back to your main office even in a
guest network or web cafe. The SSL technology is the same as the encryption that you use for
secure web sites such as your online bank. The SSL VPN can be operated in either full tunnel
mode or proxy mode. Now, Vigor2133 series allows up to 16 simultaneous incoming users.
For SSL VPN, identity authentication and power management are implemented through
deploying user accounts. Therefore, the user account for SSL VPN must be set together with
remote dial-in user web page. Such menu item will guide to access into VPN and Remote
Access>>Remote Dial-in user.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
23
9
Click each index to edit one remote user profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
User account and
Authentication
Enable this account - Check the box to enable this function.
Idle Timeout- If the dial-in user is idle over the limitation of
the timer, the router will drop this connection. By default, the
Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds.
User Name - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
name/password is limited to 23 characters.
Password - This field is applicable when you select PPTP or
L2TP with or without IPsec policy above. The length of the
name/password is limited to 19 characters.
Enable Mobile One-Time Passwords (mOTP) - Check this box
to make the authentication with mOTP function.
PIN Code – Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
Secret – Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by mOTP in
the mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6).
Allowed Dial-In Type PPTP - Allow the remote dial-in user to make a PPTP VPN
connection through the Internet. You should set the User
Name and Password of remote dial-in user below.
IPSec Tunnel - Allow the remote dial-in user to make an IPSec
VPN connection through Internet.
L2TP with IPSec Policy - Allow the remote dial-in user to
make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet. You can
select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec. Select from below:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
240
Item Description
None - Do not apply the IPSec policy. Accordingly, the
VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy
can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection.
Nice to Have - Apply the IPSec policy first, if it is
applicable during negotiation. Otherwise, the dial-in VPN
connection becomes one pure L2TP connection.
Must -Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on
the L2TP connection.
SSL Tunnel - It allows the remote dial-in user to make an SSL
VPN Tunnel connection through Internet, suitable for the
application through network accessing (e.g., PPTP / L2TP /
IPSec).
If you check this box, the function of SSL Tunnel for this
account will be activated immediately.
Specify Remote Node - Check the checkbox to specify the IP
address of the remote dial-in user, ISDN number or peer ID
(used in IKE aggressive mode). If you uncheck the checkbox,
the connection type you select above will apply the
authentication methods and security methods in the general
settings.
Netbios Naming Packet
Pass – Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission
between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel
while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the
hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, such
function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming
Packet inside the tunnel.
Multicast via VPN - Some programs might send multicast
packets via VPN connection.
Pass – Click this button to let multicast packets pass
through the router.
Block – This is default setting. Click this button to let
multicast packets be blocked by the router.
Subnet Chose one of the subnet selections for such VPN profile.
Assign Static IP Address – Please type a static IP address for
the subnet you specified.
IKE Authentication
Method
This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP
with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the
remote node. The only exception is Digital Signature (X.509)
can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without
specify the IP address of the remote node.
Pre-Shared Key - Check the box of Pre-Shared Key to invoke
this function and type in the required characters (1-63) as the
pre-shared key.
Digital Signature (X.509) – Check the box of Digital Signature
to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set
in the VPN and Remote Access >>IPSec Peer Identity.
IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with
IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node. Check the
Medium, DES, 3DES or AES box as the security method.
Medium-Authentication Header (AH) means data will be
authenticated, but not be encrypted. By default, this option is
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
241
Item Description
invoked. You can uncheck it to disable it.
High-Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) means payload
(data) will be encrypted and authenticated. You may select
encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard (DES),
Triple DES (3DES), and AES.
Local ID - Specify a local ID to be used for Dial-in setting in the
LAN-to-LAN Profile setup. This item is optional and can be
used only in IKE aggressive mode.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
242
I
I
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy (server), users can find out
corresponding settings when they access into DrayTek SSL VPN portal interface.
Next, users can open SSL VPN>> Online Status to view logging status of SSL VPN.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Active User Display current user who visits SSL VPN server.
Host IP Display the IP address for the host.
Time out Display the time remaining for logging out.
Action You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router's
SSL Portal UI.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
243
I
I
V
V
-
-
3
3
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
A digital certificate works as an electronic ID, which is issued by a certification authority (CA).
It contains information such as your name, a serial number, expiration dates etc., and the
digital signature of the certificate-issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the
certificate is real. Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard
X.509.
Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA
server. It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate
the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers.
Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates, and set trusted CA
certificates. Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that
you can get the correct valid period of certificate.
Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
244
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
V
V
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
L
L
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Generate Click this button to open Generate Certificate Request
window.
Type in all the information that the window requests. Then
click Generate again.
Import Click this button to import a saved file as the certification
information.
Refresh Click this button to refresh the information listed below.
View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate
request.
Delete Click this button to delete selected name with certification
information.
G
G
E
E
N
N
E
E
R
R
A
A
T
T
E
E
Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window. Type in all the
information that the window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different
certificate), subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then
click GENERATE again.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
245
Info
Please be noted that “Common Name” must be configured with router’s
WAN IP or domain name.
After clicking GENERATE, the generated information will be displayed on the window below:
I
I
M
M
P
P
O
O
R
R
T
T
Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server, then
import it as “Local Certificate”. If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party,
you may import it directly. The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a
private key.
Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information. There are three types
of local certificate supported by Vigor router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
246
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Upload Local Certificate It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by
Vigor router and signed by CA server.
If you have done well in certificate generation, the Status of
the certificate will be shown as “OK”.
Upload PKCS12
Certificate
It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are
usually .pfx or .p12. And these certificates usually
need passwords.
Note that PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and
certificates securely. It is used in (among other things)
Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import
and export options.
Upload Certificate and
Private Key
It is useful when users have separated certificates and private
keys. And the password is needed if the private key is
encrypted.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
24
7
R
R
E
E
F
F
R
R
E
E
S
S
H
H
Click this button to refresh the information listed below.
V
V
i
i
e
e
w
w
Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request.
Info
You have to copy the certificate request information from above window.
Next, access your CA server and enter the page of certificate request, copy
the information into it and submit a request. A new certificate will be
issued to you by the CA server. You can save it.
D
D
e
e
l
l
e
e
t
t
e
e
Click this button to remove the selected certificate.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
248
I
I
V
V
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
T
T
r
r
u
u
s
s
t
t
e
e
d
d
C
C
A
A
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate. In addition, you can build a
RootCA certificate if required.
When the local client and remote client are required to make certificate authentication (e.g.,
IPsec X.509) for data passing through SSL tunnel and avoiding the attack of MITM, a trusted
root certificate authority (Root CA) will be used to authenticate the digital certificates
offered by both ends.
However, the procedure of applying digital certificate from a trusted root certificate
authority is complicated and time-consuming. Therefore, Vigor router offers a mechanism
which allows you to generate root CA to save time and provide convenience for general user.
Later, such root CA generated by DrayTek server can perform the issuing of local certificate.
Info
Root CA can be deleted but not edited. If you want to modify the settings
for a Root CA, please delete the one and create another one by clicking
Create Root CA.
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
a
a
R
R
o
o
o
o
t
t
C
C
A
A
Click Create to open the following page. Type in all the information that the window request
such as certifcate name (used for identifying different certificate), subject alternative name
type and relational settings for subject name. Then click Generate again.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
24
9
I
I
m
m
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
a
a
T
T
r
r
u
u
s
s
t
t
e
e
d
d
C
C
A
A
To import a pre-saved trusted CA certificate, please click IMPORT to open the following
window. Use Browse… to find out the saved text file. Then click Import. The one you
imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window.
For viewing each trusted CA certificate, click View to open the certificate detail information
window. If you want to delete a CA certificate, choose the one and click Delete to remove all
the certificate information.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
250
I
I
V
V
-
-
3
3
-
-
3
3
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file.
Please click Backup on the following screen to save them. If you want to set encryption
password for these certificates, please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password
and Confirm password.
Also, you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want.
.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
251
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth
for multimedia, interactive applications, or distance
learning, security has been always the most
concerned. The firewall of the Vigor router helps to
protect your local network against attack from
unauthorized outsiders. It also restricts users in the
local network from accessing the Internet.
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management
which is used to control IM/P2P usage, filter the web
content and URL content to reach a goal of security
management.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
252
V
V
-
-
1
1
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia, interactive applications,
or distance learning, security has been always the most concerned. The firewall of the Vigor
router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders. It also
restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet. Furthermore, it can filter out
specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection.
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
F
F
a
a
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
i
i
e
e
s
s
The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities:
User-configurable IP filter (Call Filter/ Data Filter).
Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI): tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data
Selectable Denial of Service (DoS) /Distributed DoS (DDoS) attacks protection
I
I
P
P
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection, or in other words “the WAN
link status is up or down”, the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two: Call Filter
and Data Filter.
Call Filter - When there is no existing Internet connection, Call Filter is applied to all
traffic, all of which should be outgoing. It will check packets according to the filter rules.
If legal, the packet will pass. Then the router shall “initiate a call” to build the Internet
connection and send the packet to Internet.
Data Filter - When there is an existing Internet connection, Data Filter is applied to
incoming and outgoing traffic. It will check packets according to the filter rules. If legal,
the packet will pass the router.
The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic
and outgoing traffic respectively.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
253
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
f
f
u
u
l
l
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
I
I
n
n
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
(
(
S
S
P
P
I
I
)
)
Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer. Unlike legacy
static packet filtering, which examines a packet based on the information in its header,
stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all
interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid. The stateful firewall of Vigor router
not only examines the header information also monitors the state of the connection.
D
D
e
e
n
n
i
i
a
a
l
l
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
(
(
D
D
o
o
S
S
)
)
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack. The attacks
are usually categorized into two types, the flooding-type attacks and the vulnerability attacks.
The flooding-type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system's resource while the
vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the
protocol or operation system.
The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on
the attack signature database. Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze
the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning,
if you set up Syslog server.
Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic. Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre-defined
parameter, such as the number of thresholds, is identified as an attack and the Vigor router
will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real-time manner.
The below shows the attack types that DoS/DDoS defense function can detect:
1. SYN flood attack
2. UDP flood attack
3. ICMP flood attack
4. Port Scan attack
5. IP options
6. Land attack
7. Smurf attack
8. Trace route
9. SYN fragment
10. Fraggle attack
11. TCP flag scan
12. Tear drop attack
13. Ping of Death attack
14. ICMP fragment
15. Unassigned Numbers
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
254
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Below shows the menu items for Firewall.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options. Here you can
enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter. Under some circumstance, your filter set can
be linked to work in a serial manner. So here you assign the Start Filter Set only. Also you can
configure the Log Flag settings, Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets, and Accept
incoming fragmented UDP packets.
Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page.
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to enable / disable Call Filter and Data Filter, determine general rule
for filtering the incoming and outgoing data.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Call Filter.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
255
Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Data Filter.
Always pass inbound
fragmented large
packets…
Some on-line games (for example: Half Life) will use lots of
fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data. Instinctively
as a secure firewall, Vigor router will reject these
fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable
Always pass inbound fragmented large packets…”. By
checking this box, you can play these kinds of on-line games.
If security concern is in higher priority, you cannot enable
Always pass inbound fragmented large packets…”.
Enable Strict Security
Firewall
For the sake of security, the router will execute strict
security checking for data transmission.
Such feature is enabled in default. All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor router, will be filtered by
firewall. If the firewall system (e.g., content filter server)
does not make any response (pass or block) for these
packets, then the router’s firewall will block the packets
directly.
Block routing connections
initiated from WAN
Usually, IPv6 network sessions/traffic from WAN to LAN will
be accepted by IPv6 firewall in default.
IPv6 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the packets (routed from WAN to
LAN) via IPv6 being blocked by such router. It is effective
only for the packets routed but not for packets translated by
NAT.
IPv4 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the incoming packets via IPv4
being blocked by such router. It is effective only for the
packets routed but not for packets translated by NAT.
Backup Firewall Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
256
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS, Load-Balance policy, WCF,
APP Enforcement, URL Content Filter, for data transmission via Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with
the filter rules.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page. The
default setting is 60000.
Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule.
For detailed information of setting QoS, please refer to the
related section later.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
25
7
APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM/P2P
application blocking. If there is no profile for you to select,
please choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this
page to create a new profile. All the hosts in LAN must follow
the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile
selected here. For detailed information, refer to the section
of APP Enforcement profile setup. For troubleshooting
needs, you can specify to record information for IM/P2P by
checking the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please
refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed
information.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with this
router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM>>
URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose [Create New]
from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record
information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box.
It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> Web Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for anti-virus in
CSM>> Web Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for Web Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
DNS Filter Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings (created in
CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this router. Please set at
least one profile in CSM>> Web Content Filter web page
first. Or click the DNS Filter link in this page to create a new
profile.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtain correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter.
The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I. If you
do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL will be
processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose a
codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on the
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
258
dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout – Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources.
Backup Firewall Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
25
9
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page.
To edit or add a filter, click on the set number to edit the individual set. The following page
will be shown. Each filter set contains up to 7 rules. Click on the rule number button to edit
each rule. Check Active to enable the rule.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Rule Click a button numbered (1 ~ 7) to edit the filter rule. Click
the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page. For the
detailed information, refer to the following page.
Active Enable or disable the filter rule.
Comment Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
23–character long.
Direction Display the direction of packet.
Src IP / Dst IP Display the IP address of source /destination.
Service Type Display the type and port number of the packet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
260
Action Display the packets to be passed /blocked.
CSM Display the content security managed
Move Up/Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules.
Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the
current filter run. Do not make a loop with many filter sets.
Wizard Mode Allow to configure frequently used settings for filter rule via
several setting pages.
Advance Mode Allow to configure detailed settings of filter rule.
To use Wizard Mode, simple do the following steps:
1. Click the Wizard Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1. The setting page will appear as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Comments Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Direction Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
261
Source/Destination IP
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address as
the Address Type and type them in this dialog.
Protocol Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will apply to.
Source Port /
Destination Port
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it
indicates all the ports except the port defined here; when
the first and last values are different, it indicates that all
the ports except the range defined here are available for
this service type.
(>) the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
3. Click Next to get the following page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
262
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately.
APP Enforcement - Select an APP Enforcement profile for
global IM/P2P application blocking. If there is no profile for
you to select, please choose [Create New] from the drop
down list in this page to create a new profile. All the hosts
in LAN must follow the standard configured in the APP
Enforcement profile selected here. For detailed
information, refer to the section of APP Enforcement
profile setup. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for IM/P2P by checking the Log box. It
will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
URL Content Filter - Select one of the URL Content Filter
profile settings (created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for
applying with this router. Please set at least one profile for
choosing in CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or
choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this page
to create a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can
specify to record information for URL Content Filter by
checking the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please
refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed
information.
Web Content Filter - Select one of the Web Content Filter
profile settings (created in CSM>> Web Content Filter) for
applying with this router. Please set at least one profile for
anti-virus in CSM>> Web Content Filter web page first. Or
choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this page
to create a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can
specify to record information for Web Content Filter by
checking the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please
refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed
information.
DNS Filter - Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this router.
Please set at least one profile in CSM>> Web Content
Filter web page first. Or click the DNS Filter link from the
drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
263
4. After choosing the mechanism, click Next to get the summary page for reference.
5. If there is no error, click Finish to complete wizard setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
264
To use Advance Mode, do the following steps:
1. Click the Advance Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1 to access into the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Check to enable the
Filter Rule
Check this box to enable the filter rule.
Comments Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Index(1-15) Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only. You
may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The
default setting of this field is blank and the function will
always work.
Clear sessions when
schedule ON
Check this box to clear the sessions when the above
schedule profiles are applied.
Direction Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
265
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Source/Destination IP
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address as
the Address Type and type them in this dialog. In addition,
if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or
objects, please choose Group and Objects as the Address
Type.
From the IP Group drop down list, choose the one that you
want to apply. Or use the IP Object drop down list to
choose the object that you want.
Service Type Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a
suitable service type.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
266
To set the service type manually, please choose User
defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the service type from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Service Type.
Protocol - Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will
apply to.
Source/Destination Port –
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it
indicates all the ports except the port defined here; when
the first and last values are different, it indicates that all
the ports except the range defined here are available for
this service type.
(>) the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
Service Group/Object - Use the drop down list to choose
the one that you want.
Fragments Specify the action for fragmented packets. And it is used
for Data Filter only.
Don’t care -No action will be taken towards fragmented
packets.
Unfragmented -Apply the rule to unfragmented packets.
Fragmented - Apply the rule to fragmented packets.
Too Short - Apply the rule only to packets that are too short
to contain a complete header.
Filter Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the
rule.
Block Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
dropped immediately.
Pass Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
passed immediately.
Block If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule,
and that does not match further rules, will be dropped.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
267
Pass If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule, and
that does not match further rules, will be passed through.
Branch to other Filter
Set
If the packet matches the filter rule, the next filter rule
will branch to the specified filter set. Select next filter rule
to branch from the drop-down menu. Be aware that the
router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will
not return to previous filter rule any more.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page.
The default setting is 60000.
MAC Bind IP
Strict Make the MAC address and IP address settings
configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP
are bound for applying such filter rule.
No-Strict - no limitation.
Quality of Service Choose one of the QoS rules to be applied as firewall rule.
For detailed information of setting QoS, please refer to the
related section later.
APP Enforcement Select an APP Enforcement profile for global IM/P2P
application blocking. If there is no profile for you to select,
please choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this
page to create a new profile. All the hosts in LAN must
follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement
profile selected here. For detailed information, refer to
the section of APP Enforcement profile setup. For
troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record
information for IM/P2P by checking the Log box. It will be
sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section Syslog/Mail
Alert for more detailed information.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in
CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for URL Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Web Content Filter Select one of the Web Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> Web Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for anti-virus in
CSM>> Web Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for Web Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
DNS Filter Select one of the DNS Filter profile settings (created in
CSM>>DNS Filter) for applying with this router. Please set at
least one profile in CSM>> Web Content Filter web page
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
268
first. Or click the DNS Filter link from the drop down list in
this page to create a new profile.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content
Filter. The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I.
If you do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL
will be processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose
a codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on
the dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout–Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources. However, Queue
timeout is configured for TCP protocol only; session
timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with
the firewall rule.
DrayTek Banner – Please uncheck this box and the
following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web
page. The default setting is Enabled.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
26
9
Strict Security Checking - All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor router, will be filtered by
firewall settings configured by Vigor router. When the
resource is inadequate, the packets will be blocked if Strict
Security Checking is enabled. If Strict Security Checking is
not enabled, then the packets will pass through the router.
3. When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
270
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
D
D
o
o
S
S
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
As a sub-functionality of IP Filter/Firewall, there are 15 types of detect/ defense function in
the DoS Defense setup. The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default.
Click Firewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dos Defense Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality.
Select All Click this button to select all the items listed below.
Enable SYN flood defense Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from
the Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor
router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP
SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout. The goal for
this is prevent the TCP SYN packets’ attempt to exhaust the
limited-resource of Vigor router.
By default, the threshold and timeout values are set to
2000 packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Enable UDP flood defense
Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the
Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor router
will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets
for a period defined in Timeout.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 2000
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
271
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Enable ICMP flood defense
Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function.
Similar to the UDP flood defense function, once if the
Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the
defined value, the router will discard the ICMP echo
requests coming from the Internet.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 250
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 250 packets per second received, they will be
regarded as “attack event” and the session will be paused
for 10 seconds.
Enable Port Scan
detection
Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets
to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would
respond. Check the box to activate the Port Scan
detection. Whenever detecting this malicious exploration
behavior by monitoring the port-scanning Threshold rate,
the Vigor router will send out a warning.
By default, the Vigor router sets the threshold as 2000
packets per second. That means, when 2000 packets per
second received, they will be regarded as “attack event”.
Block IP options Check the box to activate the Block IP options function.
The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option
field in the datagram header. The reason for limitation is IP
option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the
LAN because it will carry significant information, such as
security, TCC (closed user group) parameters, a series of
Internet addresses, routing messages...etc. An
eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your
private networks.
Block Land Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the
Land attacks. The Land attack combines the SYN attack
technology with IP spoofing. A Land attack occurs when an
attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical
source and destination addresses, as well as the port
number to victims.
Block Smurf Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function. The
Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo
request.
Block trace route Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward
any trace route packets.
Block SYN fragment Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function.
The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and
more fragment bit set.
Block Fraggle Attack Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function.
Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is
blocked.
Activating the DoS/DDoS defense functionality might block
some legal packets. For example, when you activate the
fraggle attack defense, all broadcast UDP packets coming
from the Internet are blocked. Therefore, the RIP packets
from the Internet might be dropped.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
272
Block TCP flag scan Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function.
Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped. Those
scanning activities include no flag scan, FIN without ACK
scan, SYN FINscan, Xmas scan and full Xmas scan.
Block Tear Drop Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function.
Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams
(packets) that exceed the maximum length. To avoid this
type of attack, the Vigor router is designed to be capable of
discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length
greater than 1024 octets.
Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function.
This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping
packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will
hang once they re-construct the packets. The Vigor routers
will block any packets realizing this attacking activity.
Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment
function. Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are
dropped.
Block Unassigned Numbers
Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol
function. Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the
datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over
the upper layer. However, the protocol types greater than
100 are reserved and undefined at this time. Therefore, the
router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of
packets.
Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message
from Vigor router. The user, as a Syslog Server, shall receive
the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog
Client.
All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be
sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon.
Look for the keyword DoS in the message, followed by a
name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
273
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
274
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
e
e
The purpose of this function is to test when the router receiving incoming packet, which
firewall rule will be applied to that packet. The test result, including firewall rule profile, IP
address translation in packet transmission, state of the firewall fuctions and etc., also will be
shown on this page.
Info
The result obtained by using Diagnose is offered for RD debug. It will be
different according to actual state such as netework connection, LAN/WAN
settings and so on.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode To have a firewall rule test, specify the service type (ICMP,
UDP, TCP) of the packet and type of the IP address
(IPv4/IPv6).
Direction Set the way (from WAN or from LAN) that Vigor router
receives the first packet for test. Different way means the
firewall will process the connection initiated from LAN or
from WAN.
Test View This is a dynamic display page.
According to the direction specified, test view will display
the figure to guide you typing IP address, port number, and
MAC address.
Later, after clicking the Analyze button, the information for
the firewall rule profile and address translation will be
shown on this page.
Src IP Type the IPv4/IPv6 address of the packet’s source.
Src Port Type the port number of the packet’s source.
Src MAC Type the MAC address of the packet’s source.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
275
Dst IP Type the IPv4/IPv6 address of the packet’s destination.
Dst Port Type the port number of the packet’s destination.
Packet & Payload In firewall diagnose, two packets belong to one connection.
In general, two packets are enough for Vigor router to
perform this test.
Enable – Check the box to send out the test packet.
Direction – The first packet of the firewall test will follow
the direction specified above. However, the direction for
the second packet might be different. Simply choose the
direction (from Computer A to B or from the B to A) for the
second packet.
Protocol – It displays the mode selected above and the
sate. If required, click the mode link to configure advanced
setting. The common service type (Customize, Ping, Trace
Route / Customize, DNS, Trace Route / Customize,
Http(GET) related to that mode (ICMP / UDP / TCP) will be
shown on the following dialog box.
Type – Choose Customize, Ping, Trace Route /
Customize, DNS, Trace Route / Customize, Http
(GET).
Payload – It is available when Customzie is selected.
Simply type 16 HEX characters which represent
certain packet (e.g., DNS packet) if you want to set
the data transfered with protocol (ICMP/UDP/TCP)
which is different to Type setting.
Analyze Execute the test and analyze the result.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
276
The following figure shows the test result after clicking Analyze. Processing state for the
fuctions (MAC Filter, QoS, User management, etc.,) related to the firewall will be displayed
by green or red LED.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
27
7
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
a
a
i
i
n
n
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
We can specify certain computers (e.g., 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20) accessing to Internet
through Vigor router. Others (e.g., 192.168.1.31 and 192.168.1.32) outside the range can get
the source from LAN only.
The way we can use is to set two rules under Firewall. For Rule 1 of Set 2 under
Firewall>>Filter Setup is used as the default setting, we have to create a new rule starting
from Filter Rule 2 of Set 2.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link, choose Advance Mode and choose the
Filter Rule 2 button.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
278
3. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., block_all).
Choose Block If No Further Match for the Filter setting. Then, click OK.
Info
In default, the router will check the packets starting with Set 2, Filter
Rule 2 to Filter Rule 7. If Block If No Further Match for is selected for
Filter, the firewall of the router would check the packets with the rules
starting from Rule 3 to Rule 7. The packets not matching with the rules
will be processed according to Rule 2.
4. Next, set another rule. Just open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and
choose the Filter Rule 3 button.
5. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., open_ip).
Click the Edit button for Source IP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
27
9
6. A dialog box will be popped up. Choose Range Address as Address Type by using the
drop down list. Type 192.168.1.10 in the field of Start IP, and type 192.168.1.20 in the
field of End IP. Then, click OK to save the settings. The computers within the range can
access into the Internet.
7. Now, check the content of Source IP is correct or not. The action for Filter shall be set
with Pass Immediately. Then, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
280
8. Both filter rules have been created. Click OK.
Now, all the settings are configured well. Only the computers with the IP addresses within
192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20 can access to Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
281
V
V
-
-
2
2
C
C
e
e
n
n
t
t
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
C
C
S
S
M
M
)
)
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management which is used to control IM/P2P
usage, filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management.
A
A
P
P
P
P
E
E
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
c
c
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises, communication cannot
become much easier. Nevertheless, while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to
connect with their customers, some industry may take reserved attitude in order to reduce
employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak. It is similar situation
for corporation towards peer-to-peer applications since file-sharing can be convenient but
insecure at the same time. To address these needs, we provide CSM functionality.
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
We all know that the content on the Internet just like other types of media may be
inappropriate sometimes. As a responsible parent or employer, you should protect those in
your trust against the hazards. With Web filtering service of the Vigor router, you can protect
your business from common primary threats, such as productivity, legal liability, network and
security threats. For parents, you can protect your children from viewing adult websites or
chat rooms.
Once you have activated your Web Filtering service in Vigor router and chosen the categories
of website you wish to restrict, each URL address requested (e.g.www.bbc.co.uk) will be
checked against our server database. This database is updated as frequent as daily by a global
team of Internet researchers. The server will look up the URL and return a category to your
router. Your Vigor router will then decide whether to allow access to this site according to the
categories you have selected. Please note that this action will not introduce any delay in your
Web surfing because each of multiple load balanced database servers can handle millions of
requests for categorization.
Info
The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
282
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
A
A
P
P
P
P
E
E
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
c
c
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
You can define policy profiles for IM (Instant Messenger)/P2P (Peer to Peer)/Protocol/Misc
application. This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements. The APP
Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall>>General Setup for filtering.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to
set different policy.
Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile.
Click the number under Index column for settings in detail.
There are four tabs IM, P2P, Protocol and Others displayed on this page. Each tab will bring
out different items with supported versions that you can choose to disallow people using.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
283
Below shows the items which are categorized under IM.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 15 characters.
Select All Click it to choose all of the items in this page.
Clear All Uncheck all the selected boxes.
Enable Check the box to select the APP to be blocked by Vigor
router.
Adv A button under Enable check box allows you to open a pop up
window to specify activity for that APP.
The profiles configured here can be applied in the Firewall>>General Setup and
Firewall>>Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host(s) to follow.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
284
Below shows the items which are categorized under Protocol.
The items categorized under P2P -----
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
285
The items categorized under OTHERS-----
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
286
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
For example, if you add key words such as “sex”, Vigor router will limit web access to web
sites or web pages such as “www.sex.com”, ”www.backdoor.net/images/sex/p_386.html”.
Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as “www.sex.com” or “sex.com”.
Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code.
Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to
set different policy.
Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile.
Administration Message You can type the message manually for your necessity.
Default Message - You can type the message manually for your
necessity or click this button to get the default message which
will be displayed on the field of Administration Message.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
28
7
You can set eight profiles as URL content filter. Simply click the index number under Profile
to open the following web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 15 characters.
Priority It determines the action that this router will apply.
Both: Pass – The router will let all the packages that match
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below passing through. When you choose this
setting, both configuration set in this page for URL Access
Control and Web Feature will be inactive.
Both:Block –The router will block all the packages that
match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below. When you choose this setting, both
configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web
Feature will be inactive.
Either: URL Access Control First – When all the packages
matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below, such function can determine the
priority for the actions executed. For this one, the router
will process the packages with the conditions set below for
URL first, then Web feature second.
Either: Web Feature First –When all the packages matching
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below, such function can determine the priority for
the actions executed. For this one, the router will process
the packages with the conditions set below for web feature
first, then URL second.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
288
Log None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control - Check the box to activate URL
Access Control. Note that the priority for URL Access
Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature. If the web
content match the setting set in URL Access Control, the
router will execute the action specified in this field and
ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature.
Prevent web access from IP address - Check the box to deny
any web surfing activity using IP address, such as
http://202.6.3.2. The reason for this is to prevent someone
dodges the URL Access Control. You must clear your browser
cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates
properly on a web page that you visited before.
Action – This setting is available only when Either : URL
Access Control First or Either : Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding
webpage with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the keyword set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Exception List – Specify the object profile(s) as the
exception list which will be processed in an opposite manner
to the action selected above.
Group/Object Selections – The Vigor router provides several
frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports
multiple keywords. The keyword could be a noun, a partial
noun, or a complete URL string. Multiple keywords within a
frame are separated by space, comma, or semicolon. In
addition, the maximal length of each frame is 32-character
long. After specifying keywords, the Vigor router will decline
the connection request to the website whose URL string
matched to any user-defined keyword. It should be noticed
that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is, the
more efficiently the Vigor router performs.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
28
9
Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature - Check this box to make the
keyword being blocked or passed.
Action - This setting is available only when Either: URL
Access Control First or Either: Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Cookie - Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission
from inside to outside world to protect the local user's
privacy.
Proxy - Check the box to reject any proxy transmission. To
control efficiently the limited-bandwidth usage, it will be of
great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters
out the multimedia files downloading from web pages.
Upload – Check the box to block the file upload by way of
web page.
File Extension Profile – Choose one of the profiles that you
configured in Object Setting>> File Extension Objects
previously for passing or blocking the file downloading.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
290
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router, using Service Activation Wizard, by
means of CSM>>Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance>>Activation.
Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version of WCF directly without accessing
into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com.
However, if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature, it is
necessary for you to access into the server (MyVigor) located on http://myvigor.draytek.com.
Therefore, you need to register an account on http://myvigor.draytek.com for using
corresponding service. Please refer to section of creating MyVigor account.
WCF adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider (e.g., DrayTek).
No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter, you have to
click Activate to satisfy your request. Be aware that service provider matching with Vigor
router currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment. If you want
to purchase a formal edition, simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer.
Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page. The default
setting for Setup Query Server /Setup Test Server is auto-selected. You can choose another
server for your necessity by clicking Find more to open http://myvigor.draytek.com for
searching another qualified and suitable one.
Info 1
Web Content Filter (WCF) is not a built-in service of Vigor router but a
service powered by Commtouch. If you want to use such service (trial or
formal edition), you have to perform the procedure of activation first. For
the service of formal edition, please contact with your dealer/distributor
for detailed information.
Info 2
Commtouch is merged by Cyren, and GlobalView services will be continued
to deliver powerful cloud-based information security solutions! Refer to:
http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/commtouch-is-now-cyren-239
025151.html
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
291
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Activate Click it to access into MyVigor for activating WCF service.
Setup Query Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting,
auto-selected. You need to specify a server for categorize
searching when you type URL in browser based on the web
content filter profile.
Setup Test Server It is recommended for you to use the default setting,
auto-selected.
Find more Click it to open http://myvigor.draytek.com for searching
another qualified and suitable server.
Test a site to verify
whether it is categorized
Click this link to do the verification.
Set to Factory Default Click this link to retrieve the factory settings.
Administration Message You can type the message manually for your necessity or
click Default Message button to get the default text
displayed on the field of Administration Message.
Preview
– A dialog will appear to display the message typed
in the Administration Message.
Cache None – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF precisely, however, the processing rate is
normal. Such item can provide the most accurate URL
matching.
L1 – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF. If the URL has been accessed previously, it
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
292
will be stored in the router to be accessed quickly if
required. Such item can provide accurate URL matching with
faster rate.
L2 – the router will check the URL that the user wants to
access via WCF. If the data has been accessed previously, the
IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized
for a short time (about 1 second) in the router. When the
user tries to access the same destination ID, the router will
check it by comparing the record stored. If it matches, the
page will be retrieved quickly. Such item can provide URL
matching with the fastest rate.
L1+L2 Cache – the router will check the URL with fast
processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2.
Eight profiles are provided here as Web content filters. Simply click the index number under
Profile to open the following web page. The items listed in Categories will be changed
according to the different service providers. If you have and activate another web content
filter license, the items will be changed simultaneously. All of the configuration made for web
content filter will be deleted automatically. Therefore, please backup your data before you
change the web content filter license.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 15 characters.
Black/White List Enable – Activate white/black list function for such profile.
URL keywords – Click Edit to choose the group or object
profile as the content of white/black list.
Pass - allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the characters listed on Group/Object Selections. If the web
pages do not match with the specified feature set here, they
will be processed with the categories listed on the box
below.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
293
Block - restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the characters listed on Group/Object Selections.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, they will be processed with the categories listed on the
box below.
Action Pass - allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the categories listed on the box below.
Block - restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the categories listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Log None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
294
V
V
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
D
D
N
N
S
S
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
The DNS Filter monitors DNS queries on UDP port 53 and will pass the DNS query information
to the WCF to help with categorizing HTTPS URL's.
DNS can be specified in LAN>>General Setup by using the server (e.g., 168.95.1.1) on router
or external DNS server (e.g., 8.8.8.8). If the router server is used, DNS Filter General Setting
will be applied to DNS query from clients on LAN. However, if the external DNS server is used,
DNS Filter Profile will be applied to DNS query coming from clients on LAN.
Info
For DNS filter must use the WCF service profile to filter the packets,
therefore WCF license must be activated first. Otherwise, DNS filter does
not have any effect on packets.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
DNS Filter Profile Table It displays a list of different DNS filter profiles (with
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
295
specified WCF and UCF).
Click the profile link to open the following page. Then, type
the name of the profile and specify WCF/UCF based on your
requirement.
DNS Filter Local Setting DNS Filter Local Setting will be applied to DNS query from
clients on LAN when router’s DNS server is used.
DNS Filter - Check Enable to enable such feature.
Syslog - The filtering result can be recorded according to the
setting selected for Syslog.
None – There is no log file will be recorded for this
profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in
Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
WCF- Set the filtering conditions.
UCF - Set the filtering conditions.
Black/White List - Specify IP address, subnet mask, IP
object, or IP group as a black list or white list for DNS
packets passing through or blocked by Vigor router.
Administration Message Specify IP address, subnet mask, IP object, or IP group as a
black list or white list for DNS packets passing through or
blocked by Vigor router.
Type the words or sentences which will be displayed when a
web page is blocked by Vigor router. You can type the
message manually for your necessity or click Default
Message button to get the default text displayed on the field
of Administration Message.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
296
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
f
f
o
o
r
r
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
The website of MyVigor (a server located on http://myvigor.draytek.com) provides several
useful services (such as Anti-Spam, Web Content Filter, Anti-Intrusion, and etc.) to filtering
the web pages for the sake of protecting your system.
To access into MyVigor for getting more information, please create an account for MyVigor.
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
v
v
i
i
a
a
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
1. Click CSM>> Web Content Filter Profile. The following page will appear.
Or
Click System Maintenance>>Activation to open the following page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
297
2. Click the Activate link. A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically.
3. Click the link of Create an account now.
4. Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
298
5. Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue.
6. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
299
7. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
8. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter
from myvigor.draytek.com.
9. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
300
10. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password.
11. Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server to
activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
v
v
i
i
a
a
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
S
S
i
i
t
t
e
e
1. Access into http://myvigor.draytek.com. Find the line of Not registered yet?. Then,
click the link Click here! to access into next page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
301
2. Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept.
3. Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue.
4. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
5. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
302
6. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter
from myvigor.draytek.com.
7. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
303
8. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password. Then type the code in the box of Auth
Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it.
Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server to
activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
304
A
A
-
-
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
B
B
l
l
o
o
c
c
k
k
F
F
a
a
c
c
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
k
k
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
e
e
d
d
b
b
y
y
t
t
h
h
e
e
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
s
s
v
v
i
i
a
a
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
/
/
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
There are two ways to block the facebook service, Web Content Filter and URL Content Filter.
Web Content Filter,
Benefits: Easily and quickly implement the category/website that you want to block.
Note: License is required.
URL Content Filter,
Benefits: Free, flexible for customize webpage.
Note: Manual setting (e.g., one keyword for one website.)
I
I
.
.
V
V
i
i
a
a
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
1. Make sure the Web Content Filter (powered by Commtouch) license is valid.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
305
2. Open CSM >> Web Content Filter Profile to create a WCF profile. Check Social
Networking with Action, Block.
3. Enable this profile in Firewall>>General Setup>>Default Rule.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
306
4. Next time when someone accesses facebook via this router, the web page would be
blocked and the following message would be displayed instead.
II. Via URL Content Filter
A. Block the web page containing the word of “Facebook”
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type facebook. Configure the settings as the following
figure.
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
30
7
5. When you finished the above steps, click OK. Then, open Firewall>>General Setup.
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
B. Disallow users to play games on Facebook
1. Open Object Settings>>Keyword Object. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
2. In the field of Contents, please type apps.facebook. Configure the settings as the
following figure.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
308
3. Open CSM>>URL Content Filter Profile. Click an index number to open the setting
page.
4. Configure the settings as the following figure.
5. When you finished the above steps, please open Firewall>>General Setup.
6. Click the Default Rule tab. Choose the profile just configured from the drop down list in
the field of URL Content Filter. Now, users cannot open any web page with the word
“facebook” inside.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
30
9
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
310
This page is left blank.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
311
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
There are several items offered for the Vigor router
system setup: System Status, TR-069, Administrator
Password, User Password, Login Page Greeting,
Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert, Time and
Date, Management, Reboot System, Firmware Upgrade
and Activation.
It is used to control the bandwith of data transmission
through configuration of Sessions Limit, Bandwidth
Limit, and Quality of Servie (QoS).
It is a security feature which disallows any IP traffic
(except DHCP-related packets) from a particular host
until that host has correctly supplied a valid username
and password.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
312
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
For the system setup, there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration:
System Status, TR-069, Administrator Password, User Password, Login Page Greeting,
Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert, Time and Date, Management, Reboot System,
Firmware Upgrade and Activation.
Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
313
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router. It includes LAN and WAN
interface information. Also, you could get the current running firmware version or firmware
related information from this presentation.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Model Name Display the model name of the router.
Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router.
Build Date/Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build.
LAN MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the LAN interface.
Subnet Mask
- Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface.
DHCP Server
- Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
314
interface.
DNS
- Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS.
WAN Link Status
- Display current connection status.
MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface.
Connection
- Display the connection type.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the WAN interface.
Default Gateway
- Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway.
IPv6 Address - Display the IPv6 address for LAN.
Scope - Display the scope of IPv6 address. For example, IPv6
Link Local could only be used for direct IPv6 link. It can't be
used for IPv6 internet.
Internet Access Mode – Display the connection mode chosen
for accessing into Internet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
315
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
T
T
R
R
-
-
0
0
6
6
9
9
This device supports TR-069 standard. It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a
TR-069 device through an Auto Configuration Server
, e.g., VigorACS.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Tr069 Click Enable to activate the settings on this page.
ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server.
ACS Server URL/Username/Password – Such data must be typed
according to the ACS (Auto Configuration Server) you want to
link. Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user’s manual
for detailed information.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
316
Wizard – Click it to enter the IP address of VigorACS server,
port number and the handler.
Test With Inform – Click it to send a message based on the
event code selection to test if such CPE is able to
communicate with VigorACS SI server.
Event Code – Use the drop down menu to specify an event to
perform the test.
Last Inform Response Time – Display the time that VigorACS
server made a response while receiving Inform message from
CPE last time.
CPE Client Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server.
Enable/Disable – Allow/Deny the CPE Client to connect with
Auto Configuration Server.
Port – Sometimes, port conflict might be occurred. To solve
such problem, you might change port number for CPE.
Username and Password Type the username and password
that VigorACS can use to access into such CPE.
Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable. Please set interval time or
schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE. Or
click Disable to close the mechanism of notification.
STUN Settings The default is Disable. If you click Enable, please type the
relational settings listed below:
Server Address – Type the IP address of the STUN server.
Server Port – Type the port number of the STUN server.
Minimum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the minimum period. The default setting is “60
seconds”.
Maximum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the maximum period. A value of “-1” indicates
that no maximum period is specified.
Apply Settings to APs This feature is able to apply TR-069 settings (including STUN
and ACS server settings) to all of APs managed by Vigor2133
at the same time.
Disable – Related settings will not be applied to VigorAP.
Enable – Above STUN settings will be applied to VigorAP after
clicking OK. If such feature is enabled, you have to type the
password for accessing VigorAP.
AP Password – Type the password of the VigorAP that
you want to apply Vigor2133’s TR-069 settings.
Apply Specific STUN Settings to APs – After clicking the
Enable radio button for Apply Settings to APs, if you want to
apply specific STUN settings (not the STUN Settings
configured for Vigor2133) to VigorAPs to meet specific
requirements, simply check this box. Then, type the server
IP address, server port, minimum keep alive period and
maxmum keep alive period respectively.
Bandwidth Utilisation
Notification Settings
To administrator, this feature is useful to monitor the
bandwidth utilization of CPE(s). When the bandwidth used is
over the threshold level (percentage defined in medium and
high fields), a notification will be sent to VigorACS. After a
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
31
7
long time observation, the administrator can determine if it
is necessary to increase the bandwidth setting for that CPE or
not.
Enable – Click it to enable such feature.
Time Period – Choose the time interval (15 mins, 30 mins,
1hour, 3 hours, or 6 hours) for CPE to send a notification of
bandwidth utilization to VigorACS.
WAN – Choose the WAN interface for applying the bandwidth
utilization notification mechanism.
Threshold Level – Set the percentage of bandwidth in
transmission and receiving data as threshold values for CPE
to detect bandwidth utilization.
Line Speed – Set the transmission rate and receiving rate for
specified WAN interface.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
318
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Administrator Password Old Password - Type in the old password. The factory default
setting for password is “admin”.
New Password -Type in new password in this field. The
length of the password is limited to 23 characters.
Confirm Password -Type in the new password again.
Password Strength - Display the security strength of the
password specified above.
Administrator Local User The administrator can login web user interface of Vigor
router to modify all of the settings to fit the requirements.
This feature allows other user in LAN who can access into the
web user interface with the same privilege of the
administrator.
Local User – Check the box to enable the local user
configuration.
Local User List – It displays the username of the local user.
User Name – Give a user name for the local user.
Password – Type the password for the local user.
Confirm Password – Type the password again for
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
31
9
confirmation.
Add – After typing the user name and password above, simply
click it to create a new local user. The new one will be shown
on the Local User List immediately.
Edit – If the username listed on the box above is not
satisfied, simply click the username and modify it on the
field of User Name. Later, click Edit to update the
information.
Delete – If the local user listed on the box above is not
satisfied, simply click the username and click Delete to
remove it.
Enable Admin Login From Wan – The default setting is
enabled. It can ensure any user accessing into web user
interface of Vigor router through Internet by
username/password of “admin/admin”.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access into
the web user interface again.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
320
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password for user operation.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable User Mode for
simple web configuration
After checking this box, you can access into the web user
interface with the password typed here for simple web
configuration.
The settings on simple web user interface will be different
with full web user interface accessed by using the
administrator password.
Password Type in new password in this field. The length of the
password is limited to 31 characters.
Confirm Password Type in the new password again.
Password Strength Display the security strength of the password specified
above.
Set to Factory Default Click to return to the factory default setting.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access into
the web user interface again. Below shows an example for accessing into User Operation with
User Password.
1. Open System Maintenance>>User Password.
2. Check the box of Enable User Mode for simple web configuration to enable user mode
operation. Type a new password in the field of New Password and click OK.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
321
3. The following screen will appear. Simply click OK.
4. Log out Vigor router web user interface by clicking the Logout button.
5. The following window will be open to ask for username and password. Type the new user
password in the filed of Password and click Login.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
322
6. The main screen with User Mode will be shown as follows.
Settings to be configured in User Mode will be less than settings in Admin Mode. Only basic
configuration settings will be available in User Mode.
Info
Setting in User Mode can be configured as same as in Admin Mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
323
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
G
G
r
r
e
e
e
e
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
When you want to access into the web user interface of Vigor router, the system will ask you
to offer username and password first. At that moment, the background of the web page is
blank and no heading will be displayed on the Login window. This page allows you to specify
login URL and the heading on the Login window if you have such requirement.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable the login customization function.
Login Page Title Type a brief description (e.g., Welcome to DrayTek) which
will be shown on the heading of the login dialog.
Welcome Message and
Bulletin
Type words or sentences here. It will be displayed for
bulletin message. In addition, it can be displayed on the
login dialog at the bottom.
Note that do not type URL redirect link here.
Preview Click it to display the preview of the login window based on
the settings on this web page.
Set to Factory Default Click to return to the factory default setting.
Below shows an example of login customization with the information typed in Login
Description and Bulletin.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
324
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
325
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
Such function can be used to apply the router settings configured by Vigor2132 to Vigor2133.
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps below to backup your configuration.
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following page will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Restore Choose File – Click it to specify a file to be restored.
Restore configuration except the login password - If the
password settings shall not be restored and applied to
Vigor2133, simply check this box to get rid of password
settings.
Click Restore to restore the configuration. If the file is
encrypted, the system will ask you to type the password to
decrypt the configuration file.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
326
Backup Click it to perform the configuration backup of this router.
Protect with password- For the sake of security, the
configuration file for the router can be encrypted.
Password – Type several characters as the password for
encrypting the configuration file.
Confirm Password – Type the password again for
confirmation.
Auto Backup to USB
storage
The configuration can be stored to a USB connecting to Vigor
router as a backup.
Backup folder – Set the path for downloading.
Periodicity backup – Set the circle duration for backup.
Backup after change configuration – Backup will be
executed whenever the configuration is changed.
Support Model List Web configuration file from other Vigor router can be
applied to Vigor2133 series. At present, only the
configuration file of Vigor2132 is accepted for Vigor2133.
This field displays model name(s) and firmware which web
configuration file saved can be used by such router.
2. Click Backup button to get into the following dialog. Click Save button to open another
dialog for saving configuration as a file.
3. In Save As dialog, the default filename is config.cfg. You could give it another name by
yourself.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
32
7
4. Click Save button, the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a
file named config.cfg.
The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples. The Mac or Linux
platform will appear different windows, but the backup function is still available.
Info
Backup for Certification must be done independently. The Configuration
Backup does not include information of Certificate.
R
R
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following windows will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
328
2. Click Choose File button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the
router.
3. Click Restore button and wait for few seconds, the following picture will tell you that
the restoration procedure is successful.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
32
9
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SysLog Access Setup Enable - Check Enable to activate function of syslog.
Syslog Save to – Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog
server.
Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage
disk.
Router Name Display the name for such router configured in System
Maintenance>>Management.
If there is no name here, simply lick the link to access into
System Maintenance>>Management to set the router name.
Server IP /Hostname -The IP address of the Syslog server.
Destination Port - Assign a port for the Syslog protocol.
Mail Syslog – Check the box to recode the mail event on
Syslog.
Enable syslog message - Check the box listed on this web
page to send the corresponding message of firewall, VPN,
User Access, Call, WAN, Router/DSL information to Syslog.
Mail Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert.
Send a test e-mail - Make a simple test for the e-mail
address specified in this page. Please assign the mail address
first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
330
address is available or not.
SMTP Server/SMTP Port - The IP address/Port number of the
SMTP server.
Mail To - Assign a mail address for sending mails out.
Return-Path - Assign a path for receiving the mail from
outside.
Use SSL - Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server for
some e-mail server uses https as the transmission method.
Authentication - Check this box to activate this function
while using e-mail application.
User Name - Type the user name for authentication.
Password - Type the password for authentication.
Enable E-mail Alert - Check the box to send alert message to
the e-mail box while the router detecting the item(s) you
specify here.
Click OK to save these settings.
For viewing the Syslog, please do the following:
1. Just set your monitor PC’s IP address in the field of Server IP Address
2. Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD. After installation, click on the
Router Tools>>Syslog from program menu.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
331
3. From the Syslog screen, select the router you want to monitor. Be reminded that in
Network Information, select the network adapter used to connect to the router.
Otherwise, you won’t succeed in retrieving information from the router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
332
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
T
T
i
i
m
m
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
a
a
t
t
e
e
It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time.
Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote
administrator PC host as router’s system time.
Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the
Internet using assigned protocol.
Time Server Type the web site of the time server.
Priority Choose Auto or IPv6 First as the priority.
Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located.
Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving. Such feature is
available for certain area.
Advanced – Click it to open a pop up dialog.
Use the default time setting or set user defined time for your
requirement.
Automatically Update
Interval
Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server.
Send NTP Request Specify a WAN interface to send NTP request for time
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
333
Through synchronization.
Click OK to save these settings.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
S
S
N
N
M
M
P
P
This page allows you to configure settings for SNMP and SNMPV3 services.
The SNMPv3 is more secure than SNMP through the encryption method (support AES and DES)
and authentication method (support MD5 and SHA) for the management needs.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable SNMP Agent Check it to enable this function.
Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper
character. The default setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Set Community Set community by typing a proper name. The default setting
is private.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Manager Host IP (IPv4) Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
334
Manager Host IP (IPv6) Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv6 address to specify certain host.
Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name. The default
setting is public.
The maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Notification Host IP (IPv4)
Set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the trap
community.
Notification Host IP (IPv6)
Set the IPv6 address of the host that will receive the trap
community.
Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds.
Enable SNMPV3 Agent Check it to enable this function.
USM User USM means user-based security mode.
Type a username which will be used for authentication. The
maximum length of the text is limited to 23 characters.
Auth Algorithm Choose one of the encryption methods listed below as the
authentication algorithm.
Auth Password Type a password for authentication. The maximum length of
the text is limited to 23 characters.
Privacy Algorithm Choose one of the methods listed below as the privacy
algorithm.
Privacy Password Type a password for privacy. The maximum length of the
text is limited to 23 characters.
Click OK to save these settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
335
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to manage the settings for Internet/LAN Access Control, Access List from
Internet, Management Port Setup, TLS/SSL Encryption Setup, CVM Access Control and Device
Management.
The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP.
Default: Disable
Auto-Logout
If it is enabled, the function of auto-logout for web user
interface will be disabled.
The web user interface will be open until you click the
Logout icon manually.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
336
Internet Access Control Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
reject all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List from the
Internet
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
List index in IP Object
- Type the index number of the IP
object profile. Related IP with Subnet Mask will appear
automatically.
Management Port Setup User Define Ports - Check to specify user-defined port
numbers for the Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, TR-069 and SSH
servers.
Default Ports - Check to use standard port numbers for the
Telnet and HTTP servers.
TLS/SSL Encryption Setup Enable SSL 3.0 and / or TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 – Check the box to
enable the function of SSL 3.0 and/or TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 if
required.
Due to security consideration, the built-in HTTPS and SSL
VPN server of the router had upgraded to TLS1.x protocol. If
you are using old browser(eg. IE6.0) or old SmartVPN Client,
you may still need to enable SSL 3.0 to make sure you can
connect, however, it's not recommended.
Device Management Check the box to enable the device management function for
Vigor2133.
Respond to external device – If it is enabled, Vigor2133 will
be regarded as slave device. When the external device
(master device) sends request packet to Vigor2133,
Vigor2133 would send back information to respond the
request coming from the external device which is able to
manage Vigor2133.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
33
7
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Management Access
Control
Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
disable all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List from the
Internet
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
Index in IPv6 Object
- Type the index number of the IP
object profile. Related IP address will appear automatically.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
338
F
F
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Allow management from
LAN
Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login
from LAN interface. There are several servers provided by
the system which allow you to manage the router from LAN
interface. Check the box(es) to specify.
Apply To Subnet Check the LAN interface for the administrator to use for
accessing into web user interface of Vigor router.
Index in IP Object
- Type the index number of the IP object
profile. Related IP address will appear automatically.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
33
9
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
The behavior of the LEDs, buttons, USB ports and LAN ports on the front panel of the Vigor
router can be customized as desired.
F
F
o
o
r
r
L
L
E
E
D
D
By default, the LEDs are enabled, and will illuminate or blink continuously to show the status
of the various functions in the router. However, they can be configured to remain off at all
times, or remain off until a button is pressed to wake them up.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Enable LED Select to enable front panel LEDs.
Enable Sleep Mode/Turn off LED after _ minutes
Available when Enable LED is selected. Select this
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
340
option to turn off the LEDs after the specified number
of minutes.
When sleep mode is enabled, LEDs can be woken up by
pressing either the Wireless LAN ON/OFF/WPS button
or the Factory Reset button on the front panel, or by
clicking the Wake up LED button on this page. When
LEDs are lit, they can be put to sleep by briefly pressing
the Factory Reset button, or by clicking the LED sleep
immediately button on this page.
Status Shows the status of the LEDs. Such field will be displayed
after clicking Enable LED, Enable Sleep Mode and clicking
OK. Later, the LED Sleep immediately will be shown on the
page first.
LEDs are in sleep
mode. To wake them up, do one of the following:
press the Wake up LED button on this page
press the Wireless On/Off/WPS button on the front
panel
press the Factory Reset button on the front panel.
LEDs are awake. To put them to sleep immediately.
press the LED sleep immediately button on this page.
press the Factory Reset button on the front panel for 1
second.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
F
F
o
o
r
r
B
B
u
u
t
t
t
t
o
o
n
n
The Factory Reset and Wireless ON/OFF/WPS buttons on the front panel are enabled by
default and can be enabled or disabled if required. Disabling the Factory Reset button will
prevent tampering by unauthorized parties, or to avoid accidental triggering of a router reset
when being used wake up LEDs. Disabling the wireless button will prevent changing the
wireless setting when LED Sleep Mode is enabled, and the buttons are primarily used to turn
the LEDs on and off.
Click the Button tab to get the following page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
341
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Enable Factory Reset
Button
The default value is Enabled.
Deselect to disable the reset function of the factory reset
button.
Disabling the Factory Reset button only prevents it from
being used to reboot Vigor router with default settings. It
can still be used to wake up the LEDs when LED sleep mode is
enabled.
Enable Wireless Button The default value is Enabled.
Deselect to disable the ability of the Wireless button to
control WLAN and WPS functions.
Disabling the wireless button only prevents it from being
used to control WLAN functions. It can still be used to wake
up the LEDs when LED sleep mode is enabled.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
F
F
o
o
r
r
U
U
S
S
B
B
The USB ports can be individually enabled or disabled. When a USB port is disabled, attached
devices will not be recognized by the router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Port The number corresponds to the USB port number shown on
the front panel.
Enable Deselect to disable the USB port. The default value is
enabled.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
342
Status Shows the status of the USB port.
No device – no USB device is connected to the port.
Connected – a USB device is connected to the port.
--- – the USB port is disabled.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
F
F
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
The 4 LAN ports can be individually enabled or disabled. When a LAN port is disabled,
attached devices will not be recognized by the router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Port The number corresponds to the LAN port number shown on
the front panel.
Enable Deselect to disable the LAN port. The default value is
enabled.
Status Shows the status of the USB port.
Link Up An active Ethernet device is connected to the port.
Link Down – No active Ethernet device is detected.
--- – The LAN port is disabled.
Speed Shows the negotiated speed of the LAN port.
1000Mbps – Negotiated speed of the LAN port is 1000 Mbps.
100Mbps – Negotiated speed of the LAN port is 100 Mbps.
10Mpbs – Negotiated speed of the LAN port is 10 Mbps.
--- – The LAN port is disabled or there is no active device
connected.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
343
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
S
S
e
e
l
l
f
f
-
-
S
S
i
i
g
g
n
n
e
e
d
d
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
A self-signed certificate is a unique identification for the device (e.g., Vigor router) which
generates the certificate by itself to ensure the router security. Such self-signed certificate is
signed with its own private key.
The self-signed certificate will be applied in SSL VPN, HTTPS, and so on. In addition, it can be
created for free by using a wide variety of tools.
Click Regeneration to open Regenerate Self-Signed Certificate window. Type in all the
information that the window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different
certificate), subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then
click GENERATE.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
344
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
345
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
3
3
R
R
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
The Web user interface may be used to restart your router. Click Reboot System from System
Maintenance to open the following page.
Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing
system reboot. All the schedules can be set previously in Applications >> Schedule web page
and you can use the number that you have set in that web page.
If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration, check Using current
configuration and click Reboot Now. To reset the router settings to default values, check
Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. The router will take 5 seconds to
reboot the system.
Info
When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web
settings, please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal
operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
346
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
4
4
F
F
i
i
r
r
m
m
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
U
U
p
p
g
g
r
r
a
a
d
d
e
e
Click System Maintenance>> Firmware Upgrade to proceed to firmware upgrade.
Click Select to specify the one you just download.
When the above page appears, click Upgrade. The system will upgrade the firmware of the
router automatically.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
34
7
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
5
5
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router, using Service Activation Wizard, by
means of CSM>>Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance>>Activation.
After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF (refer to Web Content Filter Profile), it is
the time to activate the mechanism for your computer.
Click System Maintenance>>Activation to open the following page for accessing
http://myvigor.draytek.com.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Activate via Interface Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating
Web Content Filter.
Activate The Activate link brings you accessing into
www.vigorpro.com to finish the activation of the account
and the router.
Authentication Message As for authentication information of web filter, the process
of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your
reference.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
348
Below shows the successful activation of Web Content Filter:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
34
9
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router. The router will
generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection. The P2P (Peer to Peer) applications
(e.g., BitTorrent) always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over
resources which might result in important accesses impacted. To solve the problem, you can
use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts.
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
The downstream or upstream from FTP, HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of
bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs. Please use Limit Bandwidth to
make the bandwidth usage more efficient.
Q
Q
u
u
a
a
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
(
(
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
)
)
Deploying QoS (Quality of Service) management to guarantee that all applications receive the
service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations is indeed
one important aspect of modern enterprise network.
One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP-based applications tend to continually increase their
transmission rate and consume all available bandwidth, which is called TCP slow start. If
other applications are not protected by QoS, it will detract much from their performance in
the overcrowded network. This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss, delay
or jitter (delay variation).
Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of
interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates, packets will queue up and traffic can
be throttled back to a lower speed. If there’s no defined priority to specify which packets
should be discarded (or in another term “dropped”) from an overflowing queue, packets of
sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off. How this will affect
application performance?
There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment:
Classification: Identifying low-latency or crucial applications and marking them for
high-priority service level enforcement throughout the network.
Scheduling: Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and
associated service types
The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on
the service type information in the IP header. For instance, to ensure the connection with the
headquarter, a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for
HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time.
One more larger-scale implementation of QoS network is to apply DSCP (Differentiated
Service Code Point) and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3. Compared with legacy IP
Precedence that uses Type of Service (ToS) field in the IP header to define 8 service classes,
DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility. In
a QoS-enabled network, or Differentiated Service (DiffServ or DS) framework, a DS domain
owner should sign a Service License Agreement (SLA) with other DS domain owners to define
the service level provided toward traffic from different domains. Then each DS node in these
domains will perform the priority treatment. This is called per-hop-behavior (PHB). The
definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding (EF), Assured Forwarding (AF), and Best
Effort (BE). AF defines the four classes of delivery (or forwarding) classes and three levels of
drop precedence in each class.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
350
Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header
of bypassing traffic, to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing,
classification or scheduling. The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking
before executing treatments in order to ensure service-level consistency throughout the
whole QoS-enabled network.
However, each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking
since it may bind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners. It’s not
easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high-priority QoS traffic throughout the whole
network with merely Vigor router’s effort.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
351
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management.
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Sessions Limit to open the web page.
To activate the function of limit session for IPv4 and/or IPv6, simply click Enable and set the
default session limit.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Session Limit Enable - Click this button to activate the function of limit
session.
Disable - Click this button to close the function of limit
session.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
352
Default Max Sessions - Defines the default session number
used for each computer in LAN.
Limitation List Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web
page.
Specific Limitation Start IP- Defines the start IP address for limit session.
End IP - Defines the end IP address for limit session.
Maximum Sessions - Defines the available session number
for each host in the specific range of IP addresses. If you do
not set the session number in this field, the system will use
the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for
each index.
Add - Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above.
Edit - Allows you to edit the settings for the selected
limitation.
Delete - Remove the selected settings existing on the
limitation list.
Administration Message Type the words which will be displayed when reaches the
maximum number of Internet sessions permitted.
Default Message - Click this button to apply the default
message offered by the router.
Time Schedule Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Application >> Schedule web page and you can
use the number that you have set in that web page.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
353
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
L
L
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page.
To activate the function of limit bandwidth for IPv4 and /or IPv6, simply click Enable and set
the default upstream and downstream limit.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Bandwidth Limit Enable - Click this button to activate the function of limit
bandwidth.
IP Routed Subnet Check this box to apply the bandwidth
limit to the second subnet specified in LAN>>General Setup.
It is available for IPv4 settings only.
Disable - Click this button to close the function of limit
bandwidth.
Default TX limit Per User- Define the default speed of the
upstream for each computer in LAN.
Default RX limit Per User- Define the default speed of the
downstream for each computer in LAN.
Limitation List Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web
page.
Specific Limitation Start IP - Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
354
End IP - Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth.
Each /Shared - Select Each to make each IP within the range
of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX
limit and RX limit fields; select Shared to make all the IPs
within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed
defined in TX limit and RX limit fields.
TX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
upstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the system
will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set
for each index.
RX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
downstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the
system will use the default speed for the specific limitation
you set for each index.
Add - Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above.
Edit - Allow you to edit the settings for the selected
limitation.
Delete - Remove the selected settings existing on the
limitation list.
Allow auto adjustment
Check this box to make the best utilization of available
bandwidth.
Smart Bandwidth Limit Check this box to have the bandwidth limit determined by
the system automatically.
TX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
upstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the system
will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set
for each index.
RX limit - Define the limitation for the speed of the
downstream. If you do not set the limit in this field, the
system will use the default speed for the specific limitation
you set for each index.
Time Schedule Index (1-15) in Schedule Setup - You can type in four sets of
time schedule for your request. All the schedules can be set
previously in Application >> Schedule web page and you can
use the number that you have set in that web page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
355
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
a
a
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
In the Bandwidth Management menu, click Quality of Service to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
General Setup
Index Display the WAN interface number that you can edit.
Status Display if the WAN interface is available for such
function or not.
Bandwidth Display the inbound and outbound bandwidth
setting for the WAN interface.
Direction Display which direction that such function will
influence.
Class 1/Class2/Class 3/Others Display the bandwidth
percentage for each class.
UDP Bandwidth Control Display the UDP bandwidth control
is enabled or not.
Online Statistics Display an online statistics for quality of
service for your reference.
Setup Allow to configure general QoS setting for WAN
interface.
Class Rule
Index Display the class number that you can edit.
Name Display the name of the class.
Rule Allow to configure detailed settings for the selected
Class.
Service Type Allow to configure detailed settings for the
service type.
Enable the First Priority
for VoIP SIP/RTP
When this feature is enabled, the VoIP SIP/UDP packets will be
sent with highest priority.
SIP UDP Port Set a port number used for SIP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
356
This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface. Click the Setup link to access
into next page for the general setup of WAN interface. As to class rule, simply click the Edit
link to access into next for configuration.
You can configure general setup for the WAN interface, edit the Class Rule, and edit the
Service Type for the Class Rule for your request.
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference. This feature is available
only when the Quality of Service for WAN interface is enabled.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
35
7
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
f
f
o
o
r
r
W
W
A
A
N
N
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
When you click Setup, you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface.
There are four queues allowed for QoS control. The first three (Class 1 to Class 3) class rules
can be adjusted for your necessity. Yet, the last one is reserved for the packets which are not
suitable for the user-defined class rules.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked.
Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will
apply to.
IN- apply to incoming traffic only.
OUT-apply to outgoing traffic only.
BOTH- apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Check this box and click OK, then click Setup link again. You
will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page.
WAN Inbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for
other WAN. For example, if your ADSL supports 1M of
downstream and 256K upstream, please set 1000kbps for this
box. The default value is 10000kbps.
WAN Outbound Bandwidth
It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for
other WAN. For example, if your ADSL supports 1M of
downstream and 256K upstream, please set 256kbps for this
box. The default value is 10000kbps.
Reserved Bandwidth Ratio
It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of
reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved
bandwidth to downstream speed.
Enable UDP Bandwidth
Control
Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right
field. This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP
application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots
of bandwidth.
Outbound TCP ACK
Prioritize
The difference in bandwidth between download and upload
are great in ADSL2+ environment. For the download speed
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
358
might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK, you can check
this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network
traffic.
Limited_bandwidth Ratio The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of
UDP application.
Info
The rate of outbound/inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to
ensure correct calculation of QoS. It is suggested to set the bandwidth value
for inbound/outbound as 80% - 85% of physical network speed provided by
ISP to maximize the QoS performance.
E
E
d
d
i
i
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
1. The first three (Class 1 to Class 3) class rules can be adjusted for your necessity. To add,
edit or delete the class rule, please click the Edit link of that one.
2. After you click the Edit link, you will see the following page. Now you can define the
name for that Class. In this case, “Test” is used as the name of Class Index #1.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
35
9
3. For adding a new rule, click Add to open the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
ACT Check this box to invoke these settings.
Hardware
Acceleration
Check this box to enable the hardware acceleration when
such rule is applied.
Ethernet Type Please specify which protocol (IPv4 or IPv6) will be used for
this rule.
Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address (on LAN) for
the rule.
Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address (on
LAN/WAN) for the rule.
Address Type – Determine the address type for the source
address.
For Single Address, you have to fill in Start IP address.
For Range Address, you have to fill in Start IP address and
End IP address.
For Subnet Address, you have to fill in Start IP address and
Subnet Mask.
DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels
and will be processed according to the level type by the
system. Please assign one of the levels of the data for
processing with QoS control.
Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with
QoS control. It can also be edited. You can choose the
predefined service type from the Service Type drop down
list. Those types are predefined in factory. Simply choose the
one that you want for using by current QoS.
4. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
360
By the way, you can set up to 20 rules for one Class. If you want to edit an existed rule, please
select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification.
E
E
d
d
i
i
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
1. To add a new service type, edit or delete an existed service type, please click the Edit
link under Service Type field.
2. After you click the Edit link, you will see the following page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
361
3. For adding a new service type, click Add to open the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name Type in a new service for your request. The maximum length
of the name you can set is 11 characters.
Service Type Choose the type (TCP, UDP or TCP/UDP or other) for the new
service.
Port Configuration Type - Click Single or Range as the Type. If you select
Range, you have to type in the starting port number and the
end porting number on the boxes below.
Port Number – Type in the starting port number and the end
porting number here if you choose Range as the type.
5. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
By the way, you can set up to 10 service types. If you want to edit/delete an existed service
type, please select the radio button of that one and click Edit/Edit for modification.
R
R
e
e
t
t
a
a
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
d
d
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Packets coming from LAN IP can be retagged through QoS setting. When the packets sent out
through WAN interface, all of them will be tagged with certain header and that will be easily
to be identified by server on ISP.
For example, in the following illustration, the VoIP packets in LAN go into Vigor router
without any header. However, when they go forward to the Server on ISP through Vigor router,
all of the packets are tagged with AF (configured in Bandwidth >>QoS>>Class) automatically.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
362
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
A
A
P
P
P
P
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
The QoS function is used to do bandwidth management for the services with certain IP or port
number. However, there is no effect of bandwidth management on the service such as VNC or
PPTV without fixed IP or port number.
APP QoS employs the function of APP Enforcement to detect the types of software in
application layer. By combining the function of QoS (adjustment on Inbound/Outbond
bandwidth and bandwidth ratio), Vigor router can perform the bandwidth management for
the protocols, streaming, remote control, web HD and so on.
Click Bandwidth Management>>APP QoS to open the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable/Disable Click Enable to activate APP QoS function.
Click Disable to deactivate APP QoS function.
Traceable The protocol listed below is traceable by Vigor router.
Each tab offers different types of protocols to fit your
request.
Untraceable The protocol listed below is not easy to be traced by Vigor
router.
Each tab offers different types of protocols to fit your
request.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
363
Select All Click it to select all of the protocols.
Clear All Click it to de-select all of the protocols.
Apply to all Choose one of the actions from the drop down list. It is
prepared for applying to all protocols.
Apply – Click it to make the selected action be applied all of
the selected protocols immediately.
Action There are many protocols which can be specified with
different QoS Class.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
364
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
O
O
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
B
B
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
t
t
h
h
r
r
o
o
u
u
g
g
h
h
Q
Q
o
o
S
S
T
T
e
e
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
l
l
o
o
g
g
y
y
Have you ever gotten any problems in uploading/downloading files (Voice, video or
email/data only) with the narrow/districted bandwidth you may share from the common
Internet connection line? The advanced bandwidth management technology-QoS (Quality of
Service) helps you to well allocate the bandwidth upon your demand of Voice, Video, or Data
transferring. Let's see how to get the optimum bandwidth per your request by using DrayTek
Vigor router as below.
Scenario: The Internet connection you got from ISP line is 2MB/512Kb. There are VoIP
telephony network, IPTV set top box and data server at your home. Assume you want to
allocate 30% of the bandwidth you got to VoIP demand, 50% for IPTV, 15% for mail/data, 5%
for others. Let's see how easily it is to do the setting as below:
1. Open Bandwidth Management>> Quality of Service.
2. You will get the following page. Click the Edit link for Class 1.
3. In the following page, type a name (e.g., VoIP) for such class and click Add.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
365
4. Check the box of ACT. Click Edit to specify the local address.
5. In the pop-up window, choose Range Address as the Address Type and type the start IP
address and end IP address in relational fields. Click OK to save the settings and exit the
window.
6. Click OK again to save the settings.
7. The class rule for VoIP has been set. Click OK to return to previous page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
366
8. Do the same steps to add class rules for IPTV and Data/Email with IP addresses as shown
below.
and
9. Assuming you get 2MB/512Kb Internet line. You can click the Setup link of WAN1 to set
up the bandwidth for different groups among VoIP, IPTV and Data/Email.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
36
7
10. In the Setup page, check the box of Enable the QoS Control. Type 30, 50 and 15 in the
boxes for VoIP, IPTV and Data/Email respectively. Check the box of Enable UDP
Bandwidth Control.
11. Click OK to save the settings. The class rules for WAN1 are defined as shown below.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
368
V
V
I
I
-
-
3
3
H
H
o
o
t
t
s
s
p
p
o
o
t
t
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
a
a
l
l
The Hotspot Web Portal feature allows you to set up profiles so that LAN users could either be
redirected to specific URLs, or be shown messages when they first connect to the Internet
through the router. Users could be required to read and agree to terms and conditions, or
authenticate themselves, prior to gaining access to the Internet. Other potential uses include
the serving of advertisements and promotional materials, and broadcast of public service
announcements.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
36
9
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Select Profile Setup to create or modify Portal profiles. Up to 4 profiles can be created to
meet different requirements according to LAN subnets, WLAN SSIDs, origin and destination IP
addresses, etc.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Click the index number link to view or update the profile
settings.
Enable Check the box to enable the profile.
Comments Shows the description of the profile.
Login Mode Shows the login mode used by the profile. See the section
Login Mode for details.
Applied Interface Shows the interfaces to which this profile applies.
Preview Click this button to preview the Hotspot Web Portal page that
will be displayed to users.
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
s
s
There are five login modes to choose from for authenticating network clients: Skip Login,
Click Through, Social Login, PIN Login, and Social or PIN Login. Each login mode will present
a different web page to users when they connect to the network.
S
S
k
k
i
i
p
p
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
370
This mode does not perform any authentication. The user will be redirected to the landing
page. The user can then leave the landing page to visit other websites.
C
C
l
l
i
i
c
c
k
k
-
-
t
t
h
h
r
r
o
o
u
u
g
g
h
h
The following page will be shown to the users when they first attempt to access the Internet
through the router. After clicking Accept on the page, users will be directed to the landing
page and be granted access to the Internet.
S
S
o
o
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
The following page will appear when users attempt to access the Internet for the first time
via the router. After authenticating themselves using either a Facebook or Google account,
they will be directed to the landing page and be granted access to the Internet.
P
P
I
I
N
N
C
C
o
o
d
d
e
e
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
When users attempt to connect to the Internet for the first time, they will be prompted to
enter a mobile number to receive a PIN by SMS. After they have authenticated themselves by
entering the PIN, they will be redirected to the landing page, indicating that they have been
granted Internet access.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
371
S
S
o
o
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l
o
o
r
r
P
P
I
I
N
N
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
This login mode presents both Social Login and PIN Code Login modes to the users, and
allows them to select their preferred mode of authentication.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
372
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
S
S
t
t
e
e
p
p
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
a
a
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
a
a
l
l
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
1
1
.
.
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
M
M
e
e
t
t
h
h
o
o
d
d
Click the index link (e.g., #1) of the selected profile to display the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable this profile Check to enable this profile.
Comments Enter a brief description to identify this profile.
Choose Login
Method
Select the desired Login Mode.
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
If you have chosen Skip Login as the Login Mode, skip to step 4 Whitelisting below.
Otherwise, proceed to configure the login page by following steps 2 and 3.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
373
2
2
.
.
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
g
g
r
r
o
o
u
u
n
n
d
d
If you have selected a Login Mode that requires authentication, select a background for the
login page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
374
Item Description
Choose Login
Background
Select either Color Background or Image Background as the login
page background scheme.
Login Page URL Enter the URL for the login page.
Browser Tab Title Enter the text to be shown as the webpage title in the browser.
Logo Image The DrayTek Logo will be displayed by default. However, you can
enter HTML text or upload an image to replace the default logo.
Logo Background
Color
Select the background color of the logo from the predefined color
list, or select Customize Color and enter the RGB values. Click
Preview to preview the selected color.
Login Method
Background Color
Select the background color of the login panel from the predefined
color list, or select Customize Color and enter the RGB value.
Click Preview to preview the selected color.
Opacity (10 ~ 100) Available when Image Background is selected. Set the opacity of
the background image.
Background Image Available when Image Background is selected. Click Browse… to
select an image file (.JPG or .PNG format), then click Upload to
upload it to the router.
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
If you have selected Skip Login as the Login Mode, proceed to Step 4 Whitelist Setting;
otherwise, continue to Step 3 Login Page Setup.
3
3
.
.
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
In this step you can configure settings for the login page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
375
C
C
l
l
i
i
c
c
k
k
T
T
h
h
r
r
o
o
u
u
g
g
h
h
This section describes the Login Page setup if you have selected Click Through as the Login
Mode.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Welcome Message Enter the text to be displayed as the welcome message.
Terms and
Conditions
Description
Enter the text to be displayed as the Terms and Conditions
hyperlink text.
Terms and
Conditions Content
Enter the text to be displayed in the Terms and Conditions pop-up
window.
Accept Button
Description
Enter the text to be displayed on the accept button
Accept Button Color Select the color of the accept button from the predefined color
list, or select Customize Color and enter the RGB value. Click
Preview to preview the selected color.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
376
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
S
S
o
o
c
c
i
i
a
a
l
l
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
I
I
N
N
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
This section describes the Login Page setup step if you have selected PIN Login and/or Social
Login as the Login Mode. You will see only settings that are relevant to the selected login
mode(s).
Settings that are common to Facebook, Google and PIN authentication are:
Item Description
Welcome Message Enter the text to be displayed as the welcome message.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
37
7
Terms and
Conditions
Description
Enter the text to be displayed as the Terms and Conditions
hyperlink text.
Terms and
Conditions Content
Enter the text to be displayed in the Terms and Conditions pop-up
window.
If you have selected Facebook login, these settings will appear:
Item Description
Facebook Login
Description
Enter the text to be displayed on the Facebook login button.
Facebook APP ID Enter a valid Facebook developer app ID.
If you do not already have an app ID, refer to section A-1 How to
create a Facebook App ID for Web Portal Authentication for
instructions on obtaining an APP ID.
Facebook APP
Secret
Enter the secret configured for the APP ID entered above.
Refer to section A-1 How to create a Facebook App ID for Web
Portal Authentication for details.
If you have selected Google login, these settings will appear:
Item Description
Google Login
Description
Enter the text to be displayed on the Google login button.
Google App ID Enter a valid Google app ID.
If you do not already have an app ID, refer to section A-2 How to
create a Google App ID for Web Portal Authentication for
instructions on obtaining an APP ID.
Google App Secret Enter the secret configured for the APP ID entered above.
Refer to section A-2 How to create a Google APP ID for Web Portal
Authentication for details.
If you have selected PIN login, these settings will appear:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
378
Item Description
Hint Message Enter the text used to suggest users to choose SMS authentication.
Receiving PIN via
SMS Description
Enter the text to be displayed on the button that the user clicks to
receive an SMS PIN.
Receiving PIN via
SMS Content
Enter the message to be sent by SMS to inform the user of the PIN.
The PIN variable is specified by <PIN> within the message.
Receiving PIN via
SMS Provider
Select the SMS Provider used to send PIN notifications SMS
providers are configured in Objects Setting >> SMS / Mail Service
Object.
Enter PIN
Description
Enter message to be displayed in the PIN textbox to prompt the
user to enter the PIN.
Submit Button
Description
Enter the text to be displayed on the submit PIN button
Submit Button Color Select the color of the submit button from the predefined color
list, or select Customize Color and enter the RGB value. Click
Preview to preview the selected color.
Enter PIN
Description
Enter message to be displayed in the PIN textbox to prompt the
user to enter the PIN.
And finally, the save and cancel buttons are always displayed.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
37
9
Item Description
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
2
2
n
n
d
d
-
-
s
s
t
t
a
a
g
g
e
e
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
P
P
I
I
N
N
L
L
o
o
g
g
i
i
n
n
If you have selected PIN Login as the login mode, you will also need to configure the page
that is displayed to users when they request a PIN.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
380
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Back Button
Description
Enter text for the label of the hyperlink to return to the previous
page.
PIN Code Message Enter text to be displayed as the body text on the page.
Default Country
Code
Select the default country code to be displayed using the dropdown
menu.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
381
Enter Mobile
Number Description
Enter message to be displayed in the mobile number textbox to
prompt the user to enter the mobile number.
Send Button
Description
Enter the label text of the send button.
Send Button Color Select the color of the send button from the predefined color list,
or select Customize Color and enter the RGB value. Click Preview
to preview the selected color.
Send Succeeded
Message
Enter text to be displayed to notify the user after the PIN has been
sent.
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
4
4
.
.
W
W
h
h
i
i
t
t
e
e
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
In this step you can configure the whitelist settings. Users are allowed to send and receive
traffic that satisfies whitelist settings.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
NAT Rules To prevent web portal settings from conflicting with NAT rules
resulting in unexpected behavior, select the NAT rules that are
allowed to bypass the web portal. Hosts listed in selected NAT
rules can always access the Internet without being intercepted by
the web portal.
Dest Domain Enter up to 30 destination domains that are allowed to be
accessed.
Dest IP Enter up to 30 destination IP addresses that are allowed to be
accessed.
Dest Port Enter up to 30 destination protocols and ports that are allowed
through the router.
Source IP Enter up to 30 source IP addresses that are allowed through the
router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
382
Save and Next Click to save the configuration on this page and proceed to the
next page.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
5
5
.
.
M
M
o
o
r
r
e
e
O
O
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
In this step you can configure advanced options for the Hotspot Web Portal.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
383
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Expired Time After
Activation
Enter the time duration that users are allowed to have Internet
access after logging in.
HTTPS Redirection If this option is selected, unauthenticated clients accessing HTTPS
websites will be redirected to the login page, but the browser may
alert the user of certificate errors. If this option is not selected,
attempts to access to HTTPS website will time out without
redirection.
Captive Portal
Detection
If this option is selected, the web portal page is triggered
automatically when an unauthenticated client tries to access the
Internet. This function is not available when the Login Mode is
Social Login, as the web portal page may not be shown correctly
due to the limitations of the operating system’s built-in Captive
Portal Detection.
Landing Page After
Authentication
Specifies the webpage that will be displayed after the user has
successfully authenticated.
Fixed URL – The user will be redirected to the specified URL. This
could be used for displaying advertisements to users, such as
guests requesting wireless Internet access in a hotel.
User Requested URL – The user will be redirected to the URL they
initially requested.
Bulletin Message –The message configured here will be briefly
shown for a few seconds to the user.
Default Message – This button is enabled when Bulletin Message is
selected. Click to load the default text into the bulletin message
textbox.
Applied Interfaces Subnet – The current Hotspot Web Portal profile will be in effect
for the selected subnets.
WLAN – The current Hotspot Web Portal profile will be in effect for
the selected WLAN SSIDs.
Cancel Click to abort the configuration process and return to the profile
summary page.
Finish Click to complete the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
384
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
c
c
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
F
F
a
a
c
c
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
k
k
A
A
P
P
P
P
f
f
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
a
a
l
l
A
A
u
u
t
t
h
h
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
?
?
The new web portal feature support social login as authentication method, and allows
network administrator to authenticate LAN clients by their Google or Facebook account. This
document introduces how to create Facebook APP, and generate the APP ID and APP secret
that can be used in Web Portal setup.
1. Register as FB Developer: Go to https://developers.facebook.com/
and login the FB
account.
2. Register the Facebook account as a Developer (If the account has been verified previously,
this step can be skipped.)
3. Click My Apps then choose Register as Developer.
4. Switch to YES then click Next on pop-up window.
5. Choose country then type phone number, click Send as Text in Get Confirmation Code.
Wait confirmation code message received then enter the confirmation code. Click
Register to finish the register process.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
385
6. Add a New App. Click on My Apps > Add a New App. Choose Website platform.
7. Click Skip and Create App ID on first use. Type Display Name. Choose Category. Click
Create App ID.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
386
8. Pops up security check window, select the answer, and then click Submit to finish the
process.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
387
9. On Dashboard, user can get App ID and App Secret, these information will be used in
Vigor Router's Web Portal Setup.
10. Add Platform on My Apps. Go to Settings then click Add Platform.
11. Choose Website in Select Platform window.
12. Enter the Site URL as http://portal.draytek.com.
(Note: If you change http port in the
vigor, please add http port in URLs. For example, we use 8080 as http port and we'll
put http://portal.draytek.com:8080
). Enter the Contact Email. And click Save Change.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
388
13. Set up Client OAuth. Go to Settings >> Advanced >>Client OAuth Settings, enter
"http://portal.draytek.com" in Valid OAuth redirect URIs, and save changes.
14. Go to My Apps>>Status & Review, and switch available status to YES to activate the APP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
389
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
390
A
A
-
-
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
c
c
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
G
G
o
o
o
o
g
g
l
l
e
e
A
A
P
P
P
P
f
f
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
a
a
l
l
A
A
u
u
t
t
h
h
e
e
n
n
t
t
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
?
?
The new web portal feature support social login as authentication method, and allows
network administrator to authenticate LAN clients by their Google or Facebook account. This
document introduces how to create Facebook APP, and generate the APP ID and APP secret
that can be used in Web Portal setup.
1. Create Developer project. Go to https://code.google.com/apis/console
, login with a
Google account then click Create project. Type project name then click Create.
2. On Dashboard, choose Use Google APIs.
3. Edit Auth Consent screen. Go to Credentials > Auth consent screen. Enter your email,
product name and other optional item then click on Save.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
391
4. Create Client ID. Click Credentials and Click Add credentials > OAuth2.0 client ID.
5. Choose Web application as Application Type, then enter name. Set Authorized
JavaScript origins and Authorized redirect URLs as http://portal.draytek.com, and
click Create. (Note: If you change http port in the vigor, please add http port in URLs. For
example, we use 8080 as http port and we'll put http://portal.draytek.com:8080
).
6. Get client ID and client secret. Such information will be used in Vigor Router's Web Portal
Setup page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
392
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
C
C
e
e
n
n
t
t
r
r
a
a
l
l
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
A
A
P
P
)
)
Vigor2133 can manage the access points supporting AP management via Central AP
Management.
A
A
P
P
M
M
a
a
p
p
AP Map is helpful to determine the best location for VigorAP in a room. A floor plan of a room
is required to be uploaded first. By dragging and dropping available VigorAP icon from the list
to the floor plan, the placement with the best wireless coverage will be clearly indicated
through simulated signal strength
A
A
P
P
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
Vigor router can execute configuration backup, configuration restoration, firmware upgrade
and remote reboot for the APs managed by the router. It is very convenient for the
administrator to process maintenance without accessing into the web user interface of the
access point.
L
L
o
o
a
a
d
d
B
B
a
a
l
l
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
A
A
P
P
The parameters configured for Load Balance can help to distribute the traffic for all of the
access points registered to Vigor router. Thus, the bandwidth will not be occupied by certain
access points.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
393
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This page displays current status (online, offline or SSID hidden, IP address, encryption,
channel, version, password and etc.) of the access points managed by Vigor router. Please
open Central AP Management>>Function Support List to check what AP Models are
supported.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Click the index number link for viewing the settings summary
of the access point.
Device Name The name of the AP managed by Vigor router will be displayed
here.
IP Address Display the true IP address of the access point.
SSID Display the SSID configured for the access point(s) connected
to Vigor2133.
Ch. Display the channel used by the access point.
STA List Display the number of wireless clients (stations) connecting to
the access point.
In which, 0/64 means that up to 64 clients are allowed to
connect to the access point. But, now no one connects to the
access point.
The number displayed on the left side means 2.4GHz; and the
number displayed on the right side means 5GHz.
AP List Display the number of the AP around the device.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
394
Uptime Display the duration of the AP powered up.
Version Display the firmware version used by the access point.
Password Vigor2133 can get related information of the access point by
accessing into the web user interface of the access point.
This button is used to modify the logging password of the
connected access point.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
395
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
W
W
L
L
A
A
N
N
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
WLAN profile is used to apply to a selected access point. It is very convenient for the
administrator to configure the setting for access point without opening the web user interface
of the access point.
Click the number link of the selected profile to modify the content of the profile. Available
settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile There are five WLAN profiles offered to be configured. Simply
click the index number link to open the modification page.
Name Display the name of the profile.
The default profile cannot be renamed.
Main SSID Display the SSID configured by such wireless profile.
Security Display the security mode selected by such wireless profile.
Multi-SSID Enable means multiple SSIDs (more than one) are active.
Disable means only SSID1 is active.
WLAN ACL Display the name of the access control list.
Rate Ctrol Display the upload and/or download transmission rate.
Clone It can copy settings from an existing WLAN profile to another
WLAN profile.
First, you have to check the box of the existing profile as the
original profile. Second, click Clone. The following dialog will
appear.
Third, choose the profile index to accept the settings from the
original profile. Forth, type a new name in the field of
Renamed as. Last, click Apply to save the settings on this
dialog.
The new profile has been created with the settings coming
from the original profile.
To AP Click it to apply the selected wireless profile to the specified
Access Point.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
396
Simply choose the device you want from Existing Device field.
Click >> to move the device to Selected Device field. Then,
click OK.
The selected WLAN profile will be applied to the selected
access point immediately. Later the access point will reboot.
To Local WLAN Profile configured in this page is specified for VigorAP
connected to Vigor router.
If required, these settings also can be applied to Vigor router.
Select and check one of wireless profiles and click this button
to apply the settings onto the WI-Fi wireless settings
configured for such Vigor router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
39
7
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
e
e
d
d
i
i
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
w
w
i
i
r
r
e
e
l
l
e
e
s
s
s
s
L
L
A
A
N
N
p
p
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
?
?
1. Select the WLAN profile (index number 1 to 5) you want to edit.
2. Click the index number link to display the following page.
Info
The function of Auto Provision is available for the default WLAN profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
398
3. After finished the general settings configuration, click Next to open the following page
for 2.4G wireless security settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
39
9
4. After finished the above web page configuration, click Next to open the following page
for 5G wireless security settings.
5. When you finished the above web page configuration, click Finish to exit and return to
the first page. The modified WLAN profile will be shown on the web page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
400
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
3
3
A
A
P
P
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
Vigor router can execute configuration backup, configuration restoration, firmware upgrade
and remote reboot for the APs managed by the router. It is very convenient for the
administrator to process maintenance without accessing into the web user interface of the
access point.
Info
Config Backup can be performed to one AP at one time. Others functions
(e.g., Config Restore, Firmware Upgrade, Remote Reboot can be performed
to more than one AP at one time by using Vigor2133.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Action There are four actions provided by Vigor router to manage the
access points.
Vigor router can backup the configuration of the selected AP,
restore the configuration for the selected AP, perform the
firmware upgrade of the selected AP, reboot the selected AP
remotely and perform the factory reset for the selected AP.
File/Path Specify the file and the path which will be used to perform
Config Restore or Firmware Upgrade.
Select Device Display all the available access points managed by Vigor
router. Simply click << or >> to move the device(s) between
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
401
Select Device and Selected Device areas.
Selected Device Display the access points that will be applied by such function
after clicking OK.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to perform the action.
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
T
T
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
G
G
r
r
a
a
p
p
h
h
Click Traffic Graph to open the web page. Choose one of the managed Access Points, LAN-A
or LAN-B, daily or weekly for viewing data transmission chart. Click Refresh to renew the
graph at any time.
The horizontal axis represents time; the vertical axis represents the transmission rate (in
kbps).
Info
Enabling/Disabling such function will also enable/disable the External
Devices function.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
402
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
5
L
L
o
o
a
a
d
d
B
B
a
a
l
l
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
The parameters configured for Load Balance can help to distribute the traffic for all of the
access points registered to Vigor router. Thus, the bandwidth will not be occupied by certain
access points.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
AP Load Balance It is used to determine the operation mode when the system
detects overload between access points.
Disable – Disable the function of AP load balance.
By Station Number –The operation of load balance will be
executed based on the station number configured in this page.
It is used to limit the allowed number for the station
connecting to the access point. The purpose is to prevent lots
of stations connecting to access point at the same time and
causing traffic unbalanced. Please define the required station
number for WLAN (2.4GHz) and WLAN (5GHz) separately.
By Traffic – The operation of load balance will executed
according to the traffic configuration in this page.
By Station Number or Traffic - The operation of load balance
will be executed based on the station number or the traffic
configuration.
Station Number
Threshold
Set the number of stations as a threshold to activate AP load
balance.
Traffic Threshold Upload Limit –Use the drop down list to specify the traffic
limit for uploading.
Download Limit – Use the drop down list to specify the traffic
limit for downloading.
Action When Threshold
Exceeded
Stop accepting new connections – When the number of
stations or the traffic reaches the threshold defined in this
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
403
web page, Vigor router will stop any new connection asked by
other access point.
Dissociate existing station by longest idel time - When the
access point is overload (e.g., reaching the limit of station
number or limit of network traffic), it will terminate the
network connection of the client’s station which is idle for a
longest time.
Dissociate existing station by worst signal strength if it is
less than - When the access point is overload (e.g., reaching
the limit of station number or limit of network traffic), it will
terminate the network connection of the client’s station with
the weakest signal.
After finishin0g all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
6
6
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
u
u
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Click the Client tab to list the AP management functions that the Access Points support under
different firmware versions.
Click the Server tab to list the AP management functions that Vigor router supports under
different firmware versions.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
404
V
V
I
I
-
-
5
5
C
C
e
e
n
n
t
t
r
r
a
a
l
l
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
l
l
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
s
s
)
)
Vigor router can be used to connect with many types of external devices. In order to control
or manage the external devices conveniently, open External Devices to make detailed
configuration.
V
V
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
A
A
l
l
l
l
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
s
s
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
External Device Syslog Check this box to display information of the detected device
on Syslog.
External Device Auto
Discovery
Check this box to detect the external device automatically
and display on this page.
From this web page, check the box of External Device Auto Discovery. Later, all the
available devices will be displayed in this page with icons and corresponding information. You
can change the device name if required or remove the information for off-line device
whenever you want.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
405
When you finished the configuration, click OK to save it.
Info
Only DrayTek products can be detected by this function.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
406
This page is left blank.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
40
7
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
I
I
O
O
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
s
s
Define objects such as IP address, service type,
keyword, file extension and others. These
pre-defined objects can be applied in CSM.
USB device connected on Vigor router can be
regarded as a server or WAN interface. By way of
Vigor router, clients on LAN can access, write and
read data stored in USB storage disk with
different applications.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
408
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
Define objects such as IP address, service type, keyword, file extension and others. These
pre-defined objects can be applied in CSM.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
40
9
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
P
P
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring
router’s settings, therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for
using conveniently. Later, we can select that object/group that can apply it. For example, all
the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object (a range of IP address).
You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
410
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
View Use the drop down list to choose a type (Single Address,
Range Address, Subnet Address, Mac Address or all) that IP
object with the selected type will be shown on this page.
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Search Type a string of the IP object that you want to search.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Address Display the IP address configured for the object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
411
Export IP Object Usually, the IP objects can be created one by one through
the web page of Objects>>IP Object. However, to a user
who wants to save more time in bulk creating IP objects, a
quick method is offered by Vigor router to modify the IP
objects with a single file, a CSV file.
All of the IP objects (or the template) can be exported as a
file by clicking Download. Then the user can open the CSV
file through Microsoft Excel and modify all the IP objects at
the same time.
Backup the current IP Objects with a CSV file – Click it to
backup current IP objecsts as a CSV file. Such file can be
restored for future use.
Download the default CSV template to edit – After clicking
it, press Download to store the default CSM template (a table
without any input data) to your hard disk.
Download – Download the CSV file from Vigor router and
store in your hard disk.
Restore IP Object Select – Click it to specify a predefined CSV file.
Restore – Import the selected CSV file onto Vigor router.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose a proper interface.
For example, the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will
ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN
or any IP address. If you choose LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN as the
Interface here, and choose LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN as the
direction setting in Edit Filter Rule, then all the IP addresses
specified with LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN interface will be opened
for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
412
Address Type Determine the address type for the IP address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IP address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IP addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
4. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration. Below is
an example of IP objects settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
413
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
I
I
P
P
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
414
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose WAN, LAN or Any to display all the available IP
objects with the specified interface.
Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IP Objects Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
415
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IPv6 address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Prefix Length Type the number (e.g., 64) for the prefix length of IPv6
address.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
416
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
41
7
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available IPv6
Objects
All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IPv6 Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
418
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Protocol Specify the protocol(s) which this profile will apply to.
Source/Destination
Port
Source Port and the Destination Port columns are available
for TCP/UDP protocol. It can be ignored for other protocols.
The filter rule will filter out any port number.
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this profile.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
all the ports except the port defined here; when the first and
last values are different, it indicates that all the ports
except the range defined here are available for this service
type.
(>) the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
41
9
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several service types into one group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
420
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Group column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Service
Type Objects
All the available service objects that you have added on
Objects Setting>>Service Type Object will be shown in this
box.
Selected Service Type
Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
421
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black /white list in CSM >>URL Web
Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
422
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile, e.g., game. Maximum 15
characters are allowed.
Contents Type the content for such profile. For example, type
gambling as Contents. When you browse the webpage, the
page with gambling information will be watched out and be
passed/blocked based on the configuration on Firewall
settings.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
423
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group. The keyword groups set
here will be chosen as black /white list in CSM >>URL /Web Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
424
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this group. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Keyword
Objects
You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page
within one keyword group. All the available Keyword
objects that you have created will be shown in this box.
Selected Keyword
Objects
Click
button to add the selected Keyword objects in
this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM>>URL Content Filter.
All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to
the chosen action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
425
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Profile column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for this profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 7 characters.
3. Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be
processed in the router. Finally, click OK to save this profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
426
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
S
S
M
M
S
S
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail Alert
Service.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Profile Display the name for such SMS profile.
SMS Provider Display the service provider which offers SMS service.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the SMS Provider tab, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for
configuration in details.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
42
7
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for such SMS profile. The maximum length of
the name you can set is 31 characters.
Service Provider Use the drop down list to specify the service provider which
offers SMS service.
Username Type a user name that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 31
characters.
Password Type a password that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Quota Type the number of the credit that you purchase from the
service provider chosen above.
Note that one credit equals to one SMS text message on the
standard route.
Sending Interval To avoid quota being exhausted soon, type time interval for
sending the SMS.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
428
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
C
C
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
d
d
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
Vigor router offers several SMS service provider to offer the SMS service. However, if your
service provider cannot be found from the service provider list, simply use Index 9 and Index
10 to make customized SMS service. The profile name for Index 9 and Index 10 are fixed.
You can click the number (e.g., #9) under Index column for configuration in details.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
42
9
Item Description
Profile Name Display the name of this profile. It cannot be modified.
Service Provider Type the website of the service provider.
Type the URL string in the box under the filed of Service
Provider. You have to contact your SMS provider to obtain
the exact URL string.
Username Type a user name that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 31
characters.
Password Type a password that the sender can use to register to
selected SMS provider.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Quota Type the total number of the messages that the router will
send out.
Sending Interval Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail Alert
Service.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Profile Display the name for such mail server profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
430
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the Mail Server tab, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for
configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for such mail service profile. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 31 characters.
SMTP Server Type the IP address of the mail server.
SMTP Port Type the port number for SMTP server.
Sender Address Type the e-mail address of the sender.
Use SSL Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server for some
e-mail server uses https as the transmission method.
Authentication The mail server must be authenticated with the correct
username and password to have the right of sending message
out. Check the box to enable the function.
Username – Type a name for authentication. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 31 characters.
Password – Type a password for authentication. The
maximum length of the password you can set is 31
characters.
Sending Interval Define the interval for the system to send the SMS out.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
431
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
N
N
o
o
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set ten profiles which will be applied in Application>>SMS/Mail Alert
Service.
You can set an object with different monitoring situation.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Open Object Setting>>Notification Object, and click the number (e.g., #1) under Index
column for configuration in details.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
432
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for such notification profile. The maximum
length of the name you can set is 15 characters.
Category Display the types that will be monitored.
Status Display the status for the category. You can check the box to
be monitored.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
433
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
S
S
t
t
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set string profiles which will be applied in route policy (domain name
selection for destination) and etc.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Add Click it to open the following page for adding a new string
object.
Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all of the settings in this page.
Index Display the number link of the string profile.
String Display the string defined.
Clear Choose the string that you want to remove. Then click this
check box to delete the selected string.
Below shows an example to apply string object (in Route Policy):
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
434
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
S
S
e
e
n
n
d
d
a
a
N
N
o
o
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
t
t
o
o
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
e
e
d
d
P
P
h
h
o
o
n
n
e
e
N
N
u
u
m
m
b
b
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
a
a
S
S
M
M
S
S
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
i
i
n
n
W
W
A
A
N
N
D
D
i
i
s
s
c
c
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps listed below:
1. Log into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Configure relational objects first. Open Object Settings>>SMS/Mail Server Object to
get the following page.
Index 1 to Index 8 allows you to choose the built-in SMS service provider. If the SMS
service provider is not on the list, you can configure Index 9 and Index 10 to add the new
service provider to Vigor router.
3. Choose any index number (e.g., Index 1 in this case) to configure the SMS Provider
setting. In the following page, type the username and password and set the quota that
the router can send the message out.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
435
4. After finished the settings, click OK to return to previous page. Now you have finished
the configuration of the SMS Provider profile setting.
5. Open Object Settings>>Notification Object to configure the event conditions of the
notification.
6. Choose any index number (e.g., Index 1 in this case) to configure conditions for sending
the SMS. In the following page, type the name of the profile and check the Disconnected
and Reconnected boxes for WAN to work in concert with the topic of this paper.
7. After finished the settings, click OK to return to previous page. You have finished the
configuration of the notification object profile setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
436
8. Now, open Applications >> SMS / Mail Alert Service. Use the drop down list to choose
SMS Provider and the Notify Profile (specify the time of sending SMS). Then, type the
phone number in the field of Recipient (the one who will receive the SMS).
9. Click OK to save the settings. Later, if one of the WAN connections fails in your router,
the system will send out SMS to the phone number specified. If the router has only one
WAN interface, the system will send out SMS to the phone number while reconnecting
the WAN interface successfully.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
43
7
R
R
e
e
m
m
a
a
r
r
k
k
:
:
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
h
h
e
e
c
c
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
S
S
M
M
S
S
P
P
r
r
o
o
v
v
i
i
d
d
e
e
r
r
Choose one of the Index numbers (9 or 10) allowing you to customize the SMS Provider. In the
web page, type the URL string of the SMS provider and type the username and password. After
clicking OK, the new added SMS provider will be added and will be available for you to specify
for sending SMS out.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
438
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
U
U
S
S
B
B
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
USB device connected on Vigor router can be regarded as a server or WAN interface. By way of
Vigor router, clients on LAN can access, write and read data stored in USB storage disk with
different applications. After setting the configuration in USB Application, you can type the IP
address of the Vigor router and username/password created in USB Application>>USB User
Management on the client software. Then, the client can use the FTP site (USB storage disk)
or share the SMB service through Vigor router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
43
9
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
U
U
S
S
B
B
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
This page will determine the number of concurrent FTP connection, default charset for FTP
server and enable SMB service. At present, the Vigor router can support USB storage disk with
formats of FAT16 and FAT32 only. Therefore, before connecting the USB storage disk into the
Vigor router, please make sure the memory format for the USB storage disk is FAT16 or FAT32.
It is recommended for you to use FAT32 for viewing the filename completely (FAT16 cannot
support long filename).
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
General Settings Simultaneous FTP Connections - This field is used to specify
the quantity of the FTP sessions. The router allows up to 6
FTP sessions connecting to USB storage disk at one time.
Default Charset - At present, Vigor router supports four
types of character sets. Default Charset is for English based
file name.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
440
SMB File Sharing Service Click Enable to invoke SMB service (file sharing) via the
router.
Access Mode LAN Only – Users coming from internet cannot connect to the
SMB server of the router.
LAN And WAN - Both LAN and WAN users can access SMB
server of the router.
NetBios Name Service For the NetBios service of USB storage disk, you have to
specify a workgroup name and a host name. A workgroup
name must not be the same as the host name. The workgroup
name can have as many as 15 characters and the host name
can have as many as 23 characters. Both them cannot
contain any of the following--- ; : " < > * + = \ | ?.
Workgroup Name – Type a name for the workgroup.
Host Name – Type the host name for the router.
Printer Server Enable – Click it to make Vigor router act as a printer server
(with USB printer attached).
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
U
U
S
S
B
B
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to set profiles for FTP/SMB users. Any user who wants to access into the
USB storage disk must type the same username and password configured in this page. Before
adding or modifying settings in this page, please insert a USB storage disk first. Otherwise, an
error message will appear to warn you.
Click index number to access into configuration page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
441
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
FTP/SMB User Enable – Click this button to activate this profile (account)
for FTP service or SMB User service. Later, the user can use
the username specified in this page to login into FTP server.
Disable – Click this button to disable such profile.
Username Type the username for FTP/SMB users for accessing into FTP
server (USB storage disk). Be aware that users cannot access
into USB storage disk in anonymity. Later, you can open FTP
client software and type the username specified here for
accessing into USB storage disk. The length of the name is
limited to 11 characters.
Note: “Admin” could not be typed here as username, for the
word is specified for accessing into web pages of Vigor router
only. Also, it is reserved for FTP firmware upgrade usage.
Note: FTP Passive mode is not supported by Vigor Router.
Please disable the mode on the FTP client.
Password Type the password for FTP/SMB users for accessing FTP
server. Later, you can open FTP client software and type the
password specified here for accessing into USB storage disk.
The length of the password is limited to 11 characters.
Confirm Password Type the password again to make confirmation.
Home Folder It determines the folder for the client to access into.
The user can enter a directory name in this field. Then, after
clicking OK, the router will create the specific/new folder in
the USB storage disk. In addition, if the user types “/” here,
he/she can access into all of the disk folders and files in USB
storage disk.
Note: When write protect status for the USB storage disk is
ON, you cannot type any new folder name in this field. Only
“/” can be used in such case.
You can click
to open the following dialog to add any
new folder which can be specified as the Home Folder.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
442
Access Rule It determines the authority for such profile. Any user, who
uses such profile for accessing into USB storage disk, must
follow the rule specified here.
File – Check the items (Read, Write and Delete) for such
profile.
Directory –Check the items (List, Create and Remove) for
such profile.
Before you click OK, you have to insert a USB storage disk into the USB interface of the Vigor
router. Otherwise, you cannot save the configuration.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
3
3
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
p
p
l
l
o
o
r
r
e
e
r
r
File Explorer offers an easy way for users to view and manage the content of USB storage disk
connected on Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh
Click this icon to refresh files list.
Back
Click this icon to return to the upper directory.
Create
Click this icon to add a new folder.
Current Path Display current folder.
Upload Click this button to upload the selected file to the USB
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
443
storage disk. The uploaded file in the USB diskette can be
shared for other user through FTP.
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
4
4
U
U
S
S
B
B
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This page is to monitor the status for USB device connecting to Vigor router. In addition, the
status of the USB printer or USB sensor connecting to Vigor router can be checked from such
page. If you want to remove the storage disk from USB port in router, please click Disconnect
USB Disk first. And then, remove the USB device later.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Connection Status If there is no USB device connected to Vigor router, “No Disk
Connected” will be shown here.
Disk Capacity It displays the total capacity of the USB storage disk.
Free Capacity It displays the free space of the USB storage disk. Click
Refresh at any time to get new status for free capacity.
Index It displays the number of the client which connects to FTP
server.
IP Address It displays the IP address of the user’s host which connects to
the FTP server.
Username It displays the username that user uses to login to the FTP
server.
When you insert USB device into the Vigor router, the system will start to find out such device
within several seconds.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
444
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
5
5
T
T
e
e
m
m
p
p
e
e
r
r
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
S
S
e
e
n
n
s
s
o
o
r
r
A USB Thermometer is now available. It complements your installed DrayTek router
installations which will help you monitor the server or data communications room
environment and notify you if the server room or data communications room is overheating.
During summer in particular, it is important to ensure that your server or data
communications equipment are not overheating due to cooling system failures.
The inclusion of a USB thermometer in compatible Vigor routers will continuously monitor the
temperature of its environment. When a pre-determined threshold is reached you will be
alerted by either an email or SMS so you can undertake appropriate action.
T
T
e
e
m
m
p
p
e
e
r
r
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
S
S
e
e
n
n
s
s
o
o
r
r
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
445
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Display Settings Temperature Calibration - Type a value used for
correcting the temperature error.
Temperature Unit - Choose the display unit of the
temperature. There are two types for you to choose.
Alarm Settings Enable Syslog Alarm - The temperature log will be
recorded on Syslog if it is enabled.
Upper temperature limit/Lower temperature limit - Type
the upper limit and lower limit for the system to send out
temperature alert.
T
T
e
e
m
m
p
p
e
e
r
r
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
h
h
a
a
r
r
t
t
Below shows an example of temperature graph:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
446
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
6
6
M
M
o
o
d
d
e
e
m
m
S
S
u
u
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
Such page provides the information about the brand name and model name of the USB
modems which are supported by Vigor router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
44
7
V
V
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
7
7
S
S
M
M
B
B
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
S
S
u
u
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
L
L
i
i
s
s
t
t
SMB Client Support List provides the test status information for applications with file sharing
operated under different platforms.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
448
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
c
c
a
a
n
n
I
I
g
g
e
e
t
t
t
t
h
h
e
e
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
U
U
S
S
B
B
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
a
a
g
g
e
e
d
d
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
?
?
Files on USB storage device can be reviewed by opening USB Applicaiton>>File Explorer. If it
is necessary for you to delete, copy files on the device or write, paste files to the devcie, it
must be done through SMB server or FTP server.
SMB service is based on the original USB FTP service. You will need to setup USB FTP first. We
would like to give brief instructions on USB FTP setup here.
1. Plug the USB device to the USB port on the router. Make sure Disk Connected appears on
the Connection Status as the figure shown below:
2. Then, please open USB Application >> USB General Settings to enable SMB service.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
44
9
3. Setup a user account for the FTP service by using USB Application >>USB User
Management. Click Enable to enable FTP User account. Here we add a new account
"user1" and assign authorities “Read”, “Write” and “List” to it.
4. Click OK to save the configuration.
5. Make sure the FTP service is running properly. Please open a browser and type
ftp://192.168.1.1. Use the account "user1" to login.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
450
6. When the following screen appears, it means the FTP service is running properly.
7. Return to USB Application >> USB Disk Status. The information for FTP server will be
shown as below.
Now, users in LAN of Vigor2133 can access into the USB storage device by typing
ftp://192.168.1.1 on any browser. They can add or remove files / directories,
depending on the Access Rule for FTP account settings in USB Application >>USB User
Management.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
451
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
r
r
o
o
u
u
b
b
l
l
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
o
o
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This part will guide you to solve abnormal situations if
you cannot access into the Internet after installing the
router and finishing the web configuration.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
452
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet
after installing the router and finishing the web configuration. Please follow sections below to
check your basic installation status stage by stage.
Checking if the hardware status is OK or not.
Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not.
Pinging the router from your computer.
Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not.
Backing to factory default setting if necessary.
If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally, it is the time for you to
contact your dealer or DrayTek technical support for advanced help.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
453
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Fisrt, take a look at the menu items under Diagnostics. Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way
to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router.
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
o
o
u
u
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Click Diagnostics and click Dial-out Triggering to open the web page. The internet
connection (e.g., PPPoE) is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Decoded Format It shows the source IP address (local), destination IP
(remote) address, the protocol and length of the package.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
454
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
455
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
R
R
P
P
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP (Address
Resolution Protocol) cache held in the router. The table shows a mapping between an
Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Show Specify LAN and VLAN to display related information.
In default, this page will display all of the information
about LAN and VLAN.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
456
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
N
N
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
b
b
o
o
u
u
r
r
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IPv6
address. This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems, such as IP address
conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
45
7
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The facility provides information on IP address assignments. This information is helpful in
diagnosing network problems, such as IP address conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index It displays the connection item number.
IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified
PC.
MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP
assigned IP address for it.
Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC.
HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
458
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
N
N
A
A
T
T
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Private IP:Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC.
#Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT.
Peer IP:Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote
host.
Interface It displays the representing number for different interface.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
45
9
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
D
D
N
N
S
S
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click DNS Cache Table to open the web page.
The record of domain Name and the mapping IP address for answering the DNS query from
LAN will be stored on Vigor router’s Cache temporarily and displayed on Diagnostics >> DNS
Cache Table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
When an entry’s TTL is
larger than….
Check the box the type the value of TTL (time to live) for
each entry. Click OK to enable such function.
It means when the TTL value of each DNS query reaches the
threshold of the value specified here, the corresponding
record will be deleted from router’s Cache automatically.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
460
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
i
i
s
s
Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to open the web page.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPV4 /IPV6 Choose the interface for such function.
Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you
want to ping.
IP Address Type the IP address of the Host/IP that you want to ping.
Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping.
Run Click this button to start the ping work. The result will be
displayed on the screen.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
461
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
D
D
a
a
t
t
a
a
F
F
l
l
o
o
w
w
M
M
o
o
n
n
i
i
t
t
o
o
r
r
This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data
in an interval of several seconds. The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth
Management. You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoking Data
Flow Monitor. If not, a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it.
Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page. You can click IP Address,
TX rate, RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Data Flow Monitor Check this box to enable this function.
Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of
refreshing data flow that will be done by the system
automatically.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
462
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Index Display the number of the data flow.
IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device.
TX rate (kbps) Display the transmission speed of the monitored device.
RX rate (kbps) Display the receiving speed of the monitored device.
Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit
Session web page.
Action Block - can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet
within 5 minutes.
Unblock –The device with the IP address will be blocked for
five minutes. The remaining time will be shown on the
session column. Click it to cancel the IP address blocking.
APP QoS Use the drop down list to change the priority in data
transmission for the specified IP address (host).
Current /Peak/Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate
for WAN interface.
Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in
data transmission.
Speed means line speed specified in WAN>>General Setup.
If you do not specify any rate at that page, here will display
Auto for instead.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
463
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
T
T
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
G
G
r
r
a
a
p
p
h
h
Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to open the web page. Choose
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3/WAN4 Bandwidth, Sessions, Ping Detect, daily or weekly for viewing
different traffic graph. Click Reset to zero the accumulated RX/TX (received and transmitted)
data of WAN. Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time.
The horizontal axis represents time. Yet the vertical axis has different meanings. For
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3/LTE/WAN4 Bandwidth chart, the numbers displayed on vertical axis
represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past.
For Sessions chart, the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT
sessions during the past.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
464
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
T
T
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page. This page allows you to trace
the routes from router to the host. Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click
Run. The result of route trace will be shown on the screen.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPv4 / IPv6 Click one of them to display corresponding information for it.
Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want
to ping through.
Host/IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host.
Trace Host/IP Address It indicates the IPv6 address of the host.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
465
Run Click this button to start route tracing work.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
E
E
x
x
p
p
l
l
o
o
r
r
e
e
r
r
Such page provides real-time syslog and displays the information on the screen.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
e
e
b
b
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This page displays the time and message for User/Firewall/call/WAN/VPN settings. You can
check Enable Web Syslog, specify the type of Syslog and choose the display mode you want.
Later, the event of Syslog with specified type will be shown for your reference.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Web Syslog Check this box to enable the function of Web Syslog.
Syslog Type Use the drop down list to specify a type of Syslog to be
displayed.
Export Click this link to save the data as a file.
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Clear Click this link to clear information on this page.
Display Mode There are two modes for you to choose.
Stop record when fulls – when the capacity of syslog is full,
the system will stop recording.
Always record the new event – only the newest events will
be recorded by the system.
Time Display the time of the event occurred.
Message Display the information for each event.
F
F
o
o
r
r
U
U
S
S
B
B
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This page displays the syslog recorded on the USB storage disk.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
466
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Time Display the time of the event occurred.
Log Type Display the type of the record.
Message Display the information for each event.
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC.
If TSPC has configured properly, the router will display the following page when the user
connects to tunnel broker successfully.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
46
7
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
4
4
D
D
o
o
S
S
F
F
l
l
o
o
o
o
d
d
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This page can display content of IP connection detected by DoS Flooding Defense mechanism.
It is useful and convenient for network engineers (e.g., MIS engineer) to inspect the network
environment to find out if there is any abnormal connection.
Information of IP traced and destination port used for SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP Flood
attacks will be detected and shown respectively on different pages.
Moreover, IP address detected and suspected to attack the network system can be blocked
shortly by clicking the Block button shown on pages of SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP Flood.
Info
The icon -
- means there is something wrong (e.g., attacking the
system) with that IP address.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
468
However, if an IP address is comfirmed to be blocked due to its abnormal behavior, click the
Blocking IP List tab to block it forever. For example, IP address “192.168.1.123” (displayed
on the following web page) will be blocked forever.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
White Passing IP List /
Black Blocking IP List
Type the IP address in this field and click Add. It will be added
to the IP List and appear in the right frame.
IP list in the right frame will be blocked by Vigor system
permanatly.
Remove – It is used to remove selected IP address from the
Blocking IP List.
Refresh Click this link to refresh current page.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
46
9
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
5
5
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
P
P
o
o
l
l
i
i
c
c
y
y
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
i
i
s
s
With the analysis done by such page, possible path (static route, routing table or policy route)
of the packets sent out of the router can be traced.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Mode Analyze a single packet – Choose such mode to make Vigor
router analyze how a single packet will be sent by a route
policy.
Analyze multiple packets… - Choose such mode to make Vigor
router analyze how multiple packets in a specified file will be
sent by a route policy.
Packet Information Specify the nature of the packets to be analyzed by Vigor
router.
ICMP/UDP/TCP/ANY- Specify a protocol for diagnosis.
Src IP – Type an IP address as the source IP.
Dst IP – Type an IP address as the destination IP.
Dst Port – Use the drop down list to specify the destination
port.
Analyze – Click it to perform the job of analyzing. The
analyzed result will be shown on the page..
Input File It is available when Analyze multiple packets.. is selected as
Mode.
Select – Click the download link to get a blank example file.
Then, click such button to select that blank “.csv” file for
saving the result of analysis.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
470
Analyze – Click it to perform the job of analyzing. The
analyzed result will be shown on the page. If required, click
export analysis to export the result as a file.
Note that the analysis was based on the current
"load-balance/route policy" settings, we do not guarantee it
will be 100% the same as the real case.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
471
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status.
1. Check the power line and WLAN/LAN cable connections.
Refer to “I-2 Hardware Installation” for details.
2. Turn on the router. Make sure the Activity LED blink once per second and the
correspondent LAN LED is bright.
3. If not, it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status. Simply back to
“I-2 Hardware Installation” to execute the hardware installation again. And then, try
again.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
472
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
o
o
n
n
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings. After trying
the above section, if the link is stilled failed, please do the steps listed below to make sure
the network connection settings is OK.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
Info
The example is based on Windows 7. As to the examples for other operation
systems, please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in
www.DrayTek.com.
1. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Control Panel. Click Network and Sharing
Center.
2. In the following window, click Change adapter settings.
3. Icons of network connection will be shown on the window. Right-click on Local Area
Connection and click on Properties.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
473
4. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP) and then click Properties.
5. Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address
automatically. Finally, click OK.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
474
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
1. Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Network.
3. On the Network screen, select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
475
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
The default gateway IP address of the router is 192.168.1.1. For some reason, you might need
to use “ping” command to check the link status of the router. The most important thing is
that the computer will receive a reply from 192.168.1.1. If not, please check the IP
address of your computer. We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP
automatically. (Please refer to the previous section IX-3)
Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
1. Open the Command Prompt window (from Start menu> Run).
2. Type command (for Windows 95/98/ME) or cmd (for Windows NT/ 2000/XP/Vista/7).
The DOS command dialog will appear.
3. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “Reply from
192.168.1.1:bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=255 will appear.
4. If the line does not appear, please check the IP address setting of your computer.
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
(
(
T
T
e
e
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
a
a
l
l
)
)
1. Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Utilities.
3. Double click Terminal. The Terminal window will appear.
4. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “64 bytes from
192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=xxxx ms” will appear.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
476
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
47
7
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
I
I
S
S
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
a
a
r
r
e
e
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
If WAN connection cannot be up, check if the LEDs (according to the LED explanations listed
on section 1.2) are correct or not. If the LEDs are off, please:
Change the Physical Type from Auto negotiation to other values (e.g., 100M full duplex).
Next, check if the LEDs on Vigor router are on or not.
If not, please install an additional switch for connecting both Vigor router and the modem
offered by ISP. Then, check if the LEDs on Vigor router are on or not.
If the problem of LEDs cannot be solved by the above measures, please contact with the
nearest reseller, or send an e-mail to DrayTek FAE for technical support.
Check if the settings offered by ISP are configured well or not.
When the LEDs are on and correct, yet the WAN connection still cannot be up, please:
Open WAN >> Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set
correctly. Click Details Page of WAN1 to review the settings that you configured
previously.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
478
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
6
6
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
F
F
a
a
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
y
y
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
N
N
e
e
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
r
r
y
y
Sometimes, a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings. Try to
reset the router by software or hardware. Such function is available in Admin Mode only.
Info
After pressing factory default setting, you will loose all settings you did
before. Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing.
The password of factory default is null.
S
S
o
o
f
f
t
t
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
You can reset the router to factory default via Web page. Such function is available in Admin
Mode only.
Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page. The following screen
will appear. Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. After few
seconds, the router will return all the settings to the factory settings.
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
While the router is running (ACT LED blinking), press the Factory Reset button and hold for
more than 5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly, please release the button.
Then, the router will restart with the default configuration.
After restore the factory default setting, you can configure the settings for the router again
to fit your personal request.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
47
9
V
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
7
7
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
T
T
e
e
k
k
If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts, please contact your dealer
for further help right away. For any questions, please feel free to send e-mail to
support@DrayTek.com.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
480
A
A
p
p
p
p
e
e
n
n
d
d
i
i
x
x
I
I
:
:
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
Virtual Local Area Network is so-called VLAN. It offers the logical grouping technique to
separate the physical ports of Ethernet switches, thus we can manage our local network
easier, more flexible and secure. For instance, you’re a networking administrator in your
company and you’re planning to isolate the visitors’ traffics from your private network for
security considerations because you cannot ensure that visitors’ computer is clean. Or you
want to separate your private network into several parts by divisions because there are too
many computers in the same network segment and it results in the local traffics heavily.
VLAN helps you to solve these situations, and DrayTek’s products support bellow two popular
types:
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
-
-
b
b
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
It uses a matrix table of the physical ports to define the traffics how to exchange between
each port, and the traffics will be isolated from the ports are not being ticked in the same
line. It is the easiest way to setup an isolate network, but not a flexible way to maintain a
growing network. Because the idea of port-based VLAN is grouping by physical ports, but the
difficulty is how to handle the traffics between two or more Ethernet switches. Thus, VLAN is
suitable for some circumstances, for example, the rental apartment, SOHO office…and so on.
These clients may need two or three isolated networks only and setup a network in a simple
way.
T
T
a
a
g
g
-
-
b
b
a
a
s
s
e
e
d
d
The idea of tag-based VLAN is to identify a virtual LAN with a specific ID, therefore, VLAN ID
introduced by tag-based VLAN. Through VLAN ID, ports with different VID (VLAN ID) will be
identified as in different LANs, so the traffics also will be isolated from each of VLANs. Many
administrators who manage an enterprise network or even the internet service providers (ISP)
adopt Tag-based VLAN popularly because it is convenient to maintain and manage a
distributed network. Setting a large-scale network is easy by giving each of them with
different VID and isolating the traffics at the same time. Besides the VLAN ID, there is another
feature, Trunk, introduced. While the role of a port on an Ethernet switch is setup as a Trunk
port, it means the VLAN ID will be kept while forwarding the packets between switches. By
this feature, VLANs are able to distribute over two or more Ethernet switches easily,
moreover design a large and secured network is possible through Trunk port. When VLAN is
being enabled on Vigor routers, the LAN ports are being turned into Trunk mode automatically.
Therefore, a VLAN supported switch, like VigorSwitch G2260/P2261, or VigorSwitch G1240, is
needed.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
481
Vigor routers
[Note]
support Tag-based feature both on LAN and WAN interfaces. The next we’ll
demonstrate our web design and how to configure the settings by introducing the
functionalities of Vigor router.
[Note]
Broadband router: Vigor2920/Vigor3200/Vigor2133/Vigo2960/Vigor3900
Modem router: Vigor2850/Vigor2133
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
s
s
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
Trunk mode of LAN
Trunk Port can carry the packets with VID but replace the Non-VID packet as the VID of Trunk
port while forwarding the packets to another switch.
Bridge mode of WAN
P1 and P2 are doing NAT flow to access to the internet, but P3 and P4 will forward the packets
between WAN and LAN ports directly.
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
So far, there are two kinds of open system on Vigor router. One is DrayOS, which is DrayTek
owned, and another is Linux-like which customized by DrayTek from OpenWRT. Here DrayOS
system is going to be introduced to you because it is the most stable and superfast booting
system in DrayTek products. If the UI style of yours is different from the following. It may not
DrayOS system with new web style or maybe the Linux-like model.
WAN
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
482
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
483
LAN
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
a
a
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
n
n
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
Multi Subnet (VLAN of LAN)
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
484
Port-based mode
Tag-based mode
By above settings, there are four private networks will be created and computers attached
with each of LAN ports or SSIDs which are able to obtain a private IP address from each
DHCP server (LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4). However, the traffics of the LAN port or SSID that
are NOT being grouped in the same VLAN are unable to forward to each other. The benefit
of Port-based is able to extend the wired ports by installing a cheaper dumb switch as
many as you need, but Tag-based offers you a flexible and well-managed network. The
networks are isolated, secured and reduce the broadcasting storm effectively in each of
networks with VLAN.
Guest Network
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
485
Port-based mode
Tag-based mode
To deploy a guest network, which serves your guests the internet accessibility, but the
traffics have to be isolated from your private network due to the security considerations,
it can be done by above settings. However, a switch support VLAN function is need if VLAN
Tag enabled.
Triple Play (Multi-WAN)
NAT mode with VLAN
Following settings, the set-top box (STB) is able to attach with any LAN port. Video
streaming which your ISP provided will be played on your monitor.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
486
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
48
7
Bridge mode with VLAN
Set-top box (STB) or the other kinds of media devices are able to attach with Port4 or
Port5 of LAN. Those devices that attached with Port4 or Port5 are able to access the
services network directly which your ISP provided.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
488
This page is left blank.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
48
9
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
X
X
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
s
s
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
490
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
o
o
f
f
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
This chapter also gives you a general description for accessing telnet and describes the
firmware versions for the routers explained in this manual.
Info
For Windows 7 user, please make sure the Windows Features of Telnet
Client has been turned on under Control Panel>>Programs.
Type cmd and press Enter. The Telnet terminal will be open later.
In the following window, type Telnet 192.168.1.1 as below and press Enter. Note that the IP
address in the example is the default address of the router. If you have changed the default,
enter the current IP address of the router.
Next, type admin/admin for Account/Password. Then, type ?. You will see a list of
valid/common commands depending on the router that your use.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
491
For users using previous Windows system (e.g., 2000/XP), simply click Start >> Run and type
Telnet 192.168.1.1 in the Open box as below. Next, type admin/admin for
Account/Password. And, type ? to get a list of valid/common commands.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
p
p
r
r
o
o
f
f
Commands under CSM allow you to set CSM profile to define policy profiles for different policy
of IM (Instant Messenger)/P2P (Peer to Peer) application.
“csm appe prof “ is used to configure the APP Enforcement Profile name. Such profile will be
applied in Default Rule of Firewall>>General Setup for filtering.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm appe prof -i INDEX [-v | -n NAME|setdefault]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
- v It means to view the configuration of the CSM profile.
- n It means to set a name for the CSM profile.
NAME It means to specify a name for the CSM profile, less then 15
characters.
setdefault Reset to default settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe prof -i 1 -n games
The name of APPE Profile 1 was setted.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
It is used to configure group settings for IM/P2P/Protocol and Others in APP Enforcement
Profile.
csm appe set -i INDEX [-v GROUP| -e AP_IDX | -d AP_IDX]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX Specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
- v View the IM/P2P/Protocol and Others configuration of the CSM
profile.
-e Enable to block specific application.
-d Disable to block specific application.
GROUP Specify the category of the application. Available options are: IM,
P2P, Protocol and Others.
AP_IDX Each application has independent index number for identification in
CLI command.
Specify the index number of the application here. If you have no
idea of the inex number, do the following (Take IM as an example):
Type “csm appe set –I 1 –v IM”, the system will list all of the index
numbers of the applications categorized under IM.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe set -i 1 -e 1
Profile 1 - : AIM is enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
493
It is used to display group (IM/P2P/Protocol and Others) information APP Enforcement Profile.
csm appe show [-a|-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a View the configuration status for All groups.
-i View the configuration status of IM group.
-p View the configuration status of P2P group.
-t View the configuration status of protocol group.
-m View the configuration status of Others group.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>csm appe show -t
Type Index Name Version Advance
Advanced Option: (M)essage, (F)ile Transfer, (G)ame, (C)onference, and (O)ther
Activities
-------------------------------------------------------------
PROTOCOL 52 DB2
PROTOCOL 53 DNS
PROTOCOL 54 FTP
PROTOCOL 55 HTTP 1.1
PROTOCOL 56 IMAP 4.1
PROTOCOL 57 IMAP STARTTLS 4.1
PROTOCOL 58 IRC 2.4.0 …………
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
It is used to display the configuration status (enabled or disabled) for IM/P2P/Protocol/Other
applications.
csm appe config -v INDEX [-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX Specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
-i View the configuration status of IM group.
-p View the configuration status of P2P group.
-t View the configuration status of protocol group.
-m View the configuration status of Others group.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe config -v 1 -m
Group Type Index Name Enable A
vance Enable
Advance abbreviation: Message, File Transfer, Game, Conference, and Other
Advance abbreviation: : M, F, G, C, and O
-------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHERS TUNNEL 75 DNSCrypt Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 76 DynaPass Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 77 FreeU Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 78 HTTP Proxy Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 79 HTTP Tunnel Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 80 Hamachi Disable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
494
OTHERS TUNNEL 81 Hotspot Shield Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 82 MS Teredo Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 83 PGPNet Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 84 Ping Tunnel Disable
.
.
.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 66 APPs
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
It is used to configure APPE signature download interface.
csm appe interface [AUTO/WAN#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
AUTO Vigor router specifies WAN interface automatically.
WAN Specify the WAN interface for signature downloading.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe interface wan1
Download interface is set as "WAN1" now.
> csm appe interface auto
Download interface is set as "auto-selected" now.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
495
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
e
e
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
It is used to set notification e-mail for APPE signature based on the settings configured in
System Maintenance>>SysLog/Mail Alert Setup (in which, the box of APPE Signature is
checkd under Enable E-Mail Alert).
csm appe email [-e|-d|-s]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
-e Enable notification e-mail mechanism.
-d Disable notification e-mail mechanism.
-s Send an example e-mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe email -e
Enable APPE email.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
It is used to configure settings for URL control filter profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf show
csm ucf setdefault
csm ucf msg MSG
csm ucf obj INDEX [-n PROFILE_NAME | -l [P|B|A|N] | uac | wf ]
csm ucf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm ucf obj INDEX -p VALUE
csm ucf obj INDEX -l P|B|A|N
csm ucf obj INDEX uac
csm ucf obj INDEX wf
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
show It means to display all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
msg MSG It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the message
itself.
obj It means to specify the object for the profile.
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
-n It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16 characters)
-p Set the priority (defined by the number specified in VALUE) for the
profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
496
VALUE Number 0 to 3 represent different conditions.
0: It means Bundle: Pass.
1: It means Bundle: Block.
2: It means Either: URL Access Control First.
3: It means Either: Web Feature First.
-l It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
uac It means to set URL Access Control part.
wf It means to set Web Feature part.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 -n game -l B
Profile Index: 1 Profile Name:[game]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
u
u
a
a
c
c
It means to configure the settings regarding to URL Access Control (uac).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -v
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -e
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -d
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -i E|D
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -o KEY_WORD_Object_Index
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -g KEY_WORD_Group_Index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the function of URL Access Control.
-d It means to disable the function of URL Access Control.
-a Set the action of specific application, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be
blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be passed.
-i Prevent the web access from any IP address.
E: Enable the function. The Internet access from any IP address will
be blocked.
D: Disable the function.
-o Set the keyword object.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
497
KEY_WORD_Object_Index Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Index Specify the index number of the group profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -i E
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
-----------------------------------------------
URL Access Control
[ ]Enable URL Access Control Action:[pass]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -a B
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
-----------------------------------------------
URL Access Control
[ ]Enable URL Access Control Action:[block]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
498
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
w
w
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to Web Feature (wf).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -v
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -e
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -d
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -s WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -u WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -f File_Extension_Object_index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the restriction of web feature.
-d It means to disable the restriction of web feature.
-a Set the action of web feature, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be passed.
-s It means to enable the the Web Feature configuration.
Features available for configuration are:
c: Cookie
p: Proxy
u: Upload
-u It means to cancel the web feature configuration.
-f It means to set the file extension object index number.
File_Extension_Object_inde
x
Type the index number (1 to 8) for the file extension object.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 wf -s c
-----------------------------------------------
Web Feature
[ ]Enable Restrict Web Feature Action:[pass]
File Extension Object Index : [0] Profile Name : []
[V] Cookie [ ] Proxy [ ] Upload
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
w
w
c
c
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to web control filter (wcf).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm wcf show
csm wcf look
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
49
9
csm wcf cache
csm wcf server WCF_SERVER
csm wcf msg MSG
csm wcf setdefault
csm wcf obj INDEX -v
csm wcf obj INDEX -a P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm wcf obj INDEX -l N|P|B|A
csm wcf obj INDEX -o KEY_WORD Object Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -g KEY_WORD Group Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -w E|D|P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -s CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
csm wcf obj INDEX -u CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to display the web content filter profiles.
Look It means to display the license information of WCF.
Cache It means to set the cache level for the profile.
Server WCF_SERVER It means to set web content filter server.
Msg MSG It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the message
itself.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
obj It means to specify the object profile.
INDEX It means to specify the index number of web content filter profile,
from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the web content filter profile.
-a Set the action of web content filter profile, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be passed.
-n It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16 characters)
-l It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
-o Set the keyword object.
KEY_WORD_Object_Index Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Index Specify the index number of the group profile.
-w It means to set the action for the black and white list.
E:Enable,
D:Disable,
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
500
P:Pass,
B:Block
-s It means to choose the items under CATEGORY or WEB_GROUP.
-u It means to discard items under CATEGORY or WEB_GROUP.
WEB_GROUP Child_Protection, Leisure, Business, Chating, Computer Internet,
Other
CATEGORY Includes:
Alcohol & Tobacco, Criminal Activity, Gambling, Hate & Intoleranc,
Illegal Drug, Nudity, Pornography/Sexually Explicit, Weapons,
Violence, School Cheating,Sex Education, Tasteless, Child Abuse
Imges, Entertainment, Games, Sports, Travel, Leisure & Recreation,
Fashin & Beauty, Business, Job Search, Web-based Emai, Chat,
Instant Messaging, Anonymizers, Forums & Newsgroups, Computers
& Technology, Download Sites, Streaming Media & Downloads,
Phishing & Fraud, Search Engines & Portals, Social Networking,
Spam Sites,Malware, Botnets, Hacking, Illegal Software,
Information Security,Peer-to-eer, Advertisements & Pop-Ups, Arts,
Transportation, Compromised, Dating & Personals, , Education,
Finance, Government,Health & Medcine, News, Non-profits &
NGOs, Personal Sites,Politics, Real Estate, Rligion, Restaurants &
Dining,Shopping, Translators, General, Cults,Greetig cards, Image
Sharing, Network Errors, Parked Domains, Private IP Addresses)
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
501
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm wcf obj 1 -n test_wcf
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[test_wcf]
[]White/Black list
Action:[block]
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Action:[block]
Log:[block]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
child Protection Group:
[v]Alcohol & Tobacco [v]Criminal & Activity [v]Gambling
[v]Hate & Intolerance [v]Illegal Drug [v]Nudity
[v]Pornography & Sexually explicit [v]Violence [v]Weapons
[v]School Cheating [v]Sex Education [v]Tasteless
[v]Child Abuse Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
leisure Group:
[ ]Entertainment [ ]Games [ ]Sports
[ ]Travel [ ]Leisure & Recreation [ ]Fashion & Beauty
.
.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
d
d
n
n
s
s
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to DNS filter.
csm dnsf enable ON|OFF
csm dnsf syslog N|P|B|A
csm dnsf wcf [INDEX]
csm dnsf ucf [INDEX]
csm dnsf cachetime [CACHE_TIME]
csm dnsf blockpage show/on/off
csm dnsf profile_show
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -l N|P|B|A
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -w WCF_PROFILE
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -u UCF_PROFILE
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -c CACHE_TIME
csm dnsf profile_setdefault
csm dnsf local_bw [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
502
Parameter Description
enable Enable or disable DNS Filter.
ON: enable.
OFF: disable.
syslog Determine the content of records transmitting to Syslog.
P: Pass. Records for the packets passing through DNS filter will be
sent to Syslog.
B: Block. Records for the packets blocked by DNS filter will be
sent to Syslog.
A: All. Records for the packets passing through or blocked by DNS
filter will be sent to Syslog.
N: None. No record will be sent to Syslog.
wcf [INDEX] set WCF for DNS Filter Local Setting
ucf [INDEX] set UCF for DNS Filter Local Setting
service WCF_PROFILE WCF_PROFILE: Specify a WCF profile as the base of DNS filtering.
Type a number to indicate the index number of WCF profile (1 is
first profile, 2 is second profile, and so on ...).
cachetime [CACHE_TIME] CACHE_TIME: It means to set the time for cache to live (available
values are 1 to 24; 1 is one hour, 2 is two hours, and so on ...) for
DNS filter.
blockpage DNS sends block page for redirect port. When a web page is
blocked by DNS filter, the router system will send a message page
to describe that the page is not allowed to be visisted.
ON: Enable the function of displaying message page.
OFF: Disable the function of displaying message page.
SHOW: Display the function of displaying message page is ON or
OFF.
profile_show Display the table of the DNS filter profile.
profile_edit Modify the content of the DNS filter profile.
-n PROFILE_NAME PROFILE_NAME: Type the name of the DNS filter profile that you
want to modify.
-l N|P|B|A Specify the log type of the profile.
P: Pass.
B: Block.
A: All.
N: None.
-w WCF_PROFILE WCF_PROFILE: Type the index number of the WCF profile.
-u UCF_PROFILE UCF_PROFILE: Type the index number of the UCF profile.
-c CACHE_TIME -c means to set the cache time for DNS filter.
CACHE_TIME: It means to set the time for cache to live (available
values are 1 to 24; 1 is one hour, 2 is two hours, and so on ...) for
DNS filter.
local_bw [value] Enable /disable the Black/White List.
e: Enable Black/White List.
d: Disable Black/White List.
p: Pass action.
b: Block action.
a [type index][START_IP][END/MASK_IP]: Set address type
(0=mask, 1=single, 2=any, 3=range, 4=group).
g [item number][group index]: select group index (1 ~ 192) for
group and objects type.
o [item number][object index]: select object index (1~ 32) for
group and objects type.
s: show config setting
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
503
c: clear config and reset to default setting
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm dnsf enable ON
DNS Filter enable!
> csm dns profile_edit 1 -n Plant_1
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[Plant_1]
Log:[none]
WCF Profile Index: 0
UCF Profile Index: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
Displays the DDNS log.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ddns log
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
Sets and displays the DDNS time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ddns time <update in minutes>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Update in minutes Type the value as DDNS time. The range is from 1 to 14400.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ddns time
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1440
> ddns time 1000
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to configure the settings for DoS defense system.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
dos [-V | D | A]
dos [-s ATTACK_F [THRESHOLD][ TIMEOUT]]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
504
dos [-a | e [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0] | d [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to view the configuration of DoS defense system.
-D It means to deactivate the DoS defense system.
-A It means to activate the DoS defense system.
-s It means to enable the defense function for a specific attack and set
its parameter(s).
ATTACK_F It means to specify the name of flooding attack(s) or portscan, e.g.,
synflood, udpflood, icmpflood, or postscan.
THRESHOLD It means the packet rate (packet/second) that a flooding attack will
be detected. Set a value larger than 20.
TIMEOUT It means the time (seconds) that a flooding attack will be blocked.
Set a value larger than 5.
-a It means to enable the defense function for all attacks listed in
ATTACK_0.
-e It means to enable defense function for a specific attack(s).
ATTACK_0 It means to specify a name of the following attacks: ip_option,
tcp_flag, land, teardrop, smurf, pingofdeath, traceroute,
icmp_frag, syn_frag, unknow_proto, fraggle.
-d It means to disable the defense function for a specific attack(s).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>dos –A
The Dos Defense system is Activated
>dos –s synflood 50 10
Synflood is enabled! Threshold=50 <pke/sec> timeout=10 <pke/sec>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
e
e
x
x
i
i
t
t
Type this command will leave telnet window.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure detailed settings for WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
internet [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<command><parameter>|…] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 3)
n=0: Offline
n=1: PPPoE
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
505
n=2: Dynamic IP
n=3: Static IP
n=4: PPTP with Dynamic IP,
n=5: PPTP with Static IP,
n=6: L2TP with Dynamic IP
n=7: L2TP with Static IP
n=A: 3G/4G USB Modem(PPP mode)
n=B: 3G/4G USB Modem(DHCP mode
-S <isp name> It means to set ISP Name (max. 23 characters).
-P <on/off> It means to enable PPPoE Service.
-u <username> It means to set username (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-p <password> It means to set password (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-a n It means to set PPP Authentication Type and n means different
types (represented by 0-1).
n=0: PAP/CHAP (this is default setting)
n=1: PAP Only
-t n It means to set connection duration and n means different
conditions.
n=-1: Always-on
n=1 ~ 999: Idle time for offline (default 180 seconds)
-i <ip address> It means that PPPoE server will assign an IP address specified here
for CPE (PPPoE client).
If you type 0.0.0.0 as the <ip address>, ISP will assign suitable IP
address for you. However, if you type an IP address here, the router
will use that one as a fixed IP.
-w <ip address> It means to assign WAN IP address for such connection. Please type
an IP address here for WAN port.
-n <netmask> It means to assign netmask for WAN connection. You have to type
255.255.255.xxx (x is changeable) as the netmask for WAN port.
-g <gateway> It means to assign gateway IP for such WAN connection.
-s <server ip> Set PPTP/L2TP Server IP.
<server ip>= ppp.qqq.rrr.sss: PPTP/L2TP server IP
-A <idx> Set to Always On mode, and <idx> as backup WAN#.
-B <mode> Set to Backup mode;
<mode> 0: When any WAN disconnect; 1: When all WAN disconnect.
-V It means to view Internet Access profile.
-C <sim pin code> Set SIM PIN code (max. 15 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-O <init string> Set Modem Initial String (max. 47 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-T <init string2> Set Modem Initial String2 (max. 47 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-D <dial string> Set Modem Dial String (max. 31 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-v <service name> Set Service Name (max. 23 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-m <ppp username> Set PPP Username (max. 63 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-o <ppp password> Set PPP Password (max. 62 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-e n Set PPP Authentication Type for USB PPP mode.
n= 0: PAP/CHAP (default),
1: PAP Only
-q n Set the first schedule for USB PPP mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
506
-x n Set the second schedule for USB PPP mode.
-y n Set the third schedule for USB PPP mode.
-z n Set the fourth schedule for USB PPP mode.
-Q <mode> Set (PPP mode or DHCP mode) WAN Connection Detection Mode.
<mode>
0: ARP Detect;
1: Ping Detect
-I <ping ip> Set (PPP mode or DHCP mode) WAN Connection Detection Ping IP for
USB DHCP or PPP mode.
<ping ip>= ppp.qqq.rrr.sss: WAN Connection Detection Ping IP
-L n Set WAN Connection Detection TTL (1-255) value for USB PPP mode.
-E <sim pin code> Set SIM PIN code (max. 19 characters) for USB DHCP mode.
-G <mode> Set Network Mode for USB DHCP mode.
<mode>
0: 4G/3G/2G;
1: 4G Only;
2: 3G Only;
3: 2G Only
-N <apn name> Set APN Name (max. 47 characters) for USB DHCP mode.
-U n Set MTU(1000-1440) for USB DHCP mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>internet -M 1 -S tcom -u username -p password -a 0 -t -1 -i 0.0.0.0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 ISP Name set to tcom
WAN1 Username set to username
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
WAN1 Idle timeout set to always-on
WAN1 Gateway IP set to 0.0.0.0
> internet -V
WAN1 Internet Mode:PPPoE
ISP Name: tcom
Username: username
Authentication: PAP/CHAP
Idle Timeout: -1
WAN IP: Dynamic IP
> internet -M 1 -u link1 -p link1 -a 0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 Username set to link1
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable or disable the public subnet for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubsubnet <Enable/Disable>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
50
7
Parameter Description
Enable Enable the function.
Disable Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubsubnet enable
public subnet enabled!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows to set the IP routed subnet for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubaddr ?
ip pubaddr <public subnet IP address>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the public subnet IP
address.
public subnet IP address Specify an IP address. The system will set the one that you specified
as the public subnet IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubaddr ?
% ip addr <public subnet IP address>
% Now: 192.168.0.1
> ip pubaddr 192.168.2.5
% Set public subnet IP address done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set the mask for IP routed subnet of your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubmask ?
ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the public subnet
mask.
public subnet IP address Specify a subnet mask. The system will set the one that you
specified as the public subnet mask.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubmask ?
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
508
% ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
% Now: 255.255.255.0
> ip pubmask 255.255.0.0
% Set public subnet mask done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
u
u
x
x
This command is used for configuring WAN IP Alias.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
ip aux remove [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to create a new WAN IP address.
remove It means to delete an existed WAN IP address.
IP It means the auxiliary WAN IP address.
Join to NAT Pool 0 (disable) or 1 (enable).
index Type the index number of the table displayed on your screen.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip aux add 192.168.1.65 1
% 192.168.1.65 has added in index 2.
DrayTek> ip aux ?
%% ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
%% ip aux remove [Index]
%% Where IP = Auxiliary WAN IP Address.
%% Join to NAT Pool = 0 or 1.
%% Index = The Index number of table.
Now auxiliary WAN1 IP Address table:
Index no. Status IP address NAT IP pool
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 Yes
2 Enable 192.168.1.65 Yes
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
50
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set/add a specified LAN IP your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip addr [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip addr 192.168.50.1
% Set IP address OK !!!
Info
When the LAN IP address is changed, the start IP address of DHCP server are
still the same. To make the IP assignment of the DHCP server being
consistent with this new IP address (they should be in the same network
segment), the IP address of the PC must be fixed with the same LAN IP
address (network segment) set by this command for accessing into the web
user interface of the router. Later, modify the start addresses for the DHCP
server.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set/add a specified netmask for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip nmask [IP netmask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP netmask It means the netmask of LAN IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip nmask 255.255.0.0
% Set IP netmask OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
r
r
p
p
ARP displays the matching condition for IP and MAC address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip arp add [IP address] [MAC address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp del [IP address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp flush
ip arp status
ip arp accept [0/1/2/3/4/5/status]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
510
ip arp setCacheLife [time]
In which, arp add allows users to add a new IP address into the ARP table; arp del allows users
to remove an IP address; arp flush allows users to clear arp cache; arp status allows users to
review current status for the arp table; arp accept allows to accept or reject the source
/destination MAC address; arp setCacheLife allows users to configure the duration in which
ARP caches can be stored on the system. If ip arp setCacheLife is set with “60”, it means you
have an ARP cache at 0 second. Sixty seconds later without any ARP messages received, the
system will think such ARP cache is expired. The system will issue a few ARP request to see if
this cache is still valid.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
MAC address It means the MAC address of your router.
LAN or WAN It indicates the direction for the arp function.
0/1/2/3/4/5 0: disable to accept illegal source mac address
1: enable to accept illegal source mac address
2: disable to accept illegal dest mac address
3: enable to accept illegal dest mac address
4: Decline VRRP mac into arp table
5: Accept VRRP mac into arp table
status: display the setting status.
Time Available settings will be 10, 20, 30,....2550 seconds.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip arp accept status
Accept illegal source mac arp: disable
Accept illegal dest mac arp: disable
Accept VRRP mac into arp table: disable
> ip arp status
[ARP Table]
Index IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name
1 192.168.1.113 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE A1000351
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
This command is available for WAN DHCP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dhcpc option
ip dhcpc option -h|l
ip dhcpc option -d [idx]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -v [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] –x [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] –a [option value]
ip dhcpc option -u [idx unmber]
ip dhcpc release [wan number]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
511
ip dhcpc renew [wan number]
ip dhcpc status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option It is an optional setting for DHCP server.
-h: display usage
-l: list all custom set DHCP options
-d: delete custom dhcp client option by index number
-e: enable/disable option feature, 1:enable, 0:disable
-w: set WAN number (e.g., 1=WAN1)
-c: set option number: 0~255
-v: set option value by string
-x: set option value by raw byte (hex)
-u: update by index number
release It means to release current WAN IP address.
renew It means to renew the WAN IP address and obtain another new one.
status It displays current status of DHCP client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip dhcpc option -e 1 -w 1/2 -c 18 -v /path1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows users to ping IP address of WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5 for verifying
if the WAN connection is OK or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip ping [IP address] [AUTO/WAN1/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5] [Source IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the WAN IP address.
AUTO/WAN1/PVC3/PVC4/PVC
5
It means the WAN port /PVC that the above IP address passes
through.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip ping 192.168.1.1 AUTO
Pinging 192.168.1.1 with 64 bytes of Data through LAN
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1msReceive reply from 192.168.1.1,
time<1ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 (0% loss)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
512
This command allows users to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip tracert [Host/IP address] [WAN1/WAN2/WAN3] [Udp/Icmp]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the target IP address.
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 It means the WAN port that the above IP address passes through.
Udp/Icmp It means the UDP or ICMP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip tracert 22.128.2.62 WAN1
Traceroute to 22.128.2.62, 30 hops max
1 172.16.3.7 10ms
2 172.16.1.2 10ms
3 Request Time out.
4 168.95.90.66 50ms
5 211.22.38.134 50ms
6 220.128.2.62 50ms
Trace complete
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to access specified device by telnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip telnet [IP address][Port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address Type the WAN or LAN IP address of the remote device.
Port Type a port number (e.g., 23).
Available settings: 0 ~65535.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip telnet 172.17.3.252 23
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip rip [0/1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
513
0/1/2 0 means disable; 1 means first subnet and 2 means second
subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip rip 1
%% Set RIP LAN1.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
514
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of WAN IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip wanrip [ifno] -e [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1: WAN1, 3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
Note: PVC3 ~PVC5 are virtual WANs.
-e It means to disable or enable RIP setting for specified WAN
interface.
1: Enable the function of setting RIP of WAN IP.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[6] Rip Protocol enable
> ip wanrip 5 -e 1
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol enable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol enable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
515
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to set static route.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip route add [dst] [netmask][gateway][ifno][rtype]
ip route del [dst] [netmask][rtype]
ip route status
ip route cnc
ip route default [off/?]
ip route clean [1/0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to add an IP address as static route.
del It means to delete specified IP address.
dst It means the IP address of the destination.
netmask It means the netmask of the specified IP address.
gateway It means the gateway of the connected router.
ifno It means the connection interface.
3=WAN1
rtype It means the type of the route.
default : default route;
static: static route.
Rip: rip.
status It means current status of static route.
cnc It means current IP range for CNC Network.
default Set WAN1/WAN2/off as current default route.
clean Clean all of the route settings.
1: Enable the function.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.2.4 3 static
> ip route status
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, * - default, ~ - private
C~ 192.168.1.0/ 255.255.255.0 is directly connected, LAN1
S 172.16.2.0/ 255.255.255.0 via 172.16.2.4, WAN1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
516
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
p
p
r
r
o
o
x
x
y
y
This command allows users to enable/disable igmp proxy server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip igmp_proxy set
ip igmp_proxy reset
ip igmp_proxy wan
ip igmp_proxy query
ip igmp_proxy ppp [0/1]
ip igmp_proxy status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set It means to enable proxy server.
reset It means to disable proxy server.
wan It means to specify WAN interface for IGMP service.
t_home It means to specify t_home proxy server for using.
On/off/show/help It means to turn on/off/display or get more information of the
T_home service.
query It means to set IGMP general query interval.
The default value is 125000 ms.
ppp 0 – No need to set IGMP with PPP header.
1 – Set IGMP with PPP header.
status It means to display current status for proxy server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp_proxy query 130000
This command is for setting IGMP General Query Interval
The default value is 125000 ms
Current Setting is:130000 ms
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
s
s
n
n
o
o
o
o
p
p
This command allows users to enable or disable IGMP snoop function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip igmp_snoop enable
ip igmp_snoop disable
ip igmp_snoop status
ip igmp_snoop txquery
ip igmp_snoop chkleave
ip igmp_snoop separate
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
517
enable It means to enable igmp snoop function
disable It means to disable igmp snoop function.
status It means to display current igmp configuration.
txquery It means to send out IGMP QUERY to LAN periodically.
chkleave It means to check the leave status.
On: enable the IGMP snoop leave checking function.
Off: it will drop LEAVE if still clients on the same group.
separate It means to set IGMP packets being separated by NAT/Bridge.
On: The packets will be separated.
Off: The packets will not be separated by NAT/Bridge.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp_snoop enable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Enabled.
> ip igmp_snoop disable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Disabled.
> ip igmp_snoop separate ?
% ip igmp separate [on/off]
igmp snoop seprate is ON now.
igmp packets will be separated by NAT/Bridge.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
518
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
Specify MAC address of certain device as the DMZ host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dmz [mac]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mac It means the MAC address of the device that you want to specify
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 00-00-00-00-00-00
> ip dmz 11-22-33-44-55-66
> ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 11-22-33-44-55-66
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
This command allows users to set DMZ mode.
ip dmzswitch off
ip dmzswitch private
ip dmzswitch active_trueip
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
off It means to turn off DMZ function.
private It means to set DMZ with private IP.
active_trueip It means to set the DMZ with active true IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip ip dmzswitch off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to set maximum session limit number for the specified IP; set
message for exceeding session limit and set how many seconds the IP session block works.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip session on
ip session off
ip session default [num]
ip session defaultp2p [num]
ip session status
ip session show
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
51
9
ip session timer [num]
ip session [block/unblock][IP]
ip session [add/del][IP1-IP2][num][p2pnum]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit.
Defautlp2p [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit for p2p.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all session limit settings in the IP range.
timer [num] It means to set when the IP session block works.
The unit is second.
[block/unblock][IP] It means to block/unblock the specified IP address.
Block: The IP cannot access Internet through the router.
Unblock: The specified IP can access Internet through the router.
add It means to add the session limits in an IP range.
del It means to delete the session limits in an IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
num It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 100.
p2pnum It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 50 for P2P.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip session default 100
> ip session add 192.168.1.5-192.168.1.100 100 50
> ip session on
> ip session status
IP range:
192.168.1.5 - 192.168.1.100 : 100
Current ip session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows users to set maximum bandwidth limit number for the specified IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bandwidth on
ip bandwidth off
ip bandwidth default [tx_rate][rx_rate]
ip bandwidth status
ip bandwidth show
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
520
ip bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2][tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the IP bandwidth limit.
off It means to turn off the IP bandwidth limit.
default [tx_rate][rx_rate] It means to set default tx and rx rate of bandwidth limit. The
range is from 0 – 65535 Kpbs.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all the bandwidth limits settings within the IP
range.
add It means to add the bandwidth within the IP range.
del It means to delete the bandwidth within the IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
tx It means to set transmission rate for bandwidth limit.
rx It means to set receiving rate for bandwidth limit.
shared It means that the bandwidth will be shared for the IP range.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bandwidth default 200 800
> ip bandwidth add 192.168.1.50-192.168.1.100 10 60
> ip bandwidth status
IP range:
192.168.1.50 - 192.168.1.100 : Tx:10K Rx:60K
Current ip Bandwidth limit is turn off
Auto adjustment is off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
m
m
a
a
c
c
This command allows users to set IP-MAC binding for LAN host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bindmac on
ip bindmac off
ip bindmac [strict_on][strict_off]
ip bindmac subnet [all/set LAN_Index/unset LAN_Index/clear/show]
ip bindmac show
ip bindmac add [IP][MAC][Comment]
ip bindmac del [IP]/all
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
521
on It means to turn on IP bandmac policy. Even the IP is not in the
policy table, it can still access into network.
off It means to turn off all the bindmac policy.
strict_on / strict_off It means that only those IP address in IP bindmac policy table can /
can not access into network.
subnet It means to set LAN subnet to bind strict mode.
show It means to display the IP address and MAC address of the pair of
binded one.
add It means to add one ip bindmac.
del It means to delete one ip bindmac.
IP It means to type the IP address for binding with specified MAC
address.
MAC It means to type the MAC address for binding with the IP address
specified.
Comment It means to type words as a brief description.
All It means to delete all the IP bindmac settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bindmac add 192.168.1.46 00:50:7f:22:33:55 just for test
> ip bindmac show
ip bind mac function is turned OFF
ip bind mac function is STRICT OFF
Show all IP Bind MAC entries.
IP : 192.168.1.46 bind MAC : 00-50-7f-22-33-55 HOST ID : (null)
Comment : just
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
522
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
m
m
a
a
x
x
n
n
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set the maximum number of NAT users.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip maxnatuser user no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
User no A number specified here means the total NAT users that Vigor router
supports.
0 – It means no limitation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip maxnatuser 100
% Max NAT user = 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
o
o
l
l
i
i
c
c
y
y
_
_
r
r
t
t
This command is used to set the IP policy route profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip policy_rt [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<command><parameter>|…] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
General Setup for Policy Route
-i [value] Specify an index number for setting policy route profile.
Value: 1 to 60. “-1” means to get a free policy index automatically.
-e [0/1] 0: Disable the selected policy route profile.
1: Enable the selected policy route profile.
-o [value] Determine the operation of the policy route.
Value:
add – Create a new policy rotue profile.
del – Remove an existed policy route profile.
edit – Modify an existed policy route profile.
flush – Reset policy route to default setting.
-1 [any/range] Specify the source IP mode.
Range: Indicate a range of IP addresses.
Any: It means any IP address will be treated as source IP address.
-2
[any/ip_range/ip_subnet/do
main]
Specify the destination IP mode.
Any: No need to specify an IP address for any IP address will be
treated as destination IP address.
ip_range: Indicates a range of IP addresses.
ip_subnet: Indicates the IP subnet.
domain: Indicates the domain name.
-3 [any/range] Specify the destination port mode.
Range: Indicate a range of port number.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
523
Any: It means any port number can be used as destination port.
-G [default/specific] Specify the gateway mode.
-L [default/specific] Specify the failover gateway mode.
-s [value] Indicate the source IP start.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.1.0)
-S [value] Indicate the source IP end.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g,
192.168.1.100)
-d [value] Indicate the destination IP start.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.2.0)
-D [value] Indicate the destination IP end.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g,
192.168.2.100)
-p [value] Indicate the destination port start.
Value: Type a number (1 ~ 65535) as the port start (e.g., 1000).
-P [value] Indicate the destination port end.
Value: Type a number (1 ~ 65535) as the port end (e.g., 2000).
-y [value] Indicate the priority of the policy route profile.
Value: Type a number (0 ~ 250). The default value is “150”.
-I [value] Indicate the interface specified for the policy route profile.
Value: Available interfaces include,
LAN1 ~ LAN4, IP_Routed_Subnet,
DMZ_Subnet,
WAN1 ~ WAN3,
VPN_PROFILE_1 ~ VPN_PROFILE_32,
WAN_1_IP_ALIAS_1 ~ WAN_2_IP_ALIAS_32
-g [value] Indicate the gateway IP address.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.3.1)
-l [value] Indicate the failover IP address.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.4.1)
-t [value]
It means “protocol”.
Value: Available settings include “TCP”, “UDP”, “TCP/UDP”, “ICMP”
and “Any”.
-n [0/1]
Indicates the function of “Force NAT”.
0: Disable the function.
1: Enable the function.
-a [0/1]
Indicates to enable the function of failover.
0: Disable the function.
1: Enable the function.
-f [value]
It means to specify the interface for failover.
Value: Avaialbe interfaces include,
NO_FAILOVER,
Default_WAN,
Policy1 ~ Policy10
LAN1 ~ LAN4
IP_Routed_Subnet,
VPN_PROFILE_1 ~ VPN_PROFILE_32,
WAN_1_IP_ALIAS_1 ~ WAN_2_IP_ALIAS_32
-b [value]
It means “failback”.
Value: Available settings include,
0: Disable the function of “failback”.
1: Enable the function of “failback”.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
524
-v: View current failback setting.
Diagnose for Policy Route
-s [value] It means “source IP”.
Value: Available settings include:
Any: It indicates any IP address can be used as source IP address.
“xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”: The type format (e.g, 192.168.1.0).
-d [value] It means “destination IP”.
Value : Available settings include:
Any: It indicates any IP address can be used as destination IP address.
“xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”: Specify an IP address.
-p [value] It means “destination port”.
Value: Specify a number or type Any (indicating any number).
-t [value] It means “protocol”.
Value: Available settings include “ICMP”, “TCP”, “UDP” and “Any”.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip policy_rt diagnose -s 192.168.1.100 -d any -p any -t ICMP
-------------------------------------------------
Matched Route (Priority)
-------------------------------------------------
* No_Match
-------------------------------------------------
Matched Policy (Priority)
-------------------------------------------------
* Policy_1 (200)
* Conclusion:The packet was dropped because the send-to interface of the
matched
> ip policy_rt -i -1 -o add -1 range -s 192.168.1.10 -S 192.168.1.20 -2
ip_range –d 202.211.100.10 -D 202.211.100.20 -g 202.211.100.1 -I WAN1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
l
l
a
a
n
n
D
D
N
N
S
S
R
R
e
e
s
s
This command is used to set LAN DNS profiles. With such feature, the user can configure some
services (such as ftp, www or database) with domain name which is easy to be accessed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip lanDNSRes [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
Parameter Description
-a <IP Address> It is used to configure IP address mapping (IPv4/IPv6 Address or
multiple subnet addresses).
IP Address: type the IP address (e.g., 192.168.1.56).
-c <CNAME> It is used to set CNAME for such profile.
-d <address mapping index
number>
It means to delete index number with address mapping configured.
address mapping index number : type the index number which
represents the address mapping profile.
-e <0/1> It means to enable or disable the function of LAN DNS or DNS
Forwarding Profile.
0: disable
1: enable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
525
-i <profile setting index
number>
It means to create LAN DNS profile with specified domain name.
profile setting index number : type the index number which
represents the profile with domain name configured.
-l It means to list detailed information of profile configuration.
> ip lanDNSRes -l
%
% Idx: 7
% State: Enable
% Profile: DrayTekFTP
% Domain Name: ftp.draytek.com
% -------- Address Mapping Table --------
% Idx ReplyOnlySameSubnet IP Address
% 1 Yes 172.16.2.10
% 2 Yes 172.16.3.10
% 3 Yes 172.16.4.10
-n<domain name> It means to specify a domain name to be accessed.
-p<profile name> It means to set name of the LAN DNS profile.
-r It means to clear specified domain name profile and the address
mapping setting.
-s<0/1> It means to determine all subnet packets or only the packets with
the same subnet will be replied for address mapping profile.
0: reply all subnet packets.
1: reply only same subnet packet.
-z It means to update LAN DNS configuration to DNS cache.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
% Configure Set1's DomainName:ftp.drayTek.com
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.2.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.3.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.4.10 -s 1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to set LAN DNS profile for conditional DNS forwarding.
ip dnsforward [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <IP Address> Set forwarded DNS server IP Address.
-d <DNS server mapping
index number>
Delete the selected LAN DNS profile.
-e <0/1> 0: disable such function.
1: enable such function.
-i <profile setting index
number>
Type the index number of the profile.
-l List the content of LAN DNS profile (including domain name, IP
address and message).
-n <domain name> Set domain name.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
526
-p <profile name> Set profile name for LAN DNS.
-r Reset the settings for selected profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
% Configure Set1's DomainName:ftp.drayTek.com
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -a 172.16.1.1
% Configure Set1's IP:172.16.1.1
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -l
% Idx: 1
% State: Disable
% Profile: test
% Domain Name: ftp.drayTek.com
% DNS Server IP: 172.16.1.1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set the IPv6 address for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 addr -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|..VPN32]
ip6 addr -d [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|..VPN32]
ip6 addr -a [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|...|VPN32#]
ip6 addr -v [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr –o [prefix] [prefix-length][WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr -l [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr - [p|b] [prefix] [prefix-length] [WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr -x [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr -c [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr -e [0/1/2] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a static ipv6 address.
-d It means to delete an ipv6 address.
-a It means to show current address(es) status.
-u It means to show only unicast addresses.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface# It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 addr -a
LAN
Unicast Address:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
527
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/64 (Link)
Multicast Address:
FF02::2
FF02::1:FF00:0
FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
q
q
_
_
o
o
p
p
t
t
This command is used to configure option-request settings for DHCPv6 client.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp req_opt [LAN1 ~LAN
4
|WAN1|WAN2|USB] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
req_opt It means option-request.
LAN1~4|WAN1|WAN2|USB It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-s It means to ask the SIP.
-S It means to ask the SIP name.
-d It means to ask the DNS setting.
-D It means to ask the DNS name.
-n It means to ask NTP.
-i It means to ask NIS.
-I It means to ask NIS name.
-p It means to ask NISP.
-P It means to ask NISP name.
-b It means to ask BCMCS.
-B It means to ask BCMCS name.
-r It means to ask refresh time.
Parameter 1: the parameter related to the request will be displayed.
0: the parameter related to the request will not be displayed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -S 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -r 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -a
% Interface WAN2 is set to request following DHCPv6 options:
% sip name
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
This command allows you to use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
528
ip6 dhcp client [WAN1|WAN2|USB] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
client It means the dhcp client settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-p [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Prefix Delegation.
-n [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Non-temporary
Address.
-t [time] It means to set solicit interval.
Time: 0 ~ seconds (default value is 0).
-c [parameter] It means to send rapid commit to server.
-I [parameter] It means to send information request to server.
-e[parameter] It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 client.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-m [parameter] It means to enable/disable server DUID set by Link layer and time.
-d It means to display the client DUID.
-A [parameter] It means to set authentication protocol.
0: Undefine
2: delayed protocol
-R [parameter] It means to set realm value (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-S [parameter] It means to set shared secret (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-K [parameter] It means to set key ID (1~65535) in delayed protocol.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –p 2008::1
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_PD whose IAID equals to 2008
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –n 1023456
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_NA whose IAID equals to 2008
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This command allows you to configure DHCPv6 server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp server [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
52
9
Parameter Description
server It means the dhcp server settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-b It means to show current DHCPv6 IP Assignment Table.
-n <name> It means to set a profile name.
-c<parameter> It means to send rapid commit to server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-e<parameter> It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-t <time> It means to set prefer lifetime.
-y <time> It means to set valid lifetime.
-u <time> It means to set T1 time.
-o <time> It means to set T2 time.
-i<pool_min_addr> It means to set the start IPv6 address of the address pool.
-x<pool_max_addr> It means to set the end IPv6 address of the address pool.
-r <1/0> It means to enable (1) or disable (0) auto_range.
-d<addr> It means to set the first DNS IPv6 address.
-D<addr> It means to set the second DNS IPv6 address.
-m<1/0> It means to enable(1) or disable (0) the server DUID set by Link
Layter and Time.
-q It means to set DNS domain search list.
-z<1/0> It means enable (1) or disable (0) the DHCP PD.
pdadd
<suffix><prefix_len><client
linklocal><client DUID>
It means to add PD node.
pddel <PD index> It means to delete PD node.
-A <parameter> It means to set authentication protocol.
0: Undefine
2: delayed protocol
3: Reconfigure key
- M <parameter> It means to set realm value (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-S <parameter> It means to set shared secret (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-K <parameter> It means to set key ID (1~65535) in delayed protocol.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp server -d FF02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -i ff02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -x ff02::3
> ip6 dhcp server -a
% Interface LAN has following DHCPv6 server settings:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
530
% DHCPv6 server disabled
% maximum address of the pool: FF02::3
% minimum address of the pool: FF02::1
% 1st DNS IPv6 Addr: FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure settings for accessing Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 internet [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-W n W means to set WAN interface and n means different selections.
Default is WAN1.
n=1: WAN1
n=2: WAN2
n=3: WAN3
.
.
n=X: WANx
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 5)
n= 0: Offline,
n=1: PPP,
n=2: TSPC,
n=3: AICCU,
n=4: DHCPv6,
n=5: Static
n=6: 6in4-Static
n=7: 6rd
-m n It means to set IPv6 MTU.
N = any value (0 means “unspecified”).
6rd
-C n It means to set 6rd connection mode.
n=0: Auto
n=1: Static
-s <server> It means to set 6rd IPv4 Border Relay.
-m n It means to set 6rd IPv4 address mask length.
-p <prefix> It means to set IPv6 prefix for 6rd connection.
-l n It means to set the prefix length for 6rd connection.
6in4
-s <server> It means to set 6in4 remote endpoint IPv4 address.
-I <IPv6 Addr> It means to set the IPv6 address for 6in4 connection.
-P n It means to set IPv6 WAN prefix length for 6in4 connection.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
531
-p <prefix> It means to set 6in4 LAN Routed Prefix.
-l n It means to set 6in4 LAN Routed Prefix length.
-T n It means to set 6in4 Tunnel TTL.
TSPC/AICCU
-u <username> It means to set Username (max. 63 characters).
-P <password> It means to set Password (max. 63 characters).
-s <server> It means to set Tunnel Server IP.
<server>= IPv4 Addr or URL (max. 63 characters)
AICCU
-p <prefix> It means to set Subnet Prefix (AICCU).
-l n It means to set Subnet Prefix length (AICCU).
-o It means to set AICCU always on. On = 1, Off = 0.
-f It means to set AICCU tunnel ID.
Static
-w <addr> It means to set Default Gateway.
Others
-d <server> It means to set 1st DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Addr
-D <server> It means to set 2nd DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Addr
-t <dhcp/ra/none> It means to set ipv6 PPP WAN test mode for DHCP or RA.
-V It means to view IPv6 Internet Access Profile.
-k It means to dial the Tunnel on the WAN.
-j It means to drop the Tunnel on the WAN.
-r n It means to set Prefix State Machine RA timeout.
-c n It means to set Prefix State Machine DHCPv6 Client timeout.
-q It means to set WAN detection mode (0:NS Detect, 1:Ping Detect,
2:Always On).
-z It means to set Ping Detect TTL (0-255).
-x It means to set Ping Detect Host (hostname or IPv6 address).
-i It means to set ipv6 connection interval (1500-60000 (unit:10ms)).
-b It means to enable DNSv6 based on DHCPv6. On = 1, Off = 0
-R It means to Enable RIPng. On = 1, Off = 0
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 internet -W 2 -M 2 -u 88886666 -p draytek123456 –s amsterdam.freenet6.net
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> system reboot
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
532
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to display IPv6 neighbour table.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 neigh -s[ inet6_addr] [eth_addr] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 neigh -d [inet6_addr] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 neigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a neighbour.
-d It means to delete a neighbour.
-a It means to show neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
eth_addr Type submask address.
LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB
Specify an interface for the neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s 2001:2222:3333::1111 00:50:7F:11:ac:22:WAN1
Neighbour 2001:2222:3333::1111 successfully added!
> ip6 neigh -a
I/F ADDR MAC STATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAN1 2001:2222:3333::1111 IN_TIMER
LAN4 :: NONE
LAN3 :: NONE
LAN1 :: NONE
LAN2 :: NONE
DMZ :: NONE
>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
533
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to add a proxy neighbour.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 pneigh -s inet6_addr [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 pneigh -d inet6_addr [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]]
ip6 pneigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a proxy neighbour.
-d It means to delete a proxy neighbour.
-a It means to show proxy neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
LAN|WAN1|WAN2 Specify an interface for the proxy neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 LAN1
% Neighbour FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 successfully added!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows you to set route for IPv6 connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 route -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [gateway] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|
USB|VPN1|...|VPN32] [-D]
ip6 route -d [prefix] [prefix-length]
ip6 route -a [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2| USB|VPN1|...|VPN32]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a route.
-d It means to delete a route.
-a It means to show the route status.
-D It means that such route will be treated as the default route.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
gateway It means the gateway of the router.
LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|
WAN2| USB|VPN1|...|VPN32
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 route -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500 16 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100 LAN1
% Route FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500/16 successfully added!
> ip6 route -a LAN1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
534
PREFIX/PREFIX-LEN I/F METRIC FLAG NEXT-HOP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
::0.0.0.1/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::21D:AAFF:FE00:0/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::/64 LAN1 256 U ::
FE80::/16 LAN1 1024 UGS
FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100
FF00::/8 LAN1 256 U ::
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows you to pin an IPv6 address or a host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 ping [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB] <send count>
<data_size]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
[LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB]
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ping 2001:4860:4860::8888 WAN1
Pinging 2001:4860:4860::8888 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <% loss>
>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
535
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tracert [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
[LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB]
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tracert 2001:4860:4860::8888
traceroute to 2001:4860:4860::8888, 30 hops max through protocol ICMP
1 2001:5C0:1400:B::10B8 340 ms
2 2001:4DE0:1000:A22::1 330 ms
3 2001:4DE0:A::1 330 ms
4 2001:4DE0:1000:34::1 340 ms
5 2001:7F8:1: :A501:5169:1 330 ms
6 2001:4860::1:0:4B3 350 ms
7 2001:4860::8:0:2DAF 330 ms
8 2001:4860::2:0:66
E
340 ms
9 Request timed out. *
10 2001:4860:4860::8888 350 ms
Trace complete.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
s
s
p
p
c
c
This command allows you to display TSPC status.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tspc [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
Ifno=1 (means WAN1)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tspc 1
Local Endpoint v4 Address : 111.243.177.223
Local Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b9
Router DNS name : 8886666.broker.freenet6.net
Remote Endpoint v4 Address :81.171.72.11
Remote Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b8
Tspc Prefixlen : 56
Tunnel Broker: Amsterdam.freenet.net
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
536
Status: Connected
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
a
a
d
d
v
v
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable RADVD server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Ip6 radvd <LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4> [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
ip6 radvd –V
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-s It means to enable or disable the default lifetime of the RADVD
server.
1: Enable the RADVD server.
0: Disable the RADVD server.
-D <0/1/2> It means to set RDNSS Disable/Enable/Deploy when WAN is up.
-d <lifetme> It means to set RA default lifetime.
-i <lifetme> It means to set RA min interval time(sec).
-I <lifetme> It means to set RA MAX interval time(sec).
-h <hoplimit> It means to set RA hop limit.
-m <mtu/auto> It means to set RA MTU, 1280-1500.
mtu: auto - auto select MTU from WAN,
-e <time> It means to set reachable time.
-a <time/infinity> It means to set retransmit timer /infinity.
-p <0/1/2> It means to set radvd default preference Low/Medium/High.
0-low
1-medium
2-high
-v It means to view radvd configuration.
-V It means to view setting in RA.
-L <time/infinity> It means to set prefix valid lifetime.
-P <time/infinity> set prefix preferred lifetime.
-r [num] It means to to set RA test for item.
0-default,
121:logo 121,
124:logo 124..
-R It means to reload Config and send RA for subnets.
-u It means to view MTU on all interfaces.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 radvd LAN1 -V
% [LAN1] setting !
% Default Lifetime : 0 seconds
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
53
7
% min interval time : 200 seconds
% MAX interval time : 600 seconds
% Hop limit : 64
% MTU : 0
% Reachable time : 0
% Retransmit time : 0
% Preference : Medium
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
This command allows you to manage the settings for access list.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 mngt list
ip6 mngt list [add <Index> <IPv6 Object Index> |remove <Index>|flush]
ip6 mngt status
ip6 mngt [http|telnet|ping|https|ssh] [on|off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list It means to show the setting information of the access list.
status It means to show the status of IPv6 management.
add It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
management through Internet.
index It means the number (1, 2 and 3) allowed to be configured for IPv6
management.
remove It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
flush It means to clear the IPv6 access table.
http|telnet|ping|https|ssh These protocols are used for accessing Internet.
on|off It means to enable (on) or disable (off) the Internet accessing
through http/telnet/ping.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 mngt list add 1 1
%% Set OK.
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : off, https : off, ssh : off, ping : off
> ip6 mngt http on
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : on, https : off, ssh : off, ping : off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
o
o
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
This command allows you to check the online status of IPv6 LAN /WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 online [WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
538
Parameter Description
[WAN1|WAN2|USB] It means the connection interface.
0=LAN1
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 online WAN1
% WAN1 online status :
% IPv6 WAN1 TSPC
% Default Gateway : ::
% Interface : DOWN
% UpTime : 0:00:00
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% Tx packets = 0, Tx bytes = 0, Rx packets = 0, Rx bytes = 0
% MTU Onlink: 1280 , Config MTU : 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
i
i
c
c
c
c
u
u
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for WAN interface with connection type of
AICCU.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 aiccu -i <ifno> -r
ip6 aiccu -i <ifno> -s
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
-r It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
-s It means to display the AICCU status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 aiccu -i 1 -s
Status: Idle
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
t
t
p
p
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for NTP (Network Time Protocols) server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 ntp –h
ip6 ntp –v
ip6 ntp –p [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
53
9
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-v It is used to show the NTP state.
-p <0/1> It is used to specify NTP server for IPv6.
0 – Auto
1 – First Query IPv6 NTP Server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ntp -p 1
% Set NTP Priority: IPv6 First
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for LAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 lan -l n [-<l:w:d:D:m:o:s> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-l n
It means to selete LAN interface to be set.
n= 1: LAN1
n= 2: LAN2, ... x: LANx. Default is LAN1
-w n
It means to selete WAN interface to be primary interface.
n= 0: None,
n=1: WAN1 ,
n=2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
-d <server>
It means to set 1st DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Address
-D <server>
It means to set 2nd DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Address
-m n
It means to set ipv6 LAN management.
n=0:OFF
n=1:SLAAC. Default is SLAAC
n=2:DHCPv6
-o n
It means to enable Other option(O-bit) flag. (O-bit is redundant
when management is DHCPv6)
n=0: Disable
n=1: Enable.
-e n
It means to add an extension WAN.
n: 1: WAN1, 2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
540
-E n
It means to delete an extension WAN.
n: 1: WAN1 ,2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
-b map
It means to set bit map(decimal) for extension WAN.
map:
bit 0: WAN1
bit 1: WAN2, ... bit n: WAN(n+1).
-f n
It means to disable IPv6.
n= 1: Disable IPv6,
n=0: Enable IPv6.
-R n
It means to enable /disable RIPng.
n=1: Enable RIPng,
n=0: Disable RIPng.
-s n
It means to show IPv6 LAN setting.
n=0:show all. Default is show all.
n=1: LAN1
n=2: LAN2, ... 4: LAN4,
n=5: DMZ.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 lan -l 1 -w 1 -d 2001:4860:4860::8888 -o 1 -f 0 -s 2
% Set primary WAN1!
% Set 1st DNS server 2001:4860:4860::8888
% Set Other Option Enable!
% [LAN1] support ipv6!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
% [LAN2] setting:
% Primary WAN : WAN1
% Management : SLAAC
% Other Option : Disable
% WAN Exten : None
% Subnet ID : 2
% Static IP(0) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(1) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(2) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(3) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% DNS1 : 2001:4860:4860::8888
% DNS2 : 2001:4860:4860::8844
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
541
% ULA Type : OFF
% RIPng : Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows you to set sessions limit for IPv6 address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 session [on/off/default num/status/show]
ip6 session [add/del] [IP1-IP2] [num]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default <num> It means to set the default number of session num limit.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all IP range session limit settings.
add It means to add the session limit for an IPv6 range.
<IP1-IP2> - Specify a range for IPv6 addresses.
del It means to delete the session limit for an IPv6 range by first IP (IP1)
or 'del all'.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 session on
> ip6 session add 2100:ABCD::2-2100:ABCD::10 100
> ip6 session status
IPv6 range:
2100:ABCD::2 - 2100:ABCD::10 : 100
Current ip6 session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 Bandwidth [on/off/default tx_rate rx_rate/status/show]
ip6 Bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2] [tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on bandwidth limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off bandwidth limit for each IP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
542
default <tx> <rx> It means to set the default transmission (tx), receiving (rx) rate of
bandwidth limit (0-30000 Kbps/Mbps).
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all IP range bandwidth limit settings.
add It means to add the bandwidth limit for an IPv6 range.
<IP1-IP2> - Specify a range for IPv6 addresses.
del It means to delete the bandwidth limit for an IPv6 range by first IP
(IP1) or 'del all'.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 bandwidth on
> ip6 bandwidth add 2001:ABCD::2-2001:ABCD::10 512 5M shared
> ip6 bandwidth status
IPv6 range:
2001:ABCD::2 - 2001:ABCD::10 : Tx:512K Rx:5M shared
Current ip6 Bandwidth limit is turn on
Current default ip6 Bandwidth rate is Tx:2000K Rx:8000K bps
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w
IPF users to view the version of the IP filter, to view/set the log flag, to view the running IP
filter rules.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf view [-VcdhrtzZ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to show the version of this IP filter.
-c It means to show the running call filter rules.
-d It means to show the running data filter rules.
-h It means to show the hit-number of the filter rules.
-r It means to show the running call and data filter rules.
-t It means to display all the information at one time.
-z It means to clear a filter rule’s statistics.
-Z It means to clear IP filters gross statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf view -V -c -d
ipf: IP Filter: v3.3.1 (1824)
Kernel: IP Filter: v3.3.1
Running: yes
Log Flags: 0x80947278 = nonip
Default: pass all, Logging: available
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
543
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is used to set general rule for firewall.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf set [Options]
ipf set [SET_NO] rule [RULE_NO] [Options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Options There are several options provided here, such as -v, -c [SET_NO], -d
[SET_NO],… and etc.
SET_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 12) of filter set.
RULE_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 7) of filter rule set.
-v Type “-v” to view the configuration of general set.
-c [SET_NO] It means to setup Call Filter, e.g., -c 2. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-d [SET_NO] It means to setup Data Filter, e.g., -d 3. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-l [VALUE] It means to setup Log Flag, e.g., -l 2
Type “0” to disable the log flag.
Type “1” to display the log of passed packet.
Type “2” to display the log of blocked packet.
Type “3” to display the log of non-matching packet.
- p [VALUE] It means to setup actions for packet not matching any rule, e.g., -p
1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-R [v4/v6][Enable/Disable] : Accept routing packet from WAN
-L [VALUE] It means to enable/disable Strict Security Firewall.
0:Disable, 1:Enable
-C [VALUE] It means to set code page.
code page number ('?' for more information).
-M [APPE_NO] It means to set APPE for packets not matching any rule.
-U [URL_NO] It means to set URL Content Filter for packets not matching any
rule.
-W [WEB_NO] It means to set WEB Content Filter for packets not matching any
rule.
-D [DNS_NO] It means to set DNS Filter for packet not matching any rule.
-g [VALUE] It means to set DNS Filter syslog.
0:Disable 1:Enable
-a [AD_SET] It means to configure the advanced settings.
-f [VALUE] It means to accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets.
0:Disable, 1:Enable
-t [VALUE] It means to enable Transparent Mode.
-E [VALUE] It means to set the session limitation max count.
VALUE : 0-32000
-Q [VALUE] It means to set the QoS class.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
544
The value from 0 to 4.
0:None, 1:Class 1, 2:Class 2, 3:Class 3, 4:Default Class
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf set -c 1 #set call filter start from set 1
Setting saved.
> ipf set -d 2 #set data filter start from set 2
Setting saved.
> ipf set -v
Call Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 1)
Data Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 2)
Log Flag : Disable
Actions for packet not matching any rule:
Pass or Block : Pass
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Max Sessions Limit: 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
QOS Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
WEB Content Filter : None
DNS Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
---------------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets: Enable
Transparent Mode : Disable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Block routing packet from WAN:
[ ] IPv4
[v] IPv6
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[v] Enable Strict Security Firewall
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
r
r
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to set filter rule for firewall.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf rule s r [-<command> <parameter> | ...
ipf rule s r -v
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
s Such word means Filter Set, range form 1~12.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
545
r Such word means Filter Rule, range from 1~7.
<Command><parameter> The following lists all of the available commands with parameters.
-e It means to enable or disable the rule setting.
0- disable
1- enable
-D [value] It means to set direction.
0, LAN//DMZ/RT/VPN -> WAN
1, WAN -> LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN
2, LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN -> LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN
-s o:g <obj> It means to specify source IP object and IP group.
o - indicates “object”.
g - indicates “group”.
obj - indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-s g 3" means
the third source IP group profile.
–s u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure source IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -s u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -s u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -s u 2
Set Range Address => -s u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-d o:g <obj> It means to specify destination IP object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj>– indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-d g 1" means
the first destination IP group profile.
–d u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure destination IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -d u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -d u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -d u 2
Set Range Address => -d u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-S o:g <obj> It means to specify Service Type object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
546
<obj> – indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-96. For example, “-S 0 1" means the
first service type object profile.
-S u <protocol>
<source_port__value>
<destination_port_vale>
It means to configure advanced settings for Service Type, such as
protocol and port range.
u – it means “user defined”.
<protocol> – It means TCP(6),UDP(17), TCP/UDP(255).
<source_port__value> –
1 – Port OP, range is 0-3. 0:= =, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
3 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
5 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
<destination_port_value>:
2 – Port OP, range is 0-3, 0:==, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
4 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
6 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
-f <value> It means to set the gragment type.
0 – Don’t care
1 – Unfragmented
2 – Fragmented
3 – Too Short
-F It means the Filter action you can specify.
0 –Pass Immediately,
1 – Block Immediately,
2 – Pass if no further match,
3 – Block if no further match.
-m <value> It means to set the MAC Bind IP type.
0 – Non-Strict
1 – Strict
-L <value> It means to set number of sessions control.
0 ~ 30000
-q <value> It means the classification for QoS.
1– Class 1,
2 – Class 2,
3 – Class 3,
4 – Other
-l <wan><log flag> It means load balance policy.
Such function is used for “debug” only.
-E <value> It means to enable APP Enforcement.
1 - Enable
0 - Disable
-a<index><log flag> It means to specify which APP Enforcement profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 32. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the syslog; disable (0) the syslog.
-u<index><log flag> It means to specify which URL Content Filter profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-w<index><log flag> It means to specify which web content filter profile will be applied.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
547
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-n<index><log flag> It means to specify which DNS filter profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-N <value> It means to set number of the next filter set.
0 - 12
-c <0-20> It means to set code page. Different number represents different
code page.
0. None
1. ANSI(1250)-Central Europe
2. ANSI(1251)-Cyrillic
3. ANSI(1252)-Latin I
4. ANSI(1253)-Greek
5. ANSI(1254)-Turkish
6. ANSI(1255)-Hebrew
7. ANSI(1256)-Arabic
8. ANSI(1257)-Baltic
9. ANSI(1258)-Viet Nam
10. OEM(437)-United States
11. OEM(850)-Multilingual Latin I
12. OEM(860)-Portuguese
13. OEM(861)-Icelandic
14. OEM(863)-Canadian French
15. OEM(865)-Nordic
16. ANSI/OEM(874)-Thai
17. ANSI/OEM(932)-Japanese Shift-JIS
18. ANSI/OEM(936)-Simplified Chinese GBK
19. ANSI/OEM(949)-Korean
20. ANSI/OEM(950)-Traditional Chinese Big5
-C <Windows Size>
<Session_Timeout>
It means to set Window size and Session timeout (Minute).
<Windows Size> - Available settings range from 0 ~ 65535.
<Session_Timeout> - Make the best utilization of network resources.
-v It is used to show current filter/rule settings.
-M <Your Comments> It means to set comment for the set rule.
-U <up or down> It means to move Up or Down the order of a rule in the filter set.
0 – up
1 - down
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf rule 2 1 -e 1 -M "Your Comments" -s "o 1" -d "o 2" -S "o 1" -F "1 1"
> ipf rule 2 1 -v
Filter Set 2 Rule 1:
Status : Enable
Comments: Your Comments
Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup: <null>, <null>, <null>, <null>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
548
Direction : LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN -> WAN
Source IP : Object1,
Destination IP : Object2,
Service Type : TCP/UDPObject1,
Fragments : Don't Care
Pass or Block : Block Immediately
Branch to Other Filter Set: None
Max Sessions Limit : 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
Qos Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
WEB Content Filter : None
DNS Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
Log : Enable
----------------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
f
f
l
l
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
k
k
This command is used to set and view flowtrack sessions.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf flowtrack set [-re]
ipf flowtrack view [-f]
ipf flowtrack [-i][-p][-t]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-r It means to refresh the flowtrack.
-e It means to enable or disable the flowtrack.
-f It means to show the sessions state of flowtrack. If you do not
specify any IP address, then all the session state of flowtrack will be
displayed.
-b It means to show all of IP sessions state.
- i [IP address] It means to specify IP address (e.g,, -i 192.168.2.55).
-p[value] It means to type a port number (e.g., -p 1024).
Available settings are 0 ~ 65535.
-t [value] It means to specify a protocol (e.g., -t tcp).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
54
9
Available settings include:
tcp
udp
icmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ipf flowtrack set -r
Refresh the flowstate ok
> ipf flowtrack view -f
Start to show the flowtrack sessions state:
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:59939 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:59939 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93023180(3920), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:15073 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:15073 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93025100(2000), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11: 7247 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11: 7247 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93020100(7000), flag=203
End to show the flowtrack sessions state
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Current flow_enable=0
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Curretn flow_enable=1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
L
L
o
o
g
g
This command allows users to view log for WAN interface such as call log, IP filter log, flush
log buffer, etc.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
log [-cfhiptwx?] [-F a| c | f | w]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-c It means to show the latest call log.
-f It means to show the IP filter log.
-F It means to show the flush log buffer.
a: flush all logs
c: flush the call log
f: flush the IP filter log
w: flush the WAN log
-h It means to show this usage help.
-p It means to show PPP/MP log.
-t It means to show all logs saved in the log buffer.
-w It means to show WAN log.
-x It means to show packet body hex dump.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
550
> log -w
25:36:25.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:33.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:41.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:49.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:57.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set FTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt ftpport [FTP port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FTP port It means to type the number for FTP port. The default setting is
21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt ftpport 21
% Set FTP server port to 21 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpport [Http port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Http port It means to enter the number for HTTP port. The default setting is
80.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
551
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpport 80
% Set web server port to 80 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
s
s
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTPS port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpsport [Https port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Https port It means to type the number for HTTPS port. The default setting is
443.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpsport 443
% Set web server port to 443 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set telnet port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt telnetport [Telnet port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Telnet port It means to type the number for telnet port. The default setting is
23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt telnetport 23
% Set Telnet server port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
s
s
h
h
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set SSH port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt sshport [ssh port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssh port It means to type the number for SSH port. The default setting is
22.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt sshport 23
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
552
% Set ssh port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
n
n
o
o
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command is used to pass or block Ping from LAN PC to the internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt noping [on]
mngt noping [off]
mngt noping [viewlog]
mngt noping [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on All PING packets will be forwarded from LAN PC to Internet.
off All PING packets will be blocked from LAN PC to Internet.
viewlog It means to display a log of ping action, including source MAC and
source IP.
clearlog It means to clear the log of ping action.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt noping off
No Ping Packet Out is OFF!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
d
d
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
w
w
o
o
r
r
m
m
This command can block specified port for passing through the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt defenseworm [on]
mngt defenseworm [off]
mngt defenseworm [add port]
mngt defenseworm [del port]
mngt defenseworm [viewlog]
mngt defenseworm [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to activate the function of defense worm packet out.
off It means to inactivate the function of defense worm packet out.
add port It means to add a new TCP port for block.
del port It means to delete a TCP port for block.
viewlog It means to display a log of defense worm packet, including source
MAC and source IP.
clearlog It means to remove the log of defense worm packet.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
553
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt defenseworm add 21
Add TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445, 21
> mngt defenseworm del 21
Delete TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
r
r
m
m
t
t
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can allow the system administrators to login from the Internet. By default, it is
not allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt rmtcfg [status]
mngt rmtcfg [enable]
mngt rmtcfg [disable]
mngt rmtcfg [http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/tr069] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status It means to display current setting for your reference.
enable It means to allow the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
disable It means to deny the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/t
r069
It means to specify one of the servers/protocols for enabling or
disabling.
on/off on – enable the function.
off – disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
Enable server fail
Remote configure function has been disabled
please enable by enter mngt rmtcfg enable
> mngt rmtcfg enable
%% Remote configure function has been enabled.
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
%% FTP server has been enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
l
l
a
a
n
n
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to manage accessing into Vigor router through LAN port.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt lanaccess -e [0/1] –s [value] –i [value]
mngt lanaccess –I
mngt lanaccess –E
mngt lanaccess –f
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
554
mngt lanaccess –d
mngt lanaccess –v
mngt lanaccess –h
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-e[0/1] It means to enable/disable the function.
0-disable the function.
1-enable the function.
-s[value] It means to specify service offered.
Available values include:
FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, TELNET, SSH, None, All
-i[value] It means the interface which is allowed to access.
Available values include:
LAN2~LAN4, IP Routed Subnet, None, All
Note: LAN1 is always allowed for accessing into the router.
-I It means to inidicate the index number (1 ~ 192) of IP object which
is allowed to acces vigor router.
-E It means to enable (1) / disable (0) a specific IP to access vigor
router.
-f It means to flush all of the settings.
-d It means to restore the factory default settings.
-v It means to view current settings.
-h It means to get the usage of such command.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt lanaccess -e 1
> mngt lanaccess -s FTP,TELNET
> mngt lanaccess -i LAN3
> mngt lanaccess -v
Current LAN Access Control Setting:
* Enable:Yes
* Service:
- FTP:Yes
- HTTP:No
- HTTPS:No
- TELNET:Yes
- SSH:No
- TR069:No
* Subnet:
- LAN 1: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 2: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 3: enabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 4: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- IP Routed Subnet: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
555
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
e
e
c
c
h
h
o
o
i
i
c
c
m
m
p
p
This command allows users to reject or accept PING packets from the Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt echoicmp [enable]
mngt echoicmp [disable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable It means to accept the echo ICMP packet.
disable It means to drop the echo ICMP packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt echoicmp enable
%% Echo ICMP packet enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows you to specify that the system administrator can login from a specific
host or network. A maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt accesslist list
mngt accesslist add [index][IP Object Index]
mngt accesslist remove [index]
mngt accesslist flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list It can display current setting for your reference.
add It means adding a new entry.
index It means to specify the number of the entry.
ip object index It means to specify an IP address.
remove It means to delete the selected item.
flush It means to remove all the settings in the access list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt accesslist add 1 1
%% Set OK.
> mngt accesslist list
%% Access list :
[Index] [IP Object Index] [IP/CIDR or StartIP ~ EndIP]
==========================================================================
1 1 Please setting index=1 for IP Object
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
n
n
m
m
p
p
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
556
This command allows you to configure SNMP for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt snmp [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e <1/2> 1: Enable the SNMP function.
2: Disable the SNMP function.
-g<Community name> It means to set the name for getting community by typing a proper
character. (max. 23 characters)
-s <Community name> It means to set community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-m <IP address> It means to set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
-t <Community name> It means to set trap community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-n <IP address> It means to set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the
trap community.
-T <seconds> It means to set the trap timeout <0~999>.
-V It means to list SNMP setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt snmp -e 1 -g draytek -s DK -m
192.168.1.20,192.168.5.192/26,10.20.3.40/24 -t trapcom -n
192.168.1.20,10.20.3.40 -T 88
SNMP Agent Turn on!!!
Get Community set to draytek
Set Community set to DK
Manager Host IP set to 192.168.1.20,192.168.5.192/26,10.20.3.40/24
Trap Community set to trapcom
Notification Host IP set to 192.168.1.20,10.20.3.40
Trap Timeout set to 88 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
This command is used to configure multi-subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet switch [2/3/4][On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
On/Off On means turning on the subnet for the specified LAN interface.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
55
7
Off means turning off the subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet switch 2 On
% LAN2 Subnet On!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command is used to configure IP address for the specified LAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet addr [2/3/4][IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
IP address Type the private IP address for the specified LAN interface.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet addr 2 192.168.5.1
% Set LAN2 subnet IP address done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command is used to configure net mask address for the specified LAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet nmask [2/3/4][IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
IP address Type the subnet mask address for the specified LAN interface.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet nmask 2 255.255.0.0
% Set LAN2 subnet mask done !!!
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
558
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status of subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet status [2/3/4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet status 2
% LAN2 Off: 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0, PPP Start IP: 0.0.0.60
% DHCP server: Off
% Dhcp Gateway: 0.0.0.0, Start IP: 0.0.0.10, Pool Count: 50
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
This command allows you to enable or disable DHCP server for the subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet dhcps [2/3/4][On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
On/Off On means enabling the DHCP server for the specified LAN interface.
Off means disabling the DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet dhcps 3 off
% LAN3 Subnet DHCP Server disabled!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command is used to configure the subnet for NAT or Routing usage.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
55
9
msubnet nat [2/3/4] [On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
On/Off On – It means the subnet will be configured for NAT usage.
Off - It means the subnet will be configured for Routing usage.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > msubnet nat 2 off
% LAN2 Subnet is for Routing usage!
%Note: If you have multiple WAN connections, please be reminded to setup a
Load-Balance policy so that packets from this subnet will be forwarded to the
right WAN interface!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command is used to configure an IP address as the gateway used for subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet gateway [2/3/4] [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
Gateway IP Specify an IP address as the gateway IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet gateway 2 192.168.1.13
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Gateway IP done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command is used to defined the total number allowed for each LAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet ipcnt [2/3/4] [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
560
Parameter Description
2/3/4/5 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
IP counts Specify a total number of IP address allowed for each LAN interface.
The available range is from 0 to 220.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet ipcnt 2 15
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
t
t
a
a
l
l
k
k
This command is used to establish a route between two LAN interfaces.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet talk [1/2/3/4] [1/2/3/4] [On/Off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1/2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
1=LAN1
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
On/Off On – It means
Off - It means
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet talk 1 2 on
% Enable routing between LAN1 and LAN2 !
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> msubnet talk ?
% msubnet talk <1/2/3/4> <1/2/3/4> <On/Off>
% where 1:LAN1, 2:LAN2, 3:LAN3, 4:LAN4
% Now:
% LAN1 LAN2 LAN3 LAN4
% LAN1 V
% LAN2 V
% LAN3 V
% LAN4 V
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
This command is used to configure a starting IP address for DCHP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
561
msubnet startip [2/3/4] [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
Gateway IP Type an IP address as the starting IP address for a subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet startip 2 192.168.2.90
%Set LAN2 Dhcp Start IP done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> msubnet startip ?
% msubnet startip <2/3/4> <Gateway IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.2.90; LAN3 192.168.3.10; LAN4 192.168.4.10; LAN5
192.168.5.1
0; LAN6 192.168.6.10
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
p
p
p
p
i
i
p
p
This command is used to configure a starting IP address for PPP connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet pppip [2/3/4] [Start IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4/5 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
Start IP Type an IP address as the starting IP address for PPP connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet pppip 2 192.168.2.250
% Set LAN2 PPP(IPCP) Start IP done !!!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> msubnet pppip ?
% msubnet pppip <2/3/4> <Start IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.2.250; LAN3 192.168.3.200; LAN4 192.168.4.200
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command is used to specify the type for node which is required by DHCP option.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
562
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet nodetype [2/3/4/5][count]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
count Choose the following number for specifying different node type.
1= B-node
2= P-node
4= M-node
8= H-node
0= Not specify any type for node.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet nodetype ?
% msubnet nodetype <2/3/4> <count>
% Now: LAN2 0; LAN3 0; LAN4 0
% count: 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
> msubnet nodetype 2 1
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Node Type done !!!
> msubnet nodetype ?
% msubnet nodetype <2/3/4> <count>
% Now: LAN2 1; LAN3 0; LAN4 0
% count: 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command is used to configure primary WINS server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet primWINS [2/3/4] [WINS IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
WINS IP Type the IP address as the WINS IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet primWINS ?
% msubnet primWINS <2/3/4> <WINS IP>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
563
% Now: LAN2 0.0.0.0; LAN3 0.0.0.0; LAN4 0.0.0.0
> msubnet primWINS 2 192.168.3.5
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Primary WINS IP done !!!
> msubnet primWINS ?
% msubnet primWINS <2/3/4> <WINS IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.3.5; LAN3 0.0.0.0; LAN4 0.0.0.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command is used to configure secondary WINS server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet secWINS [2/3/4] [WINS IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
WINS IP Type the IP address as the WINS IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> > msubnet secWINS 2 192.168.3.89
% Set LAN2 Dhcp Secondary WINS IP done !!!
> msubnet secWINS ?
% msubnet secWINS <2/3/4> <WINS IP>
% Now: LAN2 192.168.3.89; LAN3 0.0.0.0; LAN4 0.0.0.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command is used to set TFTP server for multi-subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet tftp [2/3/4] [TFTP server name]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
2/3/4 It means LAN interface.
2=LAN2
3=LAN3
4=LAN4
TFTP server name Type a name to indicate the TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet tftp ?
% msubnet tftp <2/3/4> <TFTP server name>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
564
% Now: LAN2
LAN3
LAN4
> msubnet tftp 2 publish
% Set LAN2 TFTP Server Name done !!!
> msubnet tftp ?
% msubnet tftp <2/3/4> <TFTP server name>
% Now: LAN2 publish
LAN3
LAN4
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows you to configure MTU value for LAN/DMZ/IP Routed Subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
msubnet mtu [interface][value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
interface Available settings include LAN1~LAN4, IP_Routed_Subnet.
value 1000 ~ 1492(Bytes)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> msubnet mtu LAN1 1492%
Set LAN1 subnet mtu as 1492
> msubnet mtu ?
Usage:
>msubnet mtu <interface> <value>
<interface>: LAN1~LAN4,IP
_
Routed
_
Subnet, <value>: 1000 ~ 1496 (Bytes),
de
fault: 1500 (Bytes)
e.x: >msubnet mtu LAN1 1492
Current Settings:
LAN1 MTU: 1492 (Bytes)
LAN2 MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
LAN3 MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
LAN4 MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
IP Routed Subnet MTU: 1500 (Bytes)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create an IP object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
565
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example: object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example: object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
TYPE=4, means Mac
Example: object ip obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP] Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
OK.
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
OK.
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
Interface:[Any]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
566
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
MAC Address:[00:00:00:00:00:00]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example: object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
56
7
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
Set ok!
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
568
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
o
o
b
b
j
j
This comman is used to create an IPv6 object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
obj ipv6 obj setdefault
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -v
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -n NAME
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -s INVERT
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -e MATCH_TYPE
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END_IP]|[Prefix Length]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ipv6 obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IPv6 object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ipv6 obj 9 -n bruce
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example: object ipv6 obj 3 -s 1
-e MATCH_TYPE It means to set the match type of ipv6 object profile.
0:128 Bits,
1:Suffix 64 Bits Interface ID
-a TYPE It means to set the address type for the IPv6 object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
TYPE=4, means Mac
Example: object ipv6 obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IPv6 address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IPv6 address as the starting point.
[END/ Prefix Length] Type an IPv6 address (different with START_IP) as the end IPv6
address or the prefix length of the IPv6 address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> obj ipv6 obj 9 -n bruce
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -s 1
Setting saved.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
56
9
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -e 1
You can not set 64 bits Interface ID for Subnet type.
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -a 3 2607:f0d0:1002:51::4 2607:f0d0:1002:51::4
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -v
IPv6 Object Profile 3
Name :[]
Address Type:[range]
Start IPv6 Address:[2607:F0D0:1002:51::4]
End IPv6 Address:[2607:F0D0:1002:51::4]
Prefix Length:[0]
MAC Address:[00:00:00:00:00:00]
Invert Selection:[0]
Match Type:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IPv6 objects under an IPv6 group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipv6 grp setdefault
ipv6 grp INDEX -v
ipv6 grp INDEX -n NAME
ipv6 grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IPv6 group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IPv6 object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ipv6 grp 8 -n bruce
IPv6 Group Profile 8
Name :[bruce]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
570
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object ipv6 grp 8 -a 1 2 3 4 5
IPv6 Group Profile 8
Name :[bruce]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][3]
[3:][4]
[4:][5]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create service object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service obj setdefault
object service obj INDEX -v
object service obj INDEX -n NAME
object service obj INDEX -p PROTOCOL
object service obj INDEX -s CHK [START_P] [END_P]
object service obj INDEX -d CHK [START_P] [END_P]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified service object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified service object
profile.
Example: object service obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object service obj 9 -n bruce
-p PROTOCOL It means to define a PROTOCOL for the service object profile.
PROTOCOL =0, means any
PROTOCOL =1, means ICMP
PROTOCOL =2, means IGMP
PROTOCOL =6, means TCP
PROTOCOL =17, means UDP
PROTOCOL =58, means ICMPv6
PROTOCOL =255, means TCP/UDP
Other values mean other protocols.
Example: object service obj 8 -p 1
CHK It means the check action for the port setting.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
571
0=equal(=), when the starting port and ending port values are the
same, it indicates one port; when the starting port and ending port
values are different, it indicates a range for the port and available
for this service type.
1=not equal(!=), when the starting port and ending port values are
the same, it indicates all the ports except the port defined here;
when the starting port and ending port values are different, it
indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are
available for this service type.
2=larger(>), the port number greater than this value is available..
3=less(<), the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
-s CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set souce port check and configure port range (1~65565)
for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate source port.
Example: object service obj 3 -s 0 100 200
-d CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set destination port check and configure port range
(1~65565) for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate destination port.
Example: object service obj 3 -d 1 100 200
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object service obj 1 -n limit
> object service obj 1 -p 255
> object service obj 1 -s 1 120 240
> object service obj 1 -d 1 200 220
> object service obj 1 -v
Service Object Profile 1
Name :[limit]
Protocol:[TCP/UDP]
Source port check action:[!=]
Source port range:[120~240]
Destination port check action:[!=]
Destination port range:[200~220]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several service objects under a service group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service grp setdefault
object service grp INDEX –v
object service grp INDEX –n NAME
object service grp INDEX –a SER_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object service grp 1 –v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the service group.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
572
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object service grp 8 –n bruce
-a SER_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify service object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object service grp 3 –a 1 2 3 4 5
The service object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be
group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>object service grp 1 –n Grope_1
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
>object service grp 1 –a 1 2
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
k
k
w
w
This command is used to create keyword profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object kw obj setdefault
object kw obj show PAGE
object kw obj INDEX –v
object kw obj INDEX –n NAME
object kw obj INDEX –a CONTENTS
object kw obj INDEX -c
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
show PAGE It means to show the contents of the specified profile.
PAGE: type the page number.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
573
Show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified keyword profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified keyword profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the keyword profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-a CONTENTS It means to set the contents for the keyword profile.
Example: object kw obj 40 –a test
-c It means to clear the contents of keyword object profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object kw obj 1 -n children
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[]
> object kw obj 1 -a gambling
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
> object kw obj 1 -v
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
f
f
e
e
This command is used to create File Extension Object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object fe show
object fe setdefault
object fe obj INDEX -v
object fe obj INDEX -n NAME
object fe obj INDEX -e CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
object fe obj INDEX -d CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified file
extension object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified file extension
object profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the file extension object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-e It means to enable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION.
-d It means to disable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
574
CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION CATEGORY:
Image, Video, Audio, Java, ActiveX, Compression, Executation
Example: object fe obj 1 -e Image
FILE_EXTENSION:
".bmp", ".dib", ".gif", ".jpeg", ".jpg", ".jpg2", ".jp2", ".pct",
".pcx", ".pic", ".pict", ".png", ".tif", ".tiff", ".asf", ".avi",
".mov", ".mpe", ".mpeg", ".mpg", ".mp4", ".qt", ".rm", ".wmv",
".3gp", ".3gpp", ".3gpp2", ".3g2", ".flv", ".swf", ".aac", ".aiff"
".au", ".mp3", ".m4a", ".m4p", ".ogg", ".ra", ".ram", ".vox",
".wav", ".wma", ".class", ".jad", ".jar", ".jav", ".java", ".jcm",
".js", ".jse", ".jsp", ".jtk", ".alx", ".apb", ".axs", ".ocx",
".olb", ".ole", ".tlb", ".viv", ".vrm", ".ace", ".arj", ".bzip2",
".bz2", ".cab", ".gz", ".gzip", ".rar", ".sit", ".zip", ".bas",
".bat", ".com", ".exe", ".inf", ".pif", ".reg", ".scr", ".torrent"
Example: object fe obj 1 -e .bmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object fe obj 1 -n music
> object fe obj 1 -e Audio
> object fe obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[music]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Image category:
[ ].bmp [ ].dib [ ].gif [ ].jpeg [ ].jpg [ ].jpg2 [ ].jp2 [ ].pct
[ ].pcx [ ].pic [ ].pict [ ].png [ ].tif [ ].tiff
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Video category:
[ ].asf [ ].avi [ ].mov [ ].mpe [ ].mpeg [ ].mpg [v].mp4 [ ].qt
[ ].rm [v].wmv [ ].3gp [ ].3gpp [ ].3gpp2 [ ].3g2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Audio category:
[v].aac [v].aiff [v].au [v].mp3 [v].m4a [v].m4p [v].ogg [v].ra
[v].ram [v].vox [v].wav [v].wma
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Java category:
[ ].class [ ].jad [ ].jar [ ].jav [ ].java [ ].jcm [ ].js [ ].jse
[ ].jsp [ ].jtk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ActiveX category:
[ ].alx [ ].apb [ ].axs [ ].ocx [ ].olb [ ].ole [ ].tlb [ ].viv
[ ].vrm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compression category:
[ ].ace [ ].arj [ ].bzip2 [ ].bz2 [ ].cab [ ].gz [ ].gzip [ ].rar
[ ].sit [ ].zip
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Executation category:
[ ].bas [ ].bat [ ].com [ ].exe [ ].inf [ ].pif [ ].reg [ ].scr
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
575
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
m
m
s
s
This command is used to create short message object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object sms show
object sms setdefault
object sms obj INDEX -v
object sms obj INDEX -n NAME
object sms obj INDEX -s Service Provider
object sms obj INDEX -u Username
object sms obj INDEX -p Password
object sms obj INDEX -q Quota
object sms obj INDEX -i Interval
object sms obj INDEX -l URL
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 10) of the specified SMS
object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified SMS object
profile.
-n [NAME]
It means to define a name for the SMS object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-s [Service Provider]
It means to specify the number of the service provider which offers
the service of SMS. Different numbers represent different service
provider.
0 : kotsms.com.tw (TW)
2 : textmarketer.co.uk (UK)
4 : messagemedia.co.uk (UK)
5 : bulksms.com (INT)
6 : bulksms.co.uk (UK)
7 : bulksms.2way.co.za (ZA)
8 : bulksms.com.es (ES)
9 : usa.bulksms.com (US)
10 : bulksms.de (DE)
11 : www.pswin.com (EU)
12 : www.messagebird.com (EU)
13 : www.lusosms.com (EU)
14 : www.vibeactivemedia.com (UK)
-u [Username]
It means to define a user name for the SMS object profile.
Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected
SMS provider.
-p [Password]
It means to define a password for the SMS object profile.
Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS
provider.
-q [Quota]
Type the number of the credit that you purchase from the service
provider.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
576
Note that one credit equals to one SMS text message on the
standard route.
-I [Interval]
It means to set the sending interval for the SMS to be delivered.
Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS.
-l [URL]
It means to set the URL of SMS object profile 9 and 10.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object sms obj 1 –n CTC
> object sms obj 1 -n CTC
> object sms obj 1 -s 0
> object sms obj 1 -u carrie
> object sms obj 1 -p 19971125cm
> object sms obj 1 -q 2
> object sms obj 1 -i 50
> object sms obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[CTC]
SMS Provider:[kotsms.com.tw (TW)]
Username:[carrie]
Password:[******]
Quota:[2]
Sending Interval:[50(seconds)]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to create mail object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object mail show
object mail setdefault
object mail obj INDEX -v
object mail obj INDEX -n Profile Name
object mail obj INDEX -s SMTP Server
object mail obj INDEX -l Use SSL
object mail obj INDEX -m SMTP Port
object mail obj INDEX -a Sender Address
object mail obj INDEX -t Authentication
object mail obj INDEX -u Username
object mail obj INDEX -p Password
object mail obj INDEX -i Sending Interval
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 10) of the specified mail
object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified mail object
profile.
-n [Profile Name]
It means to define a name for the mail object profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
57
7
Profile Name: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-s [SMTP Server]
It means to set the IP address of the mail server.
-l [Use SSL]
It means to use port 465 for SMTP server for some e-mail server uses
https as the transmission method.
0 – disable
1 – enable to use the port number.
-m [SMTP Port]
It means to set the port number for SMTP server.
-a [Sender Address]
It means to set the e-mail address (e.g., johnwash@abc.com.tw) of
the sender.
-t Authentication
The mail server must be authenticated with the correct username
and password to have the right of sending message out.
0 – disable
1 – enable to use the port number.
-u Username
Type a name for authentication. The maximum length of the name
you can set is 31 characters.
-p Password
Type a password for authentication. The maximum length of the
password you can set is 31 characters.
-I Sending Interval
Define the interval for the system to send the SMS out. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object mail obj 1 -n buyer
> object mail obj 1 -s 192.168.1.98
> object mail obj 1 -m 25
> object mail obj 1 -t 1
> object mail obj 1 -u john
> object mail obj 1 -p happy123456
> object mail obj 1 -i 25
> object mail obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[buyer]
SMTP Server:[192.168.1.98]
SMTP Port:[25]
Sender Address:[]
Use SSL:[disable]
Authentication:[enable]
Username:[john]
Password:[******]
Sending Interval:[25(seconds)]
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
n
n
o
o
t
t
i
i
This command is used to create notification object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object noti show
object noti setdefault
object noti obj INDEX -v
object noti obj INDEX -n Profile Name
object mail obj INDEX –e Category Status
object mail obj INDEX –d Category Status
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
578
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified
notification object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified notification
object profile.
-n [Profile Name]
It means to define a name for the notification object profile.
Profile Name: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
–e
It means to enable the status of specified category.
-d
It means to disable the status of specified category.
[Category]
Available categories are:
1: WAN; 2: VPN Tunnel; 3: Temperature Alert;
4: WAN Budget ( 這個項目應該要取消,2133 沒有此功能); 5:
CVM( 這個項目應該要取消,2133 沒有此功能)
[status]
For WAN –
1: Disconnected; 2: Reconnected.
For VPN Tunnel -
1: Disconnected; 2: Reconnected.
For Temperature Alert –
1: Out of Range.
For WAN Budget – ( 這個項目應該要取消,2133 沒有此功能)
1: Limit Reached.
For CVM –( 這個項目應該要取消,2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
1: CPE Offline; 2: Backup Fail; 3: Restore Fail; 4: FW Update Fail; 5:
VPN Profile Setup Fail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object noti obj 1 –n marketing
> object noti obj 1 -e 1 1
> object noti obj 1 -e 2 1
> object noti obj 1 -e 5 3
> object noti obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[marketing]
Category Status
WAN [v]Disconnected [ ]Reconnected
VPN Tunnel [v]Disconnected [ ]Reconnected
Temperature Alert [ ]Out of Range
WAN Budget Alert [ ]Limit Reached (這個項目應該要取消,2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
CVM Alert [ ]CPE Offline (這個項目應該要取消,2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
[ ]CPE Config Backup Fail
[v]CPE Config Restore Fail
[ ]CPE Firmware Fpgrade Fail
[ ]CPE VPN Profile Setup Fail
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to create schedule object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
57
9
object schedule set [INDEX] option
object schedule view [INDEX]
object schedule setdefault
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set
It means to set the schedule profile.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 15) of the specified object
profile.
option
Available options for schedule includes:
-e , -c, -D, -T, -d, -a
-e [value]
It means to enable the schedule setup.
0 – disable
1 – enable
-c [comment]
It means to set brief description for the specified profile.
The length range of the comment: 1 ~ 32 characters.
-D [year][month][day]
It means to set the starting date of the profile.
[year] – Must be between 2000-2049.
[month] - Must be between 1-12.
[day] - Must be between 1-31.
For example: To set Start Date 2015/10/6, type
> object schedule set 1 -D "2015 10 6"
-T [hour][minute]
It means to set the starting time of the profile.
[hour] - Must be between 0-23.
[minute] - Must be between 0-59.
For example: To set Start Time 10:20, type
> object schedule set 1 -T "10 20"
-d [hour][minute]
It means to set the duration time of the profile.
[hour] - Must be between 0-23.
[minute] - Must be between 0-59.
For example: To set Duration Time 3:30, type
> object schedule set 1 -d "3 30"
-a [value]
It means to set the action used for the profile.
[value] –
0:Force On, 1:Force Down, 2:Enable Dial-On-Demand, 3:Disable
Dial-On-Demand
-I [value]
It means to set idle time.
[value] – Must be between 0-255(minute). The default is 0.
-h [option]
[day/date/cycle_days]
Set how often the schedule will be applied.
[option] –
0: Once, 1: Weekdays, 2:Monthly, 3:Cycle days
[day] –
Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat
If the [option] set Weekdays, then must select which days of Week.
example: To select Sunday, Monday, Thursday, type
[date] : 1-28
[cycle_days] : 1-30
If the [option] set cycle days, then must select which days to do
cycle schedule
example: To select cycle 10 days:
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
580
> object schedule set 1 -h 3 10"
view [INDEX]
It means to show the content of the profile.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object schedule set 1 -e 1
> object schedule set 1 -c Working
> object schedule set 1 -D "2017 4 18"
> object schedule set 1 -T "8 1"
> object schedule set 1 -d "2 30"
> object schedule set 1 -a 0
> object schedule set 1 -h "1 Mon Wed"
> object schedule view 1
Index No.1
--------------------------------------------------
[v] Enable Schedule Setup
Comment [ Working ]
Start Date (yyyy-mm-dd) [ 2017 ]-[ 4 ]-[ 18 ]
Start Time (hh:mm) [ 8 ]:[ 1 ]
Duration Time (hh:mm) [ 2 ]:[ 30 ]
Action [ Force On ]
Idle Timeout [ 0 ] minute(s).(max. 255, 0 for default)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
How Often
[v] Weekdays
[ ]Sun [v]Mon [ ]Tue [v]Wed [ ]Thu [ ]Fri [ ]Sat
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set the speed for specific port of the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
port [1, 2, 3, 4, all] [AN, 100F, 100H, 10F, 10H, status]
port [wan1] [AN, 1000F, 100F, 100H, 10F, 10H, status]
port [enable,disable] [1, 2, 3, 4, all]
port status
port sniff [on,off,port,txrx,restart,status]
port 8021x [enable,disable,status,addport,delport]
port jumbo
port wanfc
port spoof [on, off, stat]
port mac_flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1, 2, 3, 4, all It means the number of LAN port.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
581
wan1 It means the WAN1 interface.
AN… 10H It means the physical type for the specific port.
AN: auto-negotiate.
1000F: 1000M Full Duplex.
100F: 100M Full Duplex.
100H: 100M Half Duplex.
10F: 10M Full Duplex.
10H: 10M Half Duplex.
status It means to view the Ethernet port status.
wanfc It means to set WAN flow control.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> port 1 100F
%Set Port 1 Force speed 100 Full duplex OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command allows you to set a time of keeping the session connection for specified
protocol.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
portmaptime [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-t <sec> It means “TCP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP session timeout.
-u <sec> It means “UDP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the UDP session timeout.
-i <sec> It means “IGMP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the IGMP session timeout.
-w <sec> It means “TCP WWW” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP WWW session timeout.
-s <sec> It means “TCP SYN” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP SYN session timeout.
-f It means to flush all portmaps (useful for diagnostics).
-l <List> List all settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> portmaptime -t 86400 -u 300 -i 10
> portmaptime -l
------ Current setting ------
TCP Timeout : 86400 sec.
UDP Timeout : 300 sec.
IGMP Timeout : 10 sec.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
582
TCP WWW Timeout: 60 sec.
TCP SYN Timeout: 60 sec.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
p
p
a
a
This command allows you to configure PPA mode.
ppa [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
ppa n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-m <mode> Specify a mode.
1=auto
2=manual(traffic)
3=manual(qos)
4=manual(specific hosts)
0=disable
-p <proto> Specify a protocol.
proto - 1-TCP; 2-UDP; 3-Both.
-b 1/0 Enable/disable TWO-way hardware acceleration.
-M enable/disable Enable/disable the multicast hardware acceleration.
-S Show multicast table in hardware acceleration.
-v <view> Show PPA_WAN_Table and PPA_LAN_Table for reference.
-c Clean all settings.
ppa n – used in QoS or specific host
-l <rule> Specify an index number of rule profile for QoS mode.
-h <host> Type an IP address for Specific Host mode.
-s <start port> Specify a starting port number for Specific Host mode.
-e <end port> Specify an ending port number for Specific Host mode
-x Show hardware acceleration information.
-k Clean the PPA table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ppa -m 1 -p 1 -b 0
Set ok! The PPA mode is Auto
% You need to set the Manual mode first !
%TWO way accleration is disable
> ppa -v
% PPA mode is Auto
%PPA Protocol TCP 1, UDP 0
%PPA two way disable
%PPA time is 10
%PPA range is 192
%PPA LAN entries 0
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
583
%PPA WAN entries 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
r
r
n
n
This command allows you to view current status (interface and driver) of USB printer.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
prn status
prn debug
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> prn status
Interface: USB bus 2.0
Printer: NotReady
> prn debug
conn[0] :
none
conn[1] :
none
conn[2] :
none
conn[3] :
none
LPD_data_total=0
usblp_ptr=0
UsbPrintReady=0, UsbIsPrinting=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows user to set general settings for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos setup [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-m <mode> It means to define which traffic the QoS control settings will apply
to and eable QoS control.
0: disable.
1: in, apply to incoming traffic only.
2: out, apply to outgoing traffic only.
3: both, apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Default is enable (for outgoing traffic).
-i <bandwidth> It means to set inbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only)
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-o <bandwidth> It means to set outbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only).
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-r <index:ratio> It means to set ratio for class index, in %.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
584
-u <mode> It means to enable bandwidth control for UDP.
0: disable
1: enable
Default is disable.
-p <ratio> It means to enable bandwidth limit ratio for UDP.
-t <mode> It means to enable/disable Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize.
0: disable
1: enable
-V Show all the settings.
-I <bandwith> Minimum available non-VoIP Inbound Bandwidth when VoIP is
detected (Kbps).
Default value: half of WAN inbound bandwidth.
-O <bandwidth> Minimum available non-VoIP Outbound Bandwidth when VoIP is
detected (Kbps).
Default value: half of WAN outbound bandwidth.
-v 0 It means Auto bandwidth adjustment. Adjust to minimum In/Out
bandwidth setting (or half QoS bandwidth).
-v 1 When VoIP detected, QoS In/Out bandwidth adjusted to minimum
values.
-D Set all to factory default (for all WANs).
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos setup -m 3 -i 9500 -o 8500 -r 3:20 -u 1 -p 50 -t 1
WAN1 QOS mode is both
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
WAN1 class 3 ratio set to 20
WAN1 udp bandwidth control set to enable
WAN1 udp bandwidth limit ratio set to 50
WAN1 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritizel set to enable
QoS WAN1 set complete; restart QoS
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
c
c
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows user to set QoS class.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos class -c [no] –[a|e|d] [no][-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-c <no> Specify the inde number for the class.
Available value for <no> contains 1, 2 and 3. The default setting is
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
585
class 1.
-n <name> It means to type a name for the class.
-a It means to add rule for specified class.
-e <no> It means to edit specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-d <no> It means to delete specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-m <mode> It means to enable or disable the specified rule.
0: disable,
1: enable
-l <addr> Set the local address.
Addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-r <addr> Set the remote address.
addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-p <DSCP id> Specify the ID.
-s <Service type> Specify the service type by typing the number. The available types
are listed as below:
1:ANY 2:DNS 3:FTP 4:GRE 5:H.323
6:HTTP 7:HTTPS 8:IKE 9:IPSEC-AH 10:IPSEC-ESP
11:IRC 12:L2TP 13:NEWS 14:NFS 15:NNTP
16:PING 17:POP3 18:PPTP 19:REAL-AUDIO 20:RTSP
21:SFTP 22:SIP 23:SMTP 24:SNMP 25:SNMP-TRAPS
26:SQL-NET 27:SSH 28:SYSLOG 29:TELNET 30:TFTP
-S <d/s> Show the content for specified DSCP ID/Service type.
-V <1/2/3> Show the rule in the specified class.
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos class -c 2 -n draytek -a -m 1 -l 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Following setting will set in the class2
class 2 name set to draytek
Add a rule in class2
Class2 the 1 rule enabled
Set local address type to Range, 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
586
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command allows user to configure protocol type and port number for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos type [-a <service name> | -e <no> | -d <no>].
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a <name> It means to add rule.
-e <no> It means to edit user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-d <no> It means to delete user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-n <name> It means the name of the service.
-t <type> It means protocol type.
6: tcp(default)
17: udp
0: tcp/udp
<1~254>: other
-p <port> It means service port. The typing format must be [start:end] (ex.,
510:330).
-l List user defined types. “no” means the index number. Available
numbers are 1~40.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos type -a draytek -t 6 -p 510:1330
service name set to draytek
service type set to 6:TCP
Port type set to Range
Service Port set to 510 ~ 1330
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
v
v
o
o
i
i
p
p
This command allows user to enable or disable the QoS for VoIP and RTP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos voip [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off On – Enable the QoS for VoIP.
Off – Disable th QoS for VoIP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos voip off
QoS for VoIP: Disable; SIP Port: 5060
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
58
7
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
u
u
i
i
t
t
This command can exit the telnet command screen.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command displays current status of LAN IP address settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show lan
The LAN settings:
Status IP Mask DHCP Start IP Pool Gateway
-------- --------------- --------------- ---- --------------- ---- --
[V]LAN1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.1.10 200 192.168.1.1
[X]LAN2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.2.10 100 192.168.2.1
[X]LAN3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.3.10 100 192.168.3.1
[X]LAN4 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.4.10 100 192.168.4.1
[X]Route 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0 V 0.0.0.0 0 192.168.0.1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command displays current status of DMZ host.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dmz
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
2 Disable 192.168.1.56
% WAN2 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN2 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
% WAN3 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN3 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
588
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command displays current status of DNS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dns
%% Domain name server settings:
% LAN1 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN1 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN2 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN2 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN3 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN3 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN4 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN4 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command displays current status of open port setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show openport
Index Status Comment Local IP Address
********************************************************
1. Enable TEST 192.168.1.110
Total 1 items listed.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
58
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command displays current status of NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show nat
Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0
0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE
--- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command displays the table of NAT Active Sessions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show portmap
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private_IP:Port Pseudo_IP:Port Peer_IP:Port [Timeout/Protocol/Flag]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
m
m
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command displays the reuse time of NAT session.
Level0: It is the default setting.
Level1: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than 25% of the default setting.
Level2: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than the eighth of the default
setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show pmtime
Level0 TCP=86400001 UDP=300001 ICMP=10001
Level1 TCP=600000 UDP=90000 ICMP=7000
Level2 TCP=60000 UDP=30000 ICMP=5000
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
590
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command displays current status of current session.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show session
% Maximum Session Number: 30000
% Maximum Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Used(include waiting for free): 0
% WAN1 Current Session Usage: 0
% WAN3 Current Session Usage: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command displays current status of LAN and WAN connections.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show status
System Uptime:25:40:53
LAN Status
Primary DNS:8.8.8.8 Secondary DNS:8.8.4.4
IP Address:192.168.1.1 Tx Rate:21417 Rx Rate:15413
WAN 1 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:Fiber Name:
Mode:PPPoE Up Time:0:00:00 IP:--- GW IP:---
TX Packets:0 TX Rate(bps):0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate(bps):0
WAN 2 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:Ethernet Name:
Mode:DHCP Client Up Time:0:00:00 IP:--- GW IP:---
TX Packets:0 TX Rate(bps):0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate(bps):0
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
591
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
This comman can display traffic graph for WAN1, transmitted bytes, receivied bytes and
sessions.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
show traffic [wan1] [tx/rx] [weekly]
show traffic session [weekly]
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show traffic session weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,1 ,3 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,15 ,5 ,4 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 0 ,0 ,0 ,0
> show traffic wan1 tx weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
This command displays statistics for WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
show statistic
show statistic reset [interface]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
reset It means to reset the transmitted/received bytes to Zero.
interface It means to specify WAN1 interface for displaying related statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show statistic
WAN1 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
592
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
m
m
b
b
s
s
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command is used to configure file sharing settings for SMB server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
smb setting [enable/disable]
smb setting show status
smb setting set workgroup [Workgroup name]
smb setting set host [host name]
smb setting set access [LAN or LANWAN]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable/disable Enable or disable the SMB service.
show status Display current status of SMB service.
Set workgroup [Workgroup
name]
Set a name of workgroup for SMB service.
set host [host name] Set a name of the host for SMB service.
set access [LAN or LANWAN] Allow to access into SMB server by LAN or borth LAN and WAN.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> smb setting enable
SMB service is enabled.
> smb setting set access LAN
Allow SMB access from LAN only.
>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
593
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
2
2
This command is used to enable DCHP2 server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dhcp2 [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-l<enable> It menas to enable the LAN port to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-m<enable> It menas to enable MAC address to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-e<id> It menas to turn on the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-d<id> It menas to turn off the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-v It menas to view current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -l 1 -e 1
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -v
2nd DHCP server flag status --
Server works on specified MAC address: ON
Server works on specified LAN port: ON
Port 1 flag: ON
Port 2 flag: ON
Port 3 flag: OFF
Port 4 flag: OFF
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
This command allows users to configure DHCP server for second subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp public start [IP address]
srv dhcp public cnt [IP counts]
srv dhcp public status
srv dhcp public add [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX]
srv dhcp public del [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX/all/ALL]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start It means the starting point of the IP address pool for the DHCP
server.
IP address It means to specify an IP address as the starting point in the IP
address pool.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
594
cnt It means the IP count number.
IP counts It means to specify the number of IP addresses in the pool. The
maximum is 10.
status It means the execution result of this command.
add It means creating a list of hosts to be assigned.
del It means removing the selected MAC address.
MAC Addr It means to specify MAC Address of the host.
all/ALL It means all of the MAC addresses.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 192.168.1.56 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.12 3 default
> srv dhcp public status
Index MAC Address
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
1
1
This command allows users to set Primary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns1 [?]
srv dhcp dns1 [LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4][DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 1 for the DHCP server.
LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4 It means to specify the LAN interface.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS1.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns1 lan1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns1 lan1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
595
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
2
2
This command allows users to set Secondary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns2 [?]
srv dhcp dns2 [LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4][DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 2 for the DHCP server.
LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4 It means to specify the LAN interface.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS2.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns2 lan1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns2 lan1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
f
f
r
r
c
c
d
d
n
n
s
s
m
m
a
a
n
n
l
l
This command can force the router to invoke DNS Server IP address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [on]
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display the current status.
on It means to use manual setting for DNS setting.
Off It means to use auto settings acquired from ISP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl on
% Domain name server now is using manual settings!
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl off
% Domain name server now is using auto settings!
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
596
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to specify gateway address for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp gateway [?]
srv dhcp gateway [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current gateway that you can use.
Gateway IP It means to specify a gateway address used for DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp gateway 192.168.2.1
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command allows users to specify IP counts for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp ipcnt [?]
srv dhcp ipcnt [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used IP count number.
IP counts It means the number that you have to specify for the DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp ipcnt ?
% srv dhcp ipcnt <IP counts>
% Now: 150
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This function allows users to turn off DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
n
n
This function allows users to turn on DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
l
l
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to set DHCP relay setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp relay servip [server ip]
srv dhcp relay subnet [index]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
59
7
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server ip It means the IP address that you want to used as DHCP server.
Index It means subnet 1 or 2. Please type 1 or 2. The router will invoke
this function according to the subnet 1 or 2 specified here.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp relay servip 192.168.1.46
> srv dhcp relay subnet 2
> srv dhcp relay servip ?
% srv dhcp relay servip <server ip>
% Now: 192.168.1.46
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp startip [?]
srv dhcp startip [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used start IP address.
IP address It means the IP address that you can specify for the DHCP server as
the starting point.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp startip 192.168.1.53
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display general information for the DHCP server, such as IP address, MAC
address, leased time, host ID and so on.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp status
LAN1 : DHCP Server On IP Pool: 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.209
Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------
Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------
LAN1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
598
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command can set the lease time for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp leasetime [?]
srv dhcp leasetime [Lease Time (sec)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current leasetime used for the DHCP server.
Lease Time (sec) It means the lease time that DHCP server can use. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp leasetime ?
% srv dhcp leasetime <Lease Time (sec.)>
% Now: 86400
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command can set the node type for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp nodetype <count>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
count It means to specify a type for node.
1. B-node
2. P-node
4. M-node
8. H-node
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp nodetype 1
> srv dhcp nodetype ?
%% srv dhcp nodetype <count>
%% 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
% Now: 1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
59
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the primary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp primWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp primWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of primary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of primary WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp primWINS 192.168.1.88
> srv dhcp primWINS ?
%% srv dhcp primWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp primWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.88
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the secondary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp secWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp secWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of secondary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of second WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp secWINS 192.168.1.180
> srv dhcp secWINS ?
%% srv dhcp secWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp secWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.180
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
600
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
e
e
x
x
p
p
R
R
e
e
c
c
y
y
c
c
l
l
e
e
I
I
P
P
This command can set the time to check if the IP address can be assigned again by DHCP
server or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp expRecycleIP <sec time>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
sec time It means to set the time (5~300 seconds) for checking if the IP can be
assigned again or not.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp expRecycleIP 250
% DHCP expRecycleIP = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command can set the TFTP server as the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
TFTP server name It means to type the name of TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
e
e
l
l
This command can remove the name defined for the TFTP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp tftpdel
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
> srv dhcp tftpdel
% The TFTP Server Name had been deleted !!!
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
601
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can set the custom option for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -s [Next Server IP Address]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -v [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -x [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -a [option value]
srv dhcp option -u [idx number]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-h It means to display usage of this command.
-l It means to display all the user defined DHCP options.
-d It means to delete the option number by specifying its index number.
-e [1 or 0] It means to enable/disable custom option feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i [lan number] It means to specify the LAN interface.
1: lan1,
a: all lan,
r: routed subnet
s [Next Server IP
Address]
It means to specify the IP address for the server.
option number It includes –a, -c, -v and –x.
-a: It means to set the option value by specifying the IP address.
-c: It means to set option number. Available number ranges from 0 to 255.
-v: It means to set option number by typing string.
-x: It means to set option number with the format of Hexadecimal characters.
-u It means to update the option value of the sepecified index.
idx number It means the index number of the option value.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 1/2 -s 8.8.8.8
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 1/2 -c 18 -x 2f70617468
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 2/r -c 44 -a 192.168.1.10,192.168.1.20
> srv dhcp option -u 2 -i 1 -c 60 -v class_id
> srv dhcp option -l
% state idx interface opt type data
% enable 1 LAN1/2 0 SIAddr 8.8.8.8
% enable 2 LAN1 60 ASCII class_id
% enable 3 LAN2/r 44 Address 192.168.1.10 ,192.168.1.20 ,
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
602
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command allows users to set DMZ host. Before using this command, please set WAN IP
Alias first.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat dmz n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to map selected WAN IP to certain host.
1: wan1
m [index] It means the index number (1 ~ 32) of the DMZ host.
Default setting is “1” (WAN 1). It is only available for Static IP
mode. If you use other mode, you can set in this field. If WAN IP
alias has been configured, then the number of DMZ host can be
added more.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e It means to enable/disable such feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i It means to specify the private IP address of the DMZ host.
-r It means to remove DMZ host setting.
-v It means to display current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat dmz 1 1 -i 192.168.1.96
> srv nat dmz -v
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96
2 Disable 192.168.1.56
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
port (500) preservation.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat ipsecpass [options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[options] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
on It means to enable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source port
(500) preservation.
off It means to disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
603
port (500) preservation.
status It means to display current status for checking.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat ipsecpass status
%% Status: IPsec ESP pass-thru and IKE src_port:500 preservation is OFF.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set open port settings for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat openport n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means the index number for the profiles. The range is from 1 to
40.
m It means to specify the sub-item number for this profile. The range
is from 1 to 10.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <enable> It means to enable or disable the open port rule profile.
0: disable
1:enable
-c <comment> It means to type the description (less than 23 characters) for the
defined network service.
-i <local ip> It means to set the IP address for local computer.
Local ip: Type an IP address in this field.
-w <widx> <ipidx> It means to specify the public IP.
widx – means the WAN interface. In which,
1: WAN1 Default, 2: WAN1 Alias 1,….. 255: all WANs.
ipidx – means the index number (1 ~ 32) for all Alias IPs.
-p <protocol> Specify the transport layer protocol.
Available values are TCP, UDP and ALL.
-s<start port> It means to specify the starting port number of the service offered
by the local host. The range is from 0 to 65535.
-e<end port> It means to specify the ending port number of the service offered by
the local host.
The range is from 0 to 65535.
-v It means to display current settings.
-r <remove> It means to delete the specified open port setting.
remove: Type the index number of the profile.
-f <flush> It means to return to factory settings for all the open ports profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat openport 1 1 -a 1 -c games -i 192.168.1.56 -w 1 1 -p TCP -s 23 -
e
83
> Set WAN Port ok!!
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
604
> srv nat openport 1 1 -v
%% Status: Enable
%% Comment: games
%% WAN Interface: WAN1
%% Private IP address: 192.168.1.56
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
1. TCP 23 83
2. TCP/UDP 0 0
3. TCP/UDP 0 0
4. TCP/UDP 0 0
5. TCP/UDP 0 0
6. TCP/UDP 0 0
7. TCP/UDP 0 0
8. TCP/UDP 0 0
9. TCP/UDP 0 0
10. TCP/UDP 0 0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command allows users to set port redirection table for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat portmap add [idx][serv name][proto][pub port][src ip idx][pri ip][pri
port][wan1~wan3][alias IP]
srv nat portmap del [idx]
srv nat portmap disable [idx]
srv nat portmap enable [idx] [proto]
srv nat portmap flush
srv nat portmap table
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Add[idx] It means to add a new port redirection table with an index number.
Available index number is from 1 to 40.
serv name It means to type one name as service name.
proto It means to specify TCP or UDP or All (tcp/udp/all) as the protocol.
pub port It means to specify which port (0~65535) can be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
src ip idx It means the index number of source IP object.
pri ip It means to specify the private IP address of the internal host
providing the service.
pri port It means to specify the private port number (0~65535)of the service
offered by the internal host.
wan1~wan3 It means to specify WAN interface for the port redirection.
del [idx] It means to remove the selected port redirection setting.
disable [idx] It means to inactivate the selected port redirection setting.
enable [idx] It means to activate the selected port redirection setting.
flush It means to clear all the port mapping settings.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
605
table It means to display Port Redirection Configuration Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat portmap add 1 name tcp 100 0 192.168.1.10 200 wan1 1
> srv nat portmap table
NAT Port Redirection Configuration Table:
Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port ifno
1 game 6 80 192.168.1.10 200 -1
2 0 0 0 -2
3 0 0 0 -2
4 0 0 0 -2
5 0 0 0 -2
6 0 0 0 -2
7 0 0 0 -2
8 0 0 0 -2
9 0 0 0 -2
10 0 0 0 -2
11 0 0 0 -2
12 0 0 0 -2
13 0 0 0 -2
14 0 0 0 -2
15 0 0 0 -2
16 0 0 0 -2
17 0 0 0 -2
18 0 0 0 -2
19 0 0 0 -2
20 0 0 0 -2
Protocol: 0 = Disable, 6 = TCP, 17 = UDP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows users to view NAT Port Redirection Running Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat status
NAT Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 6 80 192.168.1.11 100
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
606
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
t
t
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
This command allows users to set port setting for triggering or return to factory default
settings of port.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat trigger setdefault
srv nat trigger view
srv nat trigger n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
srv nat trigger setdefault It means to set to factory default.
srv nat trigger view It will show all port trigger settings.
n It means the rule number for the profiles.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-c Type text as a comment.
-e Enable/disable this emety [1/0].
-P Specify the protocol [1-TCP, 2-UDP, 3-All] for triggering.
-t Specify the number of trigger port.
-P Specify the protocol [1-TCP, 2-UDP, 3-All] for incoming data.
-i Specify the number of incoming port.
-d Delete the specified trigger profile.
-v [n] Show port trigger setting by specifying the rule number.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat trigger 1 -c test -e 1 -s 2 -p 1 -t 85 -P 2 -i 190
> srv nat trigger view
%% Port Trigger Rule status:
Index Status Comment TProto TPort IProto IPort
-----------------------------------------------------
1 Enable test TCP 85 UDP 190
2 Disable
3 Disable
4 Disable
5 Disable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
60
7
6 Disable
7 Disable
8 Disable
9 Disable
10 Disable
11 Disable
12 Disable
13 Disable
14 Disable
15 Disable
16 Disable
17 Disable
18 Disable
19 Disable
20 Disable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
This command allows users to view a summary of NAT port redirection setting, open port and
DMZ settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat showall
Index Proto WAN IP:Port Private IP:Port Act
*************************************************************************
****
R01 TCP 0.0.0.0:100 192.168.1.10:200 Y
O01 TCP 0.0.0.0:23~83 192.168.1.56:23~83 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
D01 All 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96 Y
R:Port Redirection, O:Open Ports, D:DMZ
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
-
-
i
i
This command is used to obtain the TX (transmitted) or RX (received) data for each connected
switch.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch -i [switch idx_no] [option]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
switch idx_no It means the index number of the switch profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
608
option The available commands with parameters are listed below.
cmd
acc
traffic [on/off/status/tx/rx]
cmd It means to send command to the client.
acc It means to set the client authentication account and password.
traffic
[on/off/status/tx/rx]
It means to turn on/off or display the data transmission from the
client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch -i 1 traffic on
External Device NO. 1 traffic statistic function is enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch status
External Device auto discovery status : Disable
No Respond to External Device : Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
t
t
_
_
r
r
e
e
s
s
p
p
o
o
n
n
d
d
This command is used to detect the external device automatically and display on this page.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch not_respond 0
switch not_respond 1
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
0 Disable the option of "No Respond to External Device packets".
1 Enable the option of "No Respond to External Device packets".
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch not_respond 1
slave not respond!
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
o
o
n
n
This command is used to turn on the auto discovery for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch on
Enable Extrnal Device auto discovery!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
o
o
f
f
f
f
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
60
9
This command is used to turn off the auto discovery for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch off
Disable External Device auto discovery!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command is used to display the connection status of the switch.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch list
No. Mac IP status Dur Time Model_Name
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
[1] 00-50-7f-cd-07-48 192.168.1.3 On-Line 00:01:01 Vigor2920
Series
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
c
c
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
This command is used to reset the switch table and reboot the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch clear [idx]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
idx It means the index number of each item shown on the table.
The range is from 1 to 8.
-f It means to clear all of the data.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch clear 1
Switch Data clear successful
> switch clear -f
Switch Data clear successful
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
q
q
u
u
e
e
r
r
y
y
/
/
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to enable or disable the switch query / syslog.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch query on
Extern Device status query is Enable
> switch query off
Extern Device status query is Disable
> switch syslog on
External Device syslog is Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
This command is used for RD engineer to access into test mode of Vigor router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
610
This command is used to create user account and specify LDAP server. The server will
authenticate the local user who wants to access into the web user interface of Vigor router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys adminuser [option]
sys adminuser edit [index] username password
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option Available options includes:
Local [0-1]
edit [INDEX]
delete [INDEX]
view [INDEX]
Local [0-1] 0 – Disable the local user.
1 – Enable the local user.
edit [INDEX] username
password
Edit an existed user account or create a new local user account.
[INDEX] – 1 ~8. There are eight profiles to be added / edited.
Username – Type a new name for local user.
Password – Type a password for local user.
delete [INDEX] Delete a local user account.
view [INDEX] Show the user account/password detail information.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys adminuser Local 1
Local User has enabled!
> sys adminuser edit 1 carrie test123
Updated!
>> sys adminuser view 1
Index:1
User Name:carrie
User Password:test123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to disable/enable the function of default or wireless LAN button.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys board button [def/wlan [on/off]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
def It is used to disable/enable bonjour service (0: disable, 1: enable).
wlan It is used to disable/enable http (web) service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
on/off On – enable the button function.
Off – disable the button function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
611
> sys board button def on
> default button is on now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command reset the router with factory default settings. When a user types this command,
all the configuration will be reset to default setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys cfg default
sys cfg status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
default It means to reset current settings with default values.
status It means to display current profile version and status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cfg status
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x4845af2c)
> sys cfg default
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
m
m
d
d
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command displays the history of the commands that you have typed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cmdlog
[1] ?
[2] sys ?
[3] sys adminuser ?
[4] sys board ?
[5] sys board button ?
[6] sys board button def on
[7] sys cfg ?
[8] sys cfg status
[9] sys /
[10] sys cmdlog ?
[11] sys cmdlog
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command displays current status of FTP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys ftpd on
sys ftpd off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
612
on It means to turn on the FTP server of the system.
off It means to turn off the FTP server of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys ftpd on
% sys ftpd turn on !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the domain name of the system when DHCP mode is
selected for WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys domainname [wan1] [Domain Name Suffix]
sys domainname [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
Domain Name Suffix It means the name for the domain of the system. The maximum
number of characters that you can set is 39.
clear It means to remove the domain name of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys domainname wan1 clever
> sys domainname wan2 intellegent
> sys domainname ?
% sys domainname <wan1 > <Domain Name Suffix (max. 39 characters)>
% sys domainname <wan1 > clear
% Now: wan1 == clever
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
i
i
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
This command displays the current interface connection status (UP or Down) with IP address,
MAC address and Netmask for the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys iface
Interface 0 Ethernet:
Status: UP
IP Address: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 0xFFFFFF00 (Private)
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0xFFFFFFFF
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-00
Interface 4 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-02
Interface 5 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
613
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-03
Interface 6 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-04
Interface 7 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-05
Interface 8 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-06
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the name for the router when DHCP mode is selected for
WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys name [wan1] [ASCII string]
sys name [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
ASCII string It means the name for router. The maximum character that you can
set is 39.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys name wan1 drayrouter
> sys name ?
% sys name <wan1> <ASCII string (max. 39 characters)>
% sys name <wan1 > clear
% Now: wan1 == drayrouter
Note: Such name can be used to recognize router’s identification in SysLog dialog.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
614
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
d
d
This command allows users to set password for the administrator.
sys passwd [old password] [new passoword: ASCII string]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
old password It means the old password for administrator.
new passoword: ASCII string It means the password for administrator. The maximum character
that you can set is 83.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys passwd admin admin123
> Password change successful !!!
> sys passwd admin123 admin
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router immediately.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys reboot
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router automatically within a certain time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys autoreboot [on/off/hour(s)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off On – It means to enable the function of auto-reboot.
Off – It means to disable the function of auto-reboot.
hours It means to set the time schedule for router reboot.
For example, if you type “2” in this field, the router will reboot
with an interval of two hours.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys autoreboot on
autoreboot is ON
> sys autoreboot 2
autoreboot is ON
autoreboot time is 2 hour(s)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
o
o
m
m
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command allows users to save current settings to FLASH. Usually, current settings will be
saved in SRAM. Yet, this command will save the file to FLASH.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
615
> sys commit
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command can turn on TFTP server for upgrading the firmware.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tftpd
% TFTP server enabled !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can display current version for the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys version
Router Model: Vigor2133ac Version: 3.8.5_RC4a English
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x4845af2c)
Router IP: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Firmware Build Date/Time: Mar 30 2017 17:42:06
Router Name: DrayTek
Revision: 63880 V385
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
q
q
r
r
y
y
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can display the system memory status and leakage list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys qrybuf
System Memory Status and Leakage List
Buf sk_buff ( 224B), used#: 2808, cached#: 27
Buf KMC4088 (4088B), used#: 1155, cached#: 5
Buf KMC2552 (2552B), used#: 1671, cached#: 420
Buf KMC1016 (1016B), used#: 13, cached#: 3
Buf KMC504 ( 504B), used#: 148, cached#: 4
Buf KMC248 ( 248B), used#: 374, cached#: 26
Buf KMC120 ( 120B), used#: 1200, cached#: 80
Buf KMC56 ( 56B), used#: 27, cached#: 37
Buf KMC24 ( 24B), used#: 1061, cached#: 91
Dynamic memory: 26214400B; 10034208B used; 1156064B/0B in level 1/2 cache.
FLOWTRACK Memory Status
# of free = 32000
# of maximum = 0
# of flowstate = 32000
# of lost by siganture = 0
# of lost by list = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
o
o
l
l
l
l
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can turn on or turn off polling buffer for the router.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
616
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys pollbuf [on]
sys pollbuf [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on pulling buffer.
off It means to turn off pulling buffer.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys pollbuf on
% Buffer polling is on!
> sys pollbuf off
% Buffer polling is off!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
r
r
i
i
t
t
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command can improve triple play quality.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys britask [on]
sys britask [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the bridge task for improving the triple play
quality.
off It means to turn off the bridge task.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys britask on
% bridge task is ON, now
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
61
7
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
r
r
0
0
6
6
9
9
This command can set CPE settings for applying in VigorACS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys tr069 get [parm] [option]
sys tr069 set [parm] [value]
sys tr069 getnoti [parm]
sys tr069 setnoti [parm] [value]
sys tr069 log
sys tr069 debug [on/off]
sys tr069 save
sys tr069 inform [event code]
sys tr069 port [port num]
sys tr069 cert_auth [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
get [parm] [option] It means to get parameters for tr-069.
option=<nextlevel>: only gets nextlevel for GetParameterNames.
set [parm] [value] It means to set parameters for tr-069.
getnoti [parm] It means to get parameter notification value.
setnoti [parm] [value] It means to set parameter notification value.
log It means to display the TR-069 log.
debug [on/off] on: turn on the function of sending debug message to syslog.
off: turn off the function of sending debug message to syslog.
save It means to save the parameters to the flash memory of the router.
Inform [event code] It means to inform parameters for tr069 with different event codes.
[event code] includes:
0-"0 BOOTSTRAP",
1-"1 BOOT",
2-"2 PERIODIC",
3-"3 SCHEDULED",
4-"4 VALUE CHANGE",
5-"5 KICKED",
6-"6 CONNECTION REQUEST",
7-"7 TRANSFER COMPLETE",
8-"8 DIAGNOSTICS COMPLETE",
9-"M Reboot"
port [port num] It means to change tr069 listen port number.
cert_auth [on/off] on: turn on certificate-based authentication.
off: turn off certificate-based authentication.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tr069 get Int. nextlevel
Total number of parameter is 24
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
618
Total content length of parameter is 915
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.DeviceInfo.
InternetGatewayDevice.ManagementServer.
InternetGatewayDevice.Time.
InternetGatewayDevice.Layer3Forwarding.
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.Services.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_InternetAcc.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_LAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_NAT.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Firewall.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Bandwidth.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Applications.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VPN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VoIP.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_WirelessLAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_System.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Status.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Diagnostics.
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for traversal.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys alg [1]
sys alg [0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1 It means to turn on ALG.
0 It means to turn off ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg ?
Usage: sys alg <command> <parameter>
-e: enable ALG (0:disable, 1:enable)
Current ALG status
-ALG Master Switch: Disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
i
i
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for SIP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys sip_alg <command> <parameter>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
61
9
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-p 0/1 Set the listening port (1~65535) for SIP ALG.
-u 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along UDP path.
-t 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along TCP path.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg -p 65535
Current listening port: 65535
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
t
t
s
s
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off SIP ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for RTSP
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys rtsp_alg <command> <parameter>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the function of RTSP ALG.
-p 0/1 Set the listening port (1~65535) for RTSP ALG.
-u 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along UDP path.
-t 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along TCP path.
-v Display RTP and RTCP portmap information of RTSP ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys rtsp_alg -e 1
Auto enable ALG Master Switch
Enable RTSP ALG
> sys rtsp_alg -p 85
Current listening RTSP Port: 85
> sys rtsp_alg ?
Usage: sys rtsp_alg <command> <parameter>
-e: enable RTSP ALG (0:disable, 1:enable)
-p: set your listening port for RTSP ALG
-u: enable listen along UDP path (0:disable, 1:enable)
-t: enable listen along TCP path (0:disable, 1:enable)
-v: show rtp and rtcp portmap information of RTSP ALG
Current RTSP ALG status
-ALG Master Switch: Enabled
-RTSP ALG: Enabled
-Listen along UDP path: Yes
-Listen along TCP path: Yes
-Listening Port: 85
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
620
-Max RTSP session num: 256
-Remain RTSP session num: 256
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
i
i
c
c
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
This command can process the system license.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys license licmsg
sys license licauth
sys license regser
sys license licera
sys license licifno
sys license lic_wiz [set/reg/qry]
sys license trigger [-e/-d/-s]
sys license dev_chg
sys license dev_key
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
licmsg It means to display license message.
licauth It means the license authentication time setting.
regser It means the license register server setting.
licera It means to erase license setting.
licifno It means license and signature download interface setting.
lic_wiz [set/reg/qry] It means the license wizard setting.
qry: query service support status
set [idx] [trial] [service type] [sp_id] [start_date] [License Key]
reg: register service in portal
trigger[-e/-d/-s] It means to trigger the license automatically to update on boot
time.
-e – Enable the license trigger to update.
-d – Disable the license trigger to update.
-s – Display license status.
dev_chg It means to change the device key.
dev_key It means to show device key.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys license licifno
License and Signature download interface setting:
licifno [AUTO/WAN#]
Ex: licifno wan1
Download interface is "auto-selected" now.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
621
> sys license lic_trigger -e
Trigger the license to update, value=1
> sys license lic_trigger -d
Don't trigger the license to update, value=0
> sys license lic_trigger -s
License update state=0 (0:disable, 1:enable)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
a
a
y
y
l
l
i
i
g
g
h
h
t
t
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
This command is used to configure daylight save setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys daylightsave [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-v Display the daylight saving settings.
-r Set to factory default setting.
-e [1/0] Enable (1) / disable (0) daylight saving.
-t [0/1/2] Specify the saving type for daylight setting.
0 – Default
1 – Time range
2 - Yearly
-s <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the detailed settings of the starting day for time range type.
year – must be the year after 2013.
month - 1 ~ 12
day – 1 ~ 31
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g., sys daylightsave -s 2014 3 10 12
-d <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the detailed settings of the ending day for time range type.
year – After 2013.
month - 1 ~ 12
day – 1 ~ 31
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g., sys daylightsave -d 2014 9 10 12
-y <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the detailed settings of the starting day for yearly type.
month - 1 ~ 12
th weekday – 1 ~ 5, 9: last week
day in week - 0:Sun, 1:Mon, 2:Tue, 3:Wed, 4:Thu, 5: Fri, 6:Sat
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g, sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
-z <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the detailed settings of the ending day for yearly type.
month - 1 ~ 12
th weekday – 1 ~ 5, 9: last week
day in week - 0:Sun, 1:Mon, 2:Tue, 3:Wed, 4:Thu, 5: Fri, 6:Sat
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g, sys daylightsave -z 3 1 6 14
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
622
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
% Start: Yearly on Sep 1th Sun 14:00
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
n
n
s
s
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
b
b
l
l
This command is used to configure TTL settings which will be displayed in DNS Cache table.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys dnsCacheTbl [<command><parameter>|…]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-l Display DNS IPv4 entry in the DNS cache table.
-s Display DNS IPv6 entry in the DNS cache table.
-v Display the TTL limit value in the DNS cache table.
-t < 0/n > Set the TTL limit value in the DNS cache table.
0- No limit
N – Greater than or equal to 5.
-c Clear the DNS cache table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys dnsCacheTbl -l
%DNS Cache Table List
> sys dnsCacheTbl -t 65
% Set TTL limit: 65 seconds.
% When TTL larger than 65s , delete the DNS entry in the router's DNS cache
tabl
e.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to enable / disable syslog.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys syslog -a <enable> [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Access Setup.
-s <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Save to Syslog Server.
-i <IP address> Define the IP address of the Syslog server.
-d <port number> Define the port number (1 ~ 65535) as the destination port.
-u <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Save to USB Disk.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
623
-m <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Mail Syslog.
-f <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Filewall Log.
-v <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) VPN Log.
-e <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) User Access Log.
-c <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Call Log.
-w <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) WAN Log.
-r <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Router/DSL Information.
-t <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) AlertLog Setup.
-o <port number> Define the port number (1 ~ 65535) for AlertLog.
-p Update the IP address of the server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys syslog -a 1 -s 1 -i 192.168.1.25 -d 514
> sys syslog –p
> Updating server IP address..
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
a
a
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command is used to configure settings for mail alert function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys mailalert [<command><parameter>|…]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e <0/1> Enable (1) or disable (0) the mail alert function.
-i <SMTP Server IP> Set the SMTP sever IP address.
-o <SMTP Server Port> Set the port number (1~65535) for SMTP server.
-a <Mail Address> Set Alert Mail Reciver E-maiil Address.
-r <Mail Address> Set Mail Return E-mail Address.
-s <0/1> Enable/Disable Use SSL.
-h <0/1> Enable/Disable SMTP Authentication.
-u <Username> Set Username for SMTP Authentication.
-p <Password> Set Password for SMTP Authentication.
-l <type> <0 /1 > "0 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the DoS Attack.
"1 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the APPE.
"2 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the VPN Log.
"3 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the APPE Signature.
"6 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the Reboot Debug Log.
-f Reset Mail Alert Setting to factory default.
-v Show Current Mail Alert Setting.
-R <0/1> Set Mail Alert Reboot Debug Log Mode.
0: Limited Mode, 1: Unlimited Mode.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
624
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys mailalert -e 1
> sys mailalert -i 172.16.3.168
> sys mailalert -o 886
> sys mailalert -a john@draytek.com
> sys mailalert -v
------ Current setting for Mail Alert ------
Mail Alert: Enable
SMTP Server IP Address: 172.16.3.168
SMTP Server Port: 886
Alert Mail Reciver E-maiil Address: john@draytek.com
Mail Return E-mail Address:
Use SSL: Disable
SMTP Authentication: Disable
Username for SMTP Authentication:
Password for SMTP Authentication:
Mail Alert for DoS Attack: Enable.
Mail Alert for APPE: Enable.
Mail Alert for VPN Log: Enable.
Mail Alert for APPE Signature: Disable.
Mail Alert for Reboot Debug Log: Disable, Mode: Limited.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command is used to configure system time and date.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys time server [domain]
sys time inquire
sys time show
sys time wan [option]
sys time zone [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
domain Type the domain name of the time server. The maximum length is
39 characters.
Option [0/1/2/3] Select WAN interface for applying the time server.
0 - Auto
1 - WAN1
2 - WAN2
3 - WAN3
index Different number means different time zone.
1 - GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein
2 - GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa
3 - GMT-10:00 Hawaii
4 - GMT-09:00 Alaska
5 - GMT-08:00 Pacific Time (US & Canada)
6 - GMT-08:00 Tijuana
7 - GMT-07:00 Mountain Time (US & Canada)
8 - GMT-07:00 Arizona
9 - GMT-06:00 Central Time (US & Canada)
10 - GMT-06:00 Saskatchewan
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
625
11 - GMT-06:00 Mexico City, Tegucigalpa
12 - GMT-05:00 Eastern Time (US & Canada)
13 - GMT-05:00 Indiana (East)
14 - GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito
15 - GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time (Canada)
16 - GMT-04:00 Caracas, La Paz
17 - GMT-04:00 Santiago
18 - GMT-03:30 Newfoundland
19 - GMT-03:00 Brasilia
20 - GMT-03:00 Buenos Aires, Georgetown
21 - GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic
22 - GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape Verde Is.
23 - GMT Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin
24 - GMT Edinburgh, Lisbon, London
25 - GMT Casablanca, Monrovia
26 - GMT+01:00 Belgrade, Bratislava
27 - GMT+01:00 Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
28 - GMT+01:00 Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija
29 - GMT+01:00 Warsaw, Zagreb
30 - GMT+01:00 Brussels, Copenhagen
31 - GMT+01:00 Madrid, Paris, Vilnius
32 - GMT+01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern
33 - GMT+01:00 Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
34 - GMT+02:00 Bucharest
35 - GMT+02:00 Cairo
36 - GMT+02:00 Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn
37 - GMT+02:00 Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
38 - GMT+02:00 Jerusalem
39 - GMT+02:00 Harare, Pretoria
40 - GMT+03:00 Volgograd
41 - GMT+03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh
42 - GMT+03:00 Nairobi
43 - GMT+03:00 Moscow, St. Petersburg
44 - GMT+03:30 Tehran
45 - GMT+04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat
46 - GMT+04:00 Baku, Tbilisi
47 - GMT+04:30 Kabul
48 - GMT+05:00 Ekaterinburg
49 - GMT+05:00 Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
50 - GMT+05:30 Bombay, Calcutta
51 - GMT+05:30 Madras, New Delhi
52 - GMT+06:00 Astana, Almaty, Dhaka
53 - GMT+06:00 Colombo
54 - GMT+07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
55 - GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing
56 - GMT+08:00 Hong Kong, Urumqi
57 - GMT+08:00 Singapore
58 - GMT+08:00 Taipei
59 - GMT+08:00 Perth
60 - GMT+09:00 Seoul
61 - GMT+09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
62 - GMT+09:00 Yakutsk
63 - GMT+09:30 Darwin
64 - GMT+09:30 Adelaide
65 - GMT+10:00 Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
66 - GMT+10:00 Brisbane
67 - GMT+10:00 Hobart
68 - GMT+10:00 Vladivostok
69 - GMT+10:00 Guam, Port Moresby
70 - GMT+11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is.
71 - GMT+11:00 New Caledonia
72 - GMT+12:00 Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
73 - GMT+12:00 Auckland, Wellington
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys time zone 8
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
626
Set Time Zone OK
> sys time show
*************** System Time ***************
Current System Time: [2000 Jan 01 Sat 02:09:29]
Time Server: [pool.ntp.org]
Time Zone Index: [8]. GMT-07:00
*********************************************
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to display or hidden the information displayed on the dashboard.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys dashboard show
sys dashboard -[<command> <value> [-<command> <value> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
command 0 : Front Panel
1 : System Information
2 : IPv4 LAN Information
3 : IPv4 Internet Access
4 : IPv6 Internet Access
5 : Interface
6 : Security
7 : System Resource
8 : LTE Status
9 : Quick Access
a : VoIP
value 1 : Enable
0 : Disable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys dashboard -1 1 -2 0
System Information enabled
IPv4 LAN Information disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to display current settings for sending test mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> testmail
Send out test mail
Mail Alert:[Disable]
SMTP_Server:[0.0.0.0]
Mail to:[]
Return-Path:[]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
62
7
This command can close UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp off
UPNP say bye-bye
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
n
n
This command can enable UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp on
UPNP start.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command can display IGD NAT status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp nat ?
****************** IGD NAT Status ****************
((0))
InternalClient >>192.168.1.10<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>21<<, ExternalPort >>21<<
PortMapProtocol >>TCP<<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
Ftp Example [MICROSOFT]
((1))
InternalClient >>0.0.0.0<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>0<<, ExternalPort >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
This command can display the information of the UPnP service. UPnP service must be enabled
first.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp service
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE1 <<<<<
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
628
serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
serviceId urn:microsoft-com:serviceId:OSInfo1
SCPDURL /upnp/OSInfo.xml
controlURL /OSInfo1
eventURL /OSInfoEvent1
UDN uuid:774e9bbe-7386-4128-b627-001daa843464
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE2 <<<<<
serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
serviceId urn:upnp-org:serviceId:WANCommonIFC1
SCPDURL /upnp/WComIFCX.xml
controlURL /upnp?control=WANCommonIFC1
eventURL /upnp?event=WANCommonIFC1
UDN uuid:2608d902-03e2-46a5-9968-4a54ca499148
.
.
.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
u
u
b
b
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
b
b
e
e
This command can show all UPnP services subscribed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp subscribe
>>>> (1) serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
>>>> (2) serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
>>>> (3) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANPOTSLinkConfig:1
>>>> (4) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANPPPConnection:1
>>>> (5) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANIPConnection:1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
t
t
m
m
p
p
v
v
s
s
This command can display current status of temp Virtual Server of your router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> upnp tmpvs
****************** Temp virtual server status ****************
((0))
real_addr >>192.168.1.10<<, pseudo_addr >>172.16.3.229<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>TCP<<
time >>0<<
((1))
real_addr >>0.0.0.0<<, pseudo_addr >>0.0.0.0<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
629
The protocol >>0<<
time >>0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
This command is used to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
upnp wan [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
n=0, it means to auto-select WAN interface.
n=1, WAN1
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp wan 1
use wan1 now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
b
b
d
d
e
e
v
v
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
This command is use to display the information about the brand name and model name of the
USB modems which are supported by Vigor router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> usb devstat
USB Port1: No device
USB Port2: No device
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
b
b
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set profiles for FTP/SMB users.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
usb user add [Index] [Username] [Password] [Permission] [Home path]
usb user rm [Index]
usb user enable [Index]
usb user disable [Index]
usb user list
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add Add a new user profile.
rm Delete an existed user profile.
enable Enable a user profile.
disable Disable a user profile.
list Display all of the user profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
630
index It means the index number of the user profile. There are 16 profiles
allowed to be configured. So the range of such option is 1 ~ 16.
Username Type a text (maximum 11 characters) as the username for the user
profile.
Password Type a text (maximum 11 characters) as the password for the user
profile.
Permission Specify the action (RWDLCR) permitted. If one of the actions is not
allowed, simple type “-” instead.
R – Read File.
W – Write File.
D – Delete File.
L – List directory.
C – Create directory.
R – Remove selected directory.
Home path Set the path (maximum 159 characters) for the USB user profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> usb user add 1 root 1234 R-DLCR /usr
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is to configure specified WAN as bridge mode.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
vigbrg set -v [IP version] -w [WAN_idx] -l [LAN_idx] -e [0/1] -f [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-v [IP version] Indicate the IP version for the IP address.
4 – IPv4.
6 – IPv6.
-w [WAN_idx] WAN_idx – Indicate the WAN interface.
1 – WAN1
-l [LAN_idx] LAN_idx – Indicate the LAN interface.
1 – LAN1
2 – LAN2
3 – LAN3
4 – LAN4
e [0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the Vigor Bridge for WAN or/and LAN.
f [0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the firewall functions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg set -v 4 -w 1 -l 1 -e 1
[WAN1] IPv4 bridge is enable. Set subnet[LAN1]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can show whether the Vigor Bridge Function is enabled or disabled.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
631
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg status
Show gConfig setting of bridge mode
[WAN1] IPv4 bridge is enable [LAN1].
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
c
c
f
f
g
g
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to transfer a bridge modem into ADSL router by accessing into and
adjusting specified IP address. Users can access into Web UI of the router to manage the
router through the IP address configured here.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vigbrg cfgip [IP Address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP Address It means to type an IP address for users to manage the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg cfgip 192.168.1.15
> vigbrg cfgip ?
% Vigor Bridge Config IP,
% Now: 192.168.1.15
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WAN connection status for the modem (change from
ADSL router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC,
VLAN port for Vigor Bridge Function..
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan Port
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WLAN connection status for the modem (change from
router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC, VLAN
port for Vigor Bridge Function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wlanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan Port
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
g
g
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This command allows you to set VLAN group. You can set four VLAN groups. Please run vlan
restart command after you change any settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan group id [set/set_ex] [p1/p2/p3/p4/s1/s2/s3/s4]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
632
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
id It means the group 0 to 7 for VLAN.
set It indicates each port can join more than one VLAN group.
set_ex It indicates each port can join one VLAN group at one time.
p1/p2/p3/p4 It indicates LAN port 1 to LAN port 4. To group LAN1, LAN2, LAN3
and/or LAN4 under one VLAN group, please type the port number(s)
you want.
s1/s2/s3/s4 It is only available for WALN models.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan group 3 set p1 s3 s4
VLAN p1 p2 p3 p4 s1 s2 s3 s4
-----------------------------------------------
3 V V V
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
o
o
f
f
f
f
This command allows you to disable VLAN function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan off
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan off
VLAN is Disable!
Force subnet LAN2/3/4 to be disabled!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
o
o
n
n
This command allows you to enable VLAN function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan on
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan on
VLAN is Enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
p
p
r
r
i
i
This command is used to define the priority for each VLAN profile setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan pri n pri_no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means VLAN ID number.
n=VLAN ID number (from 0 to 7).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
633
pri_no It means the priority of VLAN profile.
pri_no=0 ~7 (from none to highest priority).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan pri 1 2
VLAN1: Priority=2
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command can make VLAN settings restarted with newest configuration.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan restart
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan restart ?
VLAN restarts!!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command display current status for VLAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan status
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan status
VLAN is Enable :
------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Enable VID Pri p1 p2 p3 p4 s1 s2 s3 s4 subnet
------------------------------------------------------
0 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
1 OFF 0 2 1:LAN1
2 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
3 OFF 0 0 V V V 1:LAN1
4 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
5 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
6 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
7 OFF 0 0 1:LAN1
------------------------------------------------------
Note: they are only untag for s1/s2/s3/s4, but they can join tag vlan with
lan ports.
Permit untagged device in P1 to access router: ON.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command is used to configure the LAN interface used by the VLAN group.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan subnet group_id [1/2/3/4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
634
[1/2/3/4] It means interfaces, LAN1 ~ LAN4.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan subnet group_id 2
% Vlan Group-0 using LAN2 !
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command changes the VLAN encapsulation mechanisms in the LAN driver.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan submode [on|off|status]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to enable the promiscuous mode.
off It means to enable the normal mode.
status It means to display if submode is normal mode or promiscuous
mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan submode status
% vlan subnet mode : normal mode
> vlan submode on
% vlan subnet mode modified to promiscuous mode.
> vlan submode status
% vlan subnet mode : promiscuous mode
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
t
t
a
a
g
g
g
g
e
e
d
d
This command is used to enable or disable the incoming of untagged packets.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan tagged [n] [on/off]
vlan tagged [unlimited] [on/off]
vlan tagged [p1_untag] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means VLAN channel.
The ranage is from 0 to 7.
on/off It means to enable/disable the tagged VLAN.
[unlimited] [on/off] unlimited on: It allows the incoming of untagged packets even all
VLAN are tagged.
unlimited off: It does not allows the incoming of untagged packets.
[p1_untag] [on/off] P1_untag on: It allows the incoming of untagged packets form LAN
port 1.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
635
P1_untag off: It does not allow the incoming of untagged packets
from LAN port 1.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan tagged unlimited on
unlimited mode is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
v
v
i
i
d
d
This command is used to configure VID number for each VLAN channel.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan vid n vid_no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means VLAN channel.
The ranage is from 0 to 7.
vid_no It means the value of VLAN ID. Type the value as the VLAN ID
number. The range is form 0 to 4095.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan vid 1 4095
VLAN1, vid=4095
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
i
i
d
d
This command is used to modify and show the scope (reserved 78) of the VLAN IDs used
internally by the system.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vlan sysvid [show | n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to show the scope of VLAN ID used internally.
n It means the value to be set as VLAN ID.
The range is from 0 to 4018.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vlan sysvid 100
You have set system VLAN ID to range: 100 ~ 177,
We recommend that you reboot the system now.
> vlan sysvid 200
You have set system VLAN ID to range: 200 ~ 263,
We recommend that you reboot the system now.
> vlan sysvid show
The system VLAN ID is in range: 200 ~ 263
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
l
l
2
2
l
l
s
s
e
e
t
t
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
636
This command allows users to set advanced parameters for LAN to LAN function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn l2lset [list index] peerid [peerid]
vpn l2lset [list index] localid [localid]
vpn l2lset [list index]main [auto/proposal index]
vpn l2lset [list index] aggressive [g1/g2]
vpn l2lset [list index]pfs [on/off]
vpn l2lset [list index] phase1[lifetime]
vpn l2lset [list index] phase2[lifetime]
vpn l2lset [list index] x509localid [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list index It means the index number of L2L (LAN to LAN) profile.
peerid It means the peer identity for aggressive mode.
localid It means the local identity for aggressive mode.
main It means to choose proposal for main mode.
auto index It means to choose default proposals.
proposal index It means to choose specified proposal.
aggressive It means the chosen DH group for aggressive mode
pfs It means “perfect forward secrete”.
on/off It means to turn on or off the PFS function.
phase1 It means phase 1 of IKE.
lifetime It means the lifetime value (in second) for phase 1 and phase 2.
phase2 It means phase 2 of IKE.
X509localid It means the local identity for X509 server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn l2lset 1 peerid test
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
d
d
i
i
n
n
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to configure setting for remote dial-in VPN profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn dinset <list index>
vpn dinset <list index> <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> username <USERNAME>
vpn dinset <list index> password <PASSWORD>
vpn dinset <list index> motp <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> pin_secret <pin> <secret>
vpn dinset <list index> timeout <0~9999>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
63
7
vpn dinset <list index> dintype <Type> <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> subnet <0~4>
vpn dinset <list index> assignip <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> srnode <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> remoteip <Remote_Client_IP_Address>
vpn dinset <list index> peer <Peer_ID>
vpn dinset <list index> naming <pass/block>
vpn dinset <list index> multicastvpn <pass/block>
vpn dinset <list index> prekey <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> assignkey <Pre_Shared_Key>
vpn dinset <list index> digsig <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> ipsec <Method> <on/off>
vpn dinset <list index> localid <Local_ID>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<list index> It means the index number of the profile.
<on/off> It means to enable or disable the profile.
on – Enable.
off – Disable.
motp <on/off> It means to enable or disable the authentication with mOTP
function.
on – Enable.
off – Disable.
pin_secret<pin> <secret> It means to set PIN code with secret.
<pin> - Type the code for authentication (e.g, 1234).
<secret> - Use the 32 digit-secret number generated by mOTP in the
mobile phone (e.g., e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6)
timeout <0~9999> It means to set the time out for dial-in VPN profile. The default is
300 seconds.
username It means to set a username for dial-in VPN profile.
password It means to set the password for dial-in VPN profile.
dintype <Type> <on/off> It means to set dial-in type for creating VPN connection.
<Type>- 0:PPTP,1:IPsec Tunnel,2:L2TP with IPsec Policy,3:SSL Tunnel
<on/off> - on – Enable; off - Disable
subnet <0~4> It means to set the LAN subnet for the VPN profile.
0:LAN1
1:LAN2
2:LAN3
3:LAN4
4:DMZ
assignip <on/off> It means to enable the assignment for static IP address.
on: enable
off: disable.
smdoe <on/off> It means to enable the function of Specify Remote Node.
on: enable
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
638
off: disable.
remoteip
<Remote_Client_IP_Address
>
It means to assign the IP address for the remote client.
peer <Peer_ID> It means to assign the peer ID for such profile.
naming <pass/block> Pass – Click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the
hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both
sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, it can block data transmission of
Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel.
multicastvpn <pass/block> Pass –Let multicast packets pass through the router.
Block – This is default setting. It can let multicast packets be
blocked by the router.
prekey <on/off> It means to enable/disable the pre-shared key for IKE
authentication method.
on: enable
off: disable.
assignkey <Pre_Shared_Key> Assign the pre-shared key.
Pre_Shared_Key Type a string.
digsig <on/off> Enable /disable the function of Digital Signature (X.509) for IKE
authentication method.
ipsec <Method> <on/off> Set the IPsec security medthod for the specified VPN profile.
Method - 0:Medium(AH) High(ESP), 1:DES, 2:3DES, 3:AES
on / off - enable / disable.
localid <Local_ID> Assign a local ID to be used for Dial-in setting in the LAN-to-LAN
Profile setup.
Local_ID – Type a string.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn dinset 1
Dial-in profile index 1
Profile Name: ???
Status: Deactive
Mobile OTP: Disabled
Password:
Idle Timeout: 300 sec
> vpn dinset 1 on
% set profile active
> vpn dinset 1 motp on
% Enable Mobile OTP mode!>
> vpn dinset 1 pin_secret 1234 e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6
> vpn dinset 1
Dial-in profile index 1
Profile Name: ???
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
63
9
Status: Active
Mobile OTP: Enabled
PIN: 1234
Secret: e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6
Idle Timeout: 300 sec
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to specify a subnet selection for the specified remote dial-in VPN
profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn subnet [index] [1/2/3/4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<index> It means the index number of the VPN profile.
<1/2/3/4/5> 1 – it means LAN1
2 – it means LAN2.
3 – it means LAN3
4 – it means LAN4.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn subnet 1 2
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows users to setup VPN for different types.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Command of PPTP Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> pptp_out <ip> <usr> <pwd> <nip> <nmask>
Command of IPSec Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> ipsec_out <ip> <key> <nip> <nmask>
Command of L2Tp Dial-Out
vpn setup <index> <name> l2tp_out <ip> <usr> <pwd> <nip> <nmask>
Command of Dial-In
vpn setup <index> <name> dialin <ip> <usr> <pwd> <key> <nip> <nmask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
For PPTP Dial-Out
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
640
<name> It means the name of the profile.
<ip> It means the IP address to dial to.
<usr> <pwd> It means the user and the password required for the PPTP
connection.
<nip> <nmask> It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 pptp_out 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For IPsec Dial-Out
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
<name> It means the name of the profile.
<ip> It means the IP address to dial to.
<key> It means the value of IPsec Pre-Shared Key.
<nip> <nmask> It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 ipsec_out 1.2.3.4 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For L2TP Dial-Out
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
<name> It means the name of the profile.
<ip> It means the IP address to dial to.
<usr> <pwd> It means the user and the password required for the L2TP
connection.
<nip> <nmask> It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 l2tp_out 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
For Dial-In
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
<name> It means the name of the profile.
<ip> It means the IP address allowed to dial in.
<usr> <pwd> It means the user and the password required for the PPTP/L2TP
connection.
<key> It means the value of IPsec Pre-Shared Key.
<nip> <nmask> It means the remote network IP and the mask.
e.g.,
vpn setup 1 name1 dialin 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 abc 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn setup 1 name1 dialin 1.2.3.4 vigor 1234 abc 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
% Profile Change Log ...
% Profile Index : 1
% Profile Name : name1
% Username : vigor
% Password : 1234
% Pre-share Key : abc
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
641
% Call Direction : Dial-In
% Type of Server : ISDN PPTP IPSec L2TP
% Dial from : 1.2.3.4
% Remote NEtwork IP : 192.168.1.0
% Remote NEtwork Mask : 255.255.255.0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to configure settings for LAN to LAN profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn option <index> <cmd1>=<param1> [<cmd2>=<para2> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
For Common Settings
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
pname It means the name of the profile.
ena It means to enable or disable the profile.
on – Enable
off - Disable
nnpkt It means the NetBios Naming Packet.
on – Enable the function to pass the packet.
off – Disable the function to block the packet.
dir It means the call direction. Available settings are b, o and i.
b – Both
o – Dial-Out
i – Dial-In.
idle=[value] It means Always on and Idle Time out.
Available values include:
-1 – it means always on for dial-out.
0 – it means always on for dial-in.
Other numbers (e.g., idle=200, idle=300, idle=500) mean the router
will be idle after the interval (seconds) configured here.
palive It means to enable PING to keep alive.
-1 – disable the function.
1,2,3,4 – Enable the function and PING IP 1.2.3.4 to keep alive.
For Dial-Out Settings
ctype It means “Type of Server I am calling”.
“ctype=t” means PPTP.
“ctype=s” means IPSec.
“ctype= l” means L2TP(IPSec Policy None).
“ctype= l1” means L2TP(IPSec Policy Nice to Have).
“ctype= l2” means L2TP(IPSec Policy Must).
dialto It means Server IP/Host Name for VPN. (such as draytek.com or
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
642
123.45.67.89).
ltype It means Link Type.
“ltype=0” means “Disable”.
“ltype=1” means “64kbps”.
“ltype=2” means “128kbps”.
“ltype=3” means “BOD”.
oname It means Dial-Out Username.
“oname=admin” means to set Username = admin.
opwd It means Dial-Out Password
“opwd=1234” means to set Password = 1234.
pauth It means PPP Authentication.
“pauth=pc” means to set PPP Authentication = PAP&CHAP.
“pauth=p” means to set PPP Authentication = PAP Only
ovj It means VJ Compression.
“ovj=on/off” means to enable/disable VJ Compression.
okey It means IKE Pre-Shared Key.
“okey=abcd” means to set IKE Pre-Shared Key = abcd.
ometh It means IPSec Security Method.
“ometh=ah/” means AH.
“ometh=espd/espda/” means ESP DES without/with
Authentication.
“ometh=esp3/esp3a/” means ESP 3DES without/with
Authentication.
“ometh=espa/espaa” means ESP AES without/with Authentication.
sch It means Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup.
sch=1,3,5,7 Set schedule 1->3->5->7
rcallb It means Require Remote to Callback.
“rcallb=on/off” means to enable/disable Set Require Remote to
Callback.
ikeid It means IKE Local ID.
“ikeid=vigor” means Set Local ID = vigor.
For Dial-In Settings
itype It means Allowed Dial-In Type. Available settings include:
“itype=t” means PPTP.
“itype=s” means IPSec.
“itype=L1”means L2TP (None).
“itype=L1” means L2TP(Nice to Have).
“itype=l2” means L2TP(Must).
peer It means specify Peer VPN Server IP for Remote VPN Gateway.
Type “203.12.23.48” means to allow VPN dial-in with IP address of
203.12.23.48.
Type “off” means any remote IP is allowed to dial in.
peerid It means the peer ID for Remote VPN Gateway.
Type “draytek” means the word is used as local ID.
iname It means Dial-in Username.
“iname=admin” means to set username as “admin”.
ipwd It means Dial-in Password.
“ipwd=1234” means to set password as “1234”.
ivj It means VJ Compression.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
643
“ivj=on/off” means to enable /disable VJ Compression.
ikey It means IKE Pre-Shared Key.
“ikey=abcd” means to set IKE Pre-Shared Key = abcd.
imeth It means IPSec Security Method
“imeth=h” means “Allow AH”.
“imeth=d” means “Allow DES”.
“imeth=3” means “Allow 3DES”.
“imeth=a” means “Allow AES.
For TCP/IP Settings
mywip It means My WAN IP.
“mywip=1.2.3.4” means to set My WAN IP as “1.2.3.4”.
rgip It means Remote Gateway IP.
“rgip=1.2.3.4” means to set Remote Gateway IP as “1.2.3.4”.
rnip It means Remote Network IP.
“rnip=1.2.3.0” means to set Remote Network IP as “1.2.3.0”.
rnmask It means Remote Network Mask.
“rnmask=255.255.255.0” means to set Remote Network Mask as
“255.255.255.0”.
rip It means RIP Direction.
“rip=d” means to set RIP Direction as “Disable”.
“rip=t” means to set RIP Direction as “TX”.
“rip=r” means to set RIP Direction as “RX”.
“rip=b” means to set RIP Direction as “Both”.
mode It means the option of “From first subnet to remote network, you
have to do”.
“mode=r” means to set Route mode.
“mode=n” means to set NAT mode.
droute It means to Change default route to this VPN tunnel ( Only single
WAN supports this).
droute=on/off means to enable/disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn option 1 idle=250
% Change Log..
% Idle Timeout = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
m
m
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to list, add or delete static routes for a certain LAN to LAN VPN
profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn mroute <index> list
vpn mroute <index> add <network ip>/<mask>
vpn mroute <index> del <network ip>/<mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
644
list It means to display all of the route settings.
add It means to add a new route.
del It means to delete specified route.
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
<network ip>/<mask> Type the IP address with the network mask address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn mroute 1 add 192.168.5.0/24
% 192.168.5.0/24
% Add new route 192.168.5.0/24 to profile 1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows users to view LAN to LAN VPN profiles.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn list <index> all
vpn list <index> com
vpn list<index> out
vpn list <index> in
vpn list<index> net
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
all It means to list configuration of the specified profile.
com It means to list common settings of the specified profile.
out It means to list dial-out settings of the specified profile.
in It means to list dial-in settings of the specified profile.
net It means to list Network Settings of the specified profile.
<index> It means the index number of the profile.
Available index numbers:
1 ~ 32
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn list 32 all
% Common Settings
% Profile Name : ???
% Profile Status : Disable
% Netbios Naming Packet : Pass
% Call Direction : Both
% Idle Timeout : 300
% PING to keep alive : off
% Dial-out Settings
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
645
% Type of Server : PPTP
% Link Type: : 64k bps
% Username : ???
% Password :
% PPP Authentication : PAP/CHAP
% VJ Compression : on
% Pre-Shared Key :
% IPSec Security Method : AH
% Schedule : 0,0,0,0
% Remote Callback : off
% Provide ISDN Number : off
% IKE phase 1 mode : Main mode
% IKE Local ID :
% Dial-In Settings
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
> vpn list 1 com
% Common Settings
% Profile Name : ???
% Profile Status : Disable
% Netbios Naming Packet : Pass
% Call Direction : Both
% Idle Timeout : 300
% PING to keep alive : off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
r
r
e
e
m
m
o
o
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to enable or disable PPTP/IPSec/L2TP VPN service.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn remote [PPTP/IPSec/L2TP/SSLVPN] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
PPTP/IPSec/L2TP/SSLVPN There are four types to be selected.
on/off on – enable VPN remote setting.
off – disable VPN remote setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn remote PPTP on
Set PPTP VPN Service : On
Please restart the router!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
2
2
n
n
d
d
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable second subnet IP as VPN server IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
646
vpn 2ndsubnet on
vpn 2ndsubnet off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable second subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn 2ndsubnet on
%Enable second subnet IP as VPN server IP!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
N
N
e
e
t
t
B
B
i
i
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable NetBios for Remote Access User Accounts or
LAN-to-LAN Profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn NetBios set <H2l/L2l> <index> <Block/Pass>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<H2l/L2l> H2l means Remote Access User Accounts.
L2l means LAN-to-LAN Profile.
Specify which one will be applied by NetBios.
<index> The index number of the profile.
<Block/Pass>
Pass – Have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts
located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting.
Block – When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both
sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting, set it block data transmission of
Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn NetBios set H2l 1 Pass
% Remote Dial In Profile Index [1] :
% NetBios Block/Pass: [PASS]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
m
m
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to configure the maximum segment size (MSS) for different TCP
types.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn mss show
vpn mss default
vpn mss set <connection type> <TCP maximum segment size range>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
64
7
Parameter Description
show It means to display current setting status.
default TCP maximum segment size for all the VPN connection will be set as
1360 bytes.
set Use it to specify the connection type and value of MSS.
<connection type> 1~4 represent various type.
1 – PPTP
2 – L2TP
3 – IPSec
4 – L2TP over IPSec
5 – SSL Tunnel
<TCP maximum segment size
range>
Each type has different segment size range.
PPTP – 1 ~ 1412
L2TP – 1 ~ 1408
IPSec – 1 ~ 1381
L2TP over IPSec – 1 ~ 1361
SSL Tunnel – 1 ~ 1360
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>vpn mss set 1 1400
% VPN TCP maximum segment size (MSS) :
PPTP = 1400
L2TP = 1360
IPSec = 1360
L2TP over IPSec = 1360
>vpn mss show
VPN TCP maximum segment size (MSS) :
PPTP = 1400
L2TP = 1360
IPSec = 1360
L2TP over IPSec = 1360
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
i
i
k
k
e
e
This command is used to display IKE memory status and leakage list.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn ike -q
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn ike -q
IKE Memory Status and Leakage List
# of free L-Buffer=95, minimum=94, leak=1
# of free M-Buffer=529, minimum=529 leak=3
# of free S-Buffer=1199, minimum=1198, leak=1
# of free Msgid-Buffer=1024, minimum=1024
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
c
c
a
a
s
s
t
t
This command allows users to pass or block the multi-cast packet via VPN.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
648
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn Multicast set <H2l/L2l> <index> <Block/Pass>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<H2l/L2l> H2l means Host to LAN (Remote Access User Accounts).
L2l means LAN-to-LAN Profile.
<index> The index number of the profile.
<Block/Pass> Set Block/Pass the Multicast Packets.
The default is Block.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn Multicast set L2l 1 Pass
% Lan to Lan Profile Index [1] :
% Status Block/Pass: [PASS]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
2
2
n
n
d
d
This command allows users to determine if the packets coming from the second subnet
passing through current used VPN tunnel.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn pass2nd [on]
vpn pass2nd [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off on – the second subnet is allowed to pass VPN tunnel.
off –the second subnet is not allowed to pass VPN tunnel.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn pass2nd on
% 2nd subnet is allowed to pass VPN tunnel!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
2
2
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command allows users to determine if the packets passing through by NAT or not when
the VPN tunnel disconnects.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vpn pass2nat [on]
vpn pass2nat [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off on – the packets can pass through NAT.
off – the packets cannot pass through NAT.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
64
9
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn pass2nat on
% Packets would go through by NAT when VPN disconnect!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
p
p
n
n
s
s
a
a
m
m
e
e
S
S
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to build VPN between clients via virtual subnet.
Vpn sameS –I [value]
vpn sameS –E [0/1]
vpn sameS –e[value]
vpn sameS –I [xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx]
vpn sameS –o [add/del]
vpn sameS –v
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-I [value] It means to specify the index number of VPN profile.
-E [0/1] It means to enable / disable the IpsecWithSameSubnet.
0: Disable
1: Enable.
-e [1/2/3/4] It means to translate LAN subnet to virtual subnet.
1: LAN1
2: LAN2
3: LAN3
4: LAN4
-I [IP address] Set the IP address as the virtual subnet.
-o [add/del] Specify the operation to be performed.
-v View the current settings. However, only the enabled profile will be
viewed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vpn sameS -i 1 -e 1 -E 1 -e 1 -I 10.10.10.0 -o add
> vpn sameS -v
IPsec with the same subnet:
VPN profile 1 enable,
% translated LAN1 to Virtual subnet: 10.10.10.0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
p
p
p
p
p
p
_
_
m
m
r
r
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of PPP LCP MRU. It is used for specific
network.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan ppp_mru <WAN interface number> <MRU size >
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
650
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<WAN interface number> Type a number to represent the physical interface. For Vigor130,
the number is 1 (which means WAN1).
<MRU size > It means the number of PPP LCP MRU. The available range is from
1400 to 1600.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 1490
>
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1490
> wan ppp_mru 1 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of MTU for WAN1.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mtu [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
value It means the number of MTU for PPP. The available range is from
1000 to 1500.
For Static IP/DHCP, the maximum number will be 1500.
For PPPoE, the maximum number will be 1492.
For PPTP/L2TP, the maximum number will be 1460.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan mtu 1100
> wan mtu ?
Static IP/DHCP (Max MSS: 1500)
PPPoE(Max MSS: 1492)
PPTP/L2TP(Max MSS: 1460)
% wan ppp_mss <MSS size: 1000 ~ 1500>
% Now: 1100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command allows you to configure the DNS server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan dns <wan_no> <dns_select> <ipv4_addr>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
651
Parameter Description
wan_no It means to indicate the WAN interface.
1: WAN1
dns_select It means to set primary or secondary DNS server.
ipv4_addr It means to type the IPv4 address for the DNS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan dns 1 pri 192.168.1.126
% Set WAN1 primary DNS done.
% Now: 192.168.1.126
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
D
D
F
F
_
_
c
c
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of DF (Don’t fragment)
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan DF_check [on]
wan DF_check [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable DF.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan DF_check on
%DF bit check enable!
> wan DF_check off
%DF bit check disable (reset DF bit)!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable WAN connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan disable WAN
%WAN disabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
e
e
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable wan connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan enable WAN
%WAN1 enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of WAN forwarding. The packets
are allowed to be transmitted between different WANs.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan forward [on]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
652
wan forward [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable WAN forward.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan forward ?
%WAN forwarding is Disable!
> wan forward on
%WAN forwarding is enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows you to display the status of WAN connection, including connection mode,
TX/RX packets, DNS settings and IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan status
WAN1: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
Primary DNS=0.0.0.0, Secondary DNS=0.0.0.0
PVC_WAN3: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN4: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN5: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
This command allows you to configure WAN connection detection. When Ping Detection is
enabled (for Static IP or DHCP or PPPoE mode), Router pings specified IP addresses to detect
the WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect <wan1> <on/off/always_on>
wan detect <wan1> <off> -t <time>
wan detect <wan1> <off> -i <Interval>
wan detect <wan1> target <ip addr>
wan detect <wan1> ttl <1-255>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
653
wan detect <wan1> target2 <ip addr>
wan detect <wan1> target_gw <1/0>
wan detect <wan1> interval <interval>
wan detect <wan1> retry <retry>
wan detect status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on Enable ping detection. The IP address of the target shall be set.
off Enable ARP detection (default).
always_on Disable link detect, always connected(only support static IP)
-t <time> Set the time setting. The default value is “30” and the range shall
be 1 to 255.
-i <Interval> Type the interval for the system to execute the PING operation. The
default value is “5” and it shall be smaller than time setting.
target <ip addr> Set the IP address for ping target.
target2 <ip addr> Set the secondary ping target.
target_gw <1/0> Set whether to use gateway as ping target. (1: yes 0: no)
Note that USB WAN (PPP mode) cannot support PING gateway
ttl <1-255> It means to set the ping TTL value (work as trace route)
If you do not set any value for ttl here or just type 0 here, the
system will use default setting (255) as the ttl value.
interval<Interval> Set the interval between each ping operation. Available setting is
between 1 and 3600. The unit is second.
interval: Type a value.
retry <retry> Set how many ping operations are retried before the Router judges
that the WAN connection is disconnected. Available setting is
between 1 and 255. The unit is times.
retry : Type a number.
status It means to show the current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> DrayTek> wan detect status
WAN1: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN2: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN3: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN4: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN5: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN6: off, send time=30, Interval = 5>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure multi-VLAN for WAN and LAN. It supports pure bridge
mode (modem mode) between Ethernet WAN and LAN port 2~4.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mvlan [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service
type/vlan priority] [px ... ]
wan mvlan keeptag[pvc_no][on/off]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
654
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means index number of PVC. There are 10 PVC, 0(Channel-1) to
9(Channel-9) allowed to be configured.
However, bridge mode can be set on PVC number 2 to 9.
status It means to display the whole Bridge status.
save It means to save the configuration into flash of Vigor router.
enable/disable It means to enable/disable the Multi-VLAN function.
on/off It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific channel.
clear It means to turn off/clear the port.
tag tag_no It means to tag a number for the VLAN.
-1: No need to add tag number.
1-4095: Available setting numbers used as tagged number.
service type It means to specify the service type for VLAN.
0: Normal.
1: IGMP.
vlan priority It means to specify the priority for the VALN setting.
Range is from 0 to 7.
px It means LAN port. Available setting number is from 2 to 4. Port
number 1 is locked for NAT usage.
keeptag It means Multi-VLAN packets will keep their VLAN headers to LAN.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
PVC 7 will map to LAN port 2/3/4 in bridge mode; service type is Normal. No tag added.
> wan mvlan 7 on p2 p3 p4
PVC Bridge p1 p2 p3 p4 Service Type Tag Priority Keep Tag
------------------------------------------------------------------
7 ON 0 0 1 1 Normal 0(OFF) 0 OFF
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
f
f
n
n
o
o
This command allows you to specify a channel (in Multi-PVC/VLAN) to make bridge connection
to a specified WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan multifno [channel #] [WAN interface #]
wan multifno status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
channel # There are 4 (?) channels including VLAN and PVC.
Available channel range: 4 ~ 10.
WAN interface # Type a number to indicate the WAN interface.
1=WAN1
status It means to display current bridge status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
655
> wan multifno 5 1
% Configured channel 5 uplink to WAN1
> wan multifno status
% Channel 4 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 5 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 6 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 7 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 8 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 9 uplink ifno: 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure the VLAN tag of WAN1.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan vlan wan [#] tag [value]
wan vlan wan [#] [enable/disable]
wan vlan wan [#] pri [value]
wan vlan stat
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan [#] Specify which WAN interface will be tagged.
tag [value] Type a number for tagging on WAN interface.
enable/disable Enable: Specified WAN interface will be tagged.
Disable: Disable the function of tagging on WAN interface.
pri [value] It means the priority for such VLAN.
The value shall be 0 ~ 7.
stat Display current VLAN status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan vlan stat
% Interface Pri Tag Enabled
% ======================================
% WAN1 0 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
_
_
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows you to run a WAN MTU Discovery. The user can specify an IPv4 target to
ping and find the suitable MTU size of the WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect_mtu -i <Host/IP address> -s <mtu_size> -d <decrease size> -w <1> -c <1-10>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-I [Host/IP address] Specify the IPv4 target to detect. If can be an IPv4 address or
domain name.
Host/IP address: Type the IP address/domain name of the target.
-s [mtu_size] Set the MTU size base for Discovery.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
656
base_size: Available setting is 1000 ~ 1500.
-d [decrease size] Set the MTU size to decrease between detections.
decrease size: Available setting is 1 ~ 100.
-w Specify the WAN interface to be detected.
-c [count] Set the times that you want to send the ping packets out.
count: Available settings are 1 ~ 10. Default value is 3.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect_mtu -w 1 -i 8.8.8.8 -s 1500 -d 30 -c 10
detecting mtu size:1500!!!
mtu size:1470!!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
_
_
m
m
t
t
u
u
6
6
This command allows you to run a WAN MTU Discovery. The user can specify an IPv6 target to
ping and find the suitable MTU size of the WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect_mtu6 -i <Host/IP address> -s <mtu_size> -w <1>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-I [Host/IP address] Specify the IPv6 target to detect. If can be an IPv4 address or
domain name.
Host/IP address: Type the IP address/domain name of the target.
-s [mtu_size] Set the MTU size base for Discovery.
base_size: Available setting is 1280 ~ 1500.
-w Specify the WAN interface to be detected.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect_mtu6 -w 2 -i 2404:6800:4008:c06::5e -s 1500
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
a
a
c
c
l
l
This command allows the user to configure wireless access control settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl acl enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl acl disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl acl add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [isolate]
wl acl del [MAC]
wl acl mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [white/black]
wl acl show
wl acl showmode
wl acl clean
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to enable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
65
7
disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to disable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [isolate]
It means to associate a MAC address to certain SSID interfaces'
access control settings. The isolate setting will limit the wireless
client's network capabilities to accessing the wireless LAN only.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
del [MAC] It means to delete a MAC address entry defined in the access
control list.
mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [white/black]
It means to set white/black list for each SSID.
wl acl show It means to show access control status.
wl acl showmode It means to show the mode for each SSID.
wl acl clean It means to clean all access control setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl acl showmode
ssid1: none
ssid2: none
ssid3: none
ssid4: none
> wl acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-70
Set Done !!
> wl acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-70 ssid1 ssid2 isolate
Set Done !!
> wl acl show
----------Enable Mac Address Filter---------
ssid1: dis ssid2: dis ssid3: dis ssid4: dis
----------MAC Address Filter----------
Index Attribute MAC Address Associated SSIDs
0 00:50:70:ff:12:70 ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4
1 s 00:50:70:ff:12:70 ssid1 ssid2
s: Isolate the station from LAN
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
This command allows users to configure general settings and security settings for wireless
connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl config mode [value]
wl config mode show
wl config channel [number]
wl config preamble [enable]
wl config txburst [enable]
wl config ssid [ssid_num enable ssid_name [hidden_ssid]]
wl config security [SSID_NUMBER] [mode]
wl config ratectl [ssid_num enable upload download ]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
658
wl config isolate [ssid_num lan member]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode[value] It means to select connection mode for wireless connection.
Available settings are: "11bgn", "11gn", "11n", "11bg", "11g", or "11b".
mode show It means to display what the current wireless mode is.
channel [number] It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN.
The available settings are 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12 and 13.
number=0, means Auto
number=1, means Channel 1
….
number=13, means Channel 13.
preamble [enable] It means to define the length of the sync field in an 802.11 packet.
Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync
field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field. However,
some original 11b wireless network devices only support long
preamble.
0: disable to use long preamble.
1: enable to use long preamble.
txburst [enable] It means to enhance the performance in data transmission about
40%* more (by enabling Tx Burst). It is active only when both sides
of Access Point and Station (in wireless client) invoke this function
at the same time.
0: disable the function.
1: enable the funciton.
ssid[ssid_num enable
ssid_name [hidden_ssid]]
It means to set the name of the SSID, hide the SSID if required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
ssid_name: Give a name for the specified SSID.
hidden_ssid: Type 0 to hide the SSID or 1 to display the SSID
Security [SSID_NUMBER]
[mode][key][index]
It means to configure security settings for the wirelesss connection.
SSID_NUMBER: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or
SSID4.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wpa1x: WPA/802.1x Only
wpa21x: WPA2/802.1x Only
wpamix1x: Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only)
wep1x: WEP/802.1x Only
wpapsk: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk: WPA2/PSK
wpamixpsk: Mixed (WPA+WPA2)/PSK
wep: WEP
key, index: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk, wpa2psk,
wpamixpsk and wep, and specify index number of schedule profiles
to be followed by the wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26 Hexadecimal
digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII text string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
ratectl [ssid_num enable
upload download]
It means to set the rate control for the specified SSID.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable the function of the rate control for the
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
65
9
specified SSID. 0: disable and 1:enable.
upload: It means to configure the rate control for data upload. The
unit is kbps.
download: It means to configure the rate control for data
download. The unit is kbps.
isolate [ssid_num lan
member]
It means to isolate the wireless connection for LAN and/or Member.
lan – It can make the wireless clients (stations) with remote-dial
and LAN to LAN users not accessing for each other.
member – It can make the wireless clients (stations) with the same
SSID not accessing for each other.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl config mode 11bgn
Current mode is 11bgn
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the channel
> wl config channel 13
Current channel is 13
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the channel.
> wl config preamble 1
Long preamble is enabled
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl config ssid 1 enable dray
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl config security 1 wpa1x
%% Configured Wlan Security Setting:
% SSID1
%% Mode: wpa1x
%% Wireless card must be reset for configurations to take effect
%% (Telnet Command: wl restart)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to configure basic wireless settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl set [SSID] [CHAN[En]]
wl set txburst [enable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
SSID It means to type the SSID for the router. The maximum character
that you can use is 32.
CHAN[En] It means to specify required channel for the router.
CHAN: The range for the number is between 1 ~ 13.
En: type on to enable the function; type off to disable the function.
txburst [enable] It means to enhance the performance in data transmission about
40%* more (by enabling Tx Burst). It is active only when both sides
of Access Point and Station (in wireless client) invoke this function
at the same time.
0: disable the function.
1: enable the function.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
660
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl set MKT 2 on
% New Wlan Setting is:
% SSID=MKT
% Chan=2
% Wl is Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
a
a
c
c
t
t
This command allows users to activate wireless settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl act [En]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
En It means to enable or disable the function of VPN isolation.
0: diable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl act on
% Set Wlan to Enable.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
c
c
a
a
n
n
This command allows users to perform AP scanning.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl scan [start]
wl scan set [wlist/blist/stime][MAC]
wl scan del [wlist/blist] [MAC]
wl scan filter [ssid/channel/mac]
wl scan show [0/1/2/3]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start It means to start AP scanning.
set [wlist/blist/stime]
[MAC]
Set white list/block list/scan time.
wlist – It means to set white list for passing. MAC address must be
added in the end.
e.g., wl scan set wlist 001122aabbcc
blist – It means to set black list for blocking. MAC address must be
added in the end.
stime – It means to set scanning time. Time value (2~5 second) must
be added in the end.
e.g., wl scan set time 5
del Remove white list/block list.
e.g., wl scan del wlist 001122aabbcc
filter Set which filter you want.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
661
ssid – scanning the AP based on SSID setting.
channel - scanning the AP based on channel setting.
mac - scanning the AP based on MAC address setting..
show [0/1/2/3] It is used to show AP list.
0 - display white list
1 - display block list,
2 - display gray/unknown list,
3 - display all list
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl scan set wlist 001122aabbcc
> wl scan start
> wl scan show 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
m
m
g
g
t
t
This command is used to configure connection time and reconnection time for each SSID that
wireless client used for accessing into Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl stamgt [enable/disable] [ssid_num].
wl stamgt [show] [ssid_num].
wl stamgt set [ssid_num] [c] [r]
wl stamgt reset [ssid_num].
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable/disable It means to enable/disable the station management control.
ssid_num It means channel selection.
Available channel for 2.4G: 0/1/2/3
Available channel for 5G: 4/5/6/7.
show It means to display status or configuration of the selected channel.
c It means connection time. The unit is minute.
r It means reconnection time. The unit is minute.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl stamgt enable 1
% Station Management Status: enabled
> wl stamgt set 1 60 60
> wl stamgt show 1
NO. SSID BSSID Connect time Reconnect time
1. Draytek 00:11:22:aa:bb:cc 0d:0:58:26 0d:0:0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
i
i
s
s
o
o
_
_
v
v
p
p
n
n
This command allows users to activate the function of VPN isolation.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
662
wl iso_vpn [ssid] [En]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssid It means the number of SSID.
1: SSID1
2: SSID2
3: SSID3
4: SSID4
En It means to enable or disable the function of VPN isolation.
0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl iso_vpn 1 on
% ssid: 1 isolate vpn on :1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
w
w
p
p
a
a
This command allows you to configure WPA wireless settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl wpa 1/2/3
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wl wpa Type 1/2/3 to represent different WPA modes.
1 – means WPA+WPA2
2 – means WPA2 Only
3 – means WPA Only
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl wpa 1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
w
w
m
m
m
m
This command allows users to set WMM for wireless connection. It defines the priority levels
for four access categories derived from 802.1d (prioritization tabs).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl wmm ap QueIdx Aifsn Cwmin Cwmax Txop ACM
wl wmm bss QueIdx Aifsn Cwmin Cwmax Txop ACM
wl wmm ack Que0_Ack Que1_Ack Que2_Ack Que3_Ack
wl wmm enable SSID0 SSID1 SSID2 SSID3
wl wmm apsd value
wl wmm show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
663
Parameter Description
ap It means to set WMM for access point.
bss It means to set WMM for wireless clients.
ack It means to map to the Ack policy settings of AP WMM.
enable It means to enable the WMM for each SSID.
0: disable
1: enable
Apsd [value] It means to enable / disable the ASPD(automatic power-save
delivery) function.
0: disable
1: enable
show It displays current status of WMM.
QueIdx It means the number of the queue which the WMM settings will be
applied to. There are four queues, best effort, background, voice,
and video.
Aifsn It controls how long the client waits for each data transmission.
Cwmin/ Cwmax CWMin means contention Window-Min and CWMax means
contention Window-Max. Specify the value ranging from 1 to 15.
Txop It means transmission opportunity. Specify the value ranging from 0
to 65535.
ACM It can restrict stations from using specific category class if it is
enabled.
0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl wmm ap 0 3 4 6 0 0
QueIdx=0: APAifsn=3,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=6, APTxop=0,APACM=0
> wl wmm enable 1 0 1 0
WMM_SSID0 =1, WMM_SSID1 =0,WMM_SSID2 =1,WMM_SSID3 =0
> wl wmm show
Enable WMM: SSID0 =1, SSID1 =0,SSID2 =1,SSID3 =0
APSD=0
QueIdx=0: APAifsn=3,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=6, APTxop=0,APACM=0
QueIdx=1: APAifsn=7,APCwmin=4,APCwmax=10, APTxop=0,APACM=0
QueIdx=2: APAifsn=1,APCwmin=3,APCwmax=4, APTxop=94,APACM=0
QueIdx=3: APAifsn=1,APCwmin=2,APCwmax=3, APTxop=47,APACM=0
QueIdx=0: BSSAifsn=3,BSSCwmin=4,BSSCwmax=10, BSSTxop=0,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=1: BSSAifsn=7,BSSCwmin=4,BSSCwmax=10, BSSTxop=0,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=2: BSSAifsn=2,BSSCwmin=3,BSSCwmax=4, BSSTxop=94,BSSACM=0
QueIdx=3: BSSAifsn=2,BSSCwmin=2,BSSCwmax=3, BSSTxop=47,BSSACM=0
AckPolicy[0]=0: AckPolicy[1]=0,AckPolicy[2]=0,AckPolicy[3]=0
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
664
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
h
h
t
t
This command allows you to configure wireless settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl ht bw value
wl ht gi value
wl ht badecline value
wl ht autoba value
wl ht rdg value
wl ht msdu value
wl ht txpower value
wl ht antenna value
wl ht greenfield value
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wl ht bw value The value you can type is 0 (for BW_20) and 1 (for BW_40).
wl ht gi value The value you can type is 0 (for GI_800) and 1 (for GI_4001)
wl ht badecline value The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for enabling).
wl ht autoba value The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for enabling).
wl ht rdg value The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for enabling).
wl ht msdu value The value you can type is 0 (for disabling) and 1 (for enabling).
wl ht txpower value The value you can type ranges from 1 – 6 (level).
wl ht antenna value The value you can type ranges from 0-3.
0: 2T3R
1: 2T2R
2: 1T2R
3: 1T1R
wl ht greenfield value The value you can type is 0 (for mixed mode) and 1 (for green field).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl ht bw value 1
BW=0
<Note> Please restart wireless after you set new parameters.
> wl restart
Wireless restart................
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
665
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to restart wireless setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl restart
Wireless restart................
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
w
w
d
d
s
s
This command allows you to configure WDS settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl wds mode [value]
wl wds security [value]
wl wds ap [value]
wl wds hello [value]
wl wds status
wl wds show
wl wds mac [value]
wl wds flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode [value] It means to specify connection mode for WDS.
[value]: Available settings are :
d: Disable
b: Bridge
r: Repeapter
security [value] It means to configure security mode with encrypted keys for WDS.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wep: WEP
wpapsk [key]: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk [key]: WPA2/PSK
key: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk, wpa2psk, and wep,
and specify index number of schedule profiles to be followed by the
wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26 Hexadecimal
digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII text string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
e.g.,
wl dual wds security disable
wl dual wds security wep 12345
wl dual wds security wpa2psk 12345678
ap [value] It means to enable or disable the AP function.
Value: 1 – enable the function.
0 – disable the function.
hello [value] It means to send hello message to remote end (peer).
Value: 1 – enable the function.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
666
0 – disable the function.
status It means to display WDS link status for 2.4GHz connection.
show It means to display current WDS settings.
mac add [index addr] add [index addr] – Add the peer MAC entry in Repeater/Bridge WDS
MAC table.
mac clear/disable/enable
[index/all]
clear/disable/enable [index/all]- Clear, disable, enable the
specifed or all MAC entries in Repeater/Bridge WDS MAC table. e.g,
wl dual wds mac enable 1
flush It means to reset all WDS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl wds status
Please enable WDS hello function first.
> wl wds hello 1
% <Note> Please restart router after you set the parameters.
> wl wds status
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
b
b
t
t
n
n
c
c
t
t
l
l
This command allows you to enable or disable wireless button control.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl btnctl [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
value 0: disable
1: enable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl btnctl 1
Enable wireless botton control
Current wireless botton control is on
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
i
i
w
w
p
p
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
l
l
c
c
e
e
_
_
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
These commands are reserved for RD debug. Do not use them.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
e
e
f
f
u
u
s
s
e
e
This command is used to configure parameters related to wireless RF hardware. At present, it
is not allowed for end user to operate.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
s
s
e
e
t
t
8
8
0
0
2
2
1
1
x
x
This command allows you to configure the external or internal server used by Vigor router for
wireless authentication.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl set8021x –t [0/1]
wl set8021x –v
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
66
7
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-t Specify the type (external or internal) of wireless authentication
server.
0 – Indicate the external RADIUS server.
1- Indicate the local 802.1x server.
-v View the settings of 802.1x.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl set8021x -t 1
% <Note> Please restart wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl set8021x -v
802.1X type is : Local 802.1X
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
a
a
r
r
t
t
f
f
n
n
s
s
This command allows users to configure airtime fairness function for wireless (2.4GHz)
connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl artfns enable [value]
wl artfns trg_num [value]
wl artfns show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [value] It means to enable wireless airtime fairness function.
1 – enable
0 – disable
Trg_num [value] Set a threshold when the active station number achieves this
number, the airtime fairness function will be applied.
Available values will be 2 to 64.
show Display current status (enable or disable) and triggering client
number for airtime fairness function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl artfns enable 1
> wl artfns trg_num 3
> wl artfns show
airtime fairness: enable
trg_num: 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
c
c
l
l
This command allows the user to configure wireless (5GHz) access control settings.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl dual acl enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
668
wl dual acl disable[ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4]
wl dual acl add [MAC][ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4][isolate]
wl dual acl del [MAC]
wl dual acl mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3 ssid4] [white/black]
wl dual acl show
wl dual acl showmode
wl dual acl clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to enable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
disable [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4]
It means to disable the settings for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
add [MAC] [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [isolate]
It means to associate a MAC address to certain SSID interfaces'
access control settings. The isolate setting will limit the wireless
client's network capabilities to accessing the wireless LAN only.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
isolate It means to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client
(identified with the MAC address) from LAN.
del[MAC] It means to delete a MAC address entry defined in the access
control list.
[MAC] format: xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx
or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx
mode [ssid1 ssid2 ssid3
ssid4] [white/black]
It means to set white/black list for each SSID.
show It means to display current status of access control.
showmode It means to show the mode for each SSID.
clear It means to clear all of the access control settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual acl showmode
SSID1: None
SSID2: None
SSID3: None
SSID4: None
> wl_dual acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-80
> wl_acl add 00-50-70-ff-12-80 ssid1 ssid2 isolate
Set Done !!
> wl_acl show
----------Enable Mac Address Filter---------
ssid1: dis ssid2: dis ssid3: dis ssid4: dis
----------MAC Address Filter----------
Index Attribute MAC Address Associated SSIDs
0 s 00:50:70:ff:12:80 ssid1 ssid2
s: Isolate the station from LAN
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
66
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
p
p
s
s
c
c
a
a
n
n
This command is used to scan Access Point installed near the location of Vigor router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual apscan start
wl_dual apscan show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start It means to execute the AP scanning.
show It means to display the content of the AP list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual apscan start
> wl_dual apscan show
AP scan is ongoing.
> wl_dual apscan ?
% wl_dual apscan [start/show]
% start: do AP scan
% show: show AP list
> wl_dual apscan show
5G Access Point List :
BSSID Channel SSID
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
c
c
a
a
r
r
d
d
m
m
a
a
c
c
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual cardmac
Card MAC: 54:2a:a2:37:00:ef
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
This command allows users to configure general settings and security settings for wireless
connection (5GHz).
wl_dual config enable [value]
wl dual config enable show
wl_dual config mode [value]
wl_dual config mode show
wl_dual config channel [number]
wl_dual config channel show
wl_dual config preamble [enable]
wl_dual config preamble show
wl_dual config ssid [ssid_num enable ssid_name]
wl_dual config ssid hide [ssid_num enable]
wl_dual config ssid show
wl_dual config ratectl [ssid_num enable upload download]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
670
wl_dual config ratectl show
wl_dual config isolate lan [ssid_num enable]
wl_dual config isolate member [ssid_num enable]
wl_dual config isolate vpn [ssid_num enable]
wl_dual config isolate show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable[value] It means to enable/disable the 5GHz wireless function.
1: enable
0: disable
show It means to display if 5G wireless function is enabled or not.
mode[value] It means to select connection mode for wireless connection.
Available settings are: "11a", "11n_5g", "11n" and "11an".
mode show It means to display what the current wireless mode is.
channel [number] It means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN.
The available settings are: 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104,
108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136 and 140.
number=0, means Auto
number=36, means Channel 36
….
Number=52, means Channel 52.
channel show It means to display what the current channel is.
preamble [enable] It means to define the length of the sync field in an 802.11 packet.
Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync
field instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field. However,
some original 11b wireless network devices only support long
preamble.
0: disable to use long preamble.
1: enable to use long preamble.
preamble show It means to display if preamble is enabled or not.
ssid[ssid_num enable
ssid_name]
It means to set the name of the SSID, hide the SSID if required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
ssid_name: Give a name for the specified SSID.
ssid hide [ssid_num enab le] It means to hide the name of the SSID if required.
ssid_num: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: Type 0 to hide the SSID or 1 to display the SSID.
ssid show It means to display a table of SSID configuration.
ratectl [ssid_num enable
upload download]
It means to set the rate control for the specified SSID.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable the function of the rate control for the
specified SSID. 0: disable and 1:enable.
upload: It means to configure the rate control for data upload. The
unit is kbps.
download: It means to configure the rate control for data
download. The unit is kbps.
(example: wl dual config ratectl 1 1 25 25)
ratectl show It means to display the data transmission rate (upload and
download) for SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 and SSID4.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
671
isolate lan [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from LAN.
It can make the wireless clients (stations) with remote-dial and LAN
to LAN users not accessing for each other.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable
isolate member [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from Member.
It can make the wireless clients (stations) with the same SSID not
accessing for each other.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable.
isolate vpn [ssid_num
enable]
It means to isolate the wireless connection from VPN.
ssid_num: Choose 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or SSID4.
enable: It means to enable such function.
0: disable and 1:enable.
isolate show It means to display the status of wireless isolation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual config mode 11a
Current mode is 11a
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the channel
> wl_dual config channel 60
Current channel is 60
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the channel.
> wl_dual config preamble 1
Long preamble is enabled
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl_dual config ssid 1 enable dray
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl_dual config ssid show
SSID Enable Hide_SSID Name
1 1 0 dray
2 0 0 DrayTek_5G_Guest
3 0 0
4 0 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
r
r
e
e
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to restart wireless setting (5GHz).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual restart
5G wireless restart................
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
s
s
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
This command allows users to configure security settings for the wireless connection (5GHz).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual security[SSID_NUMBER] [mode][key][index]
wl_dual security show
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
672
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Security [SSID_NUMBER]
[mode][key][index]
SSID_NUMBER: Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 to specify SSID1, SSID2, SSID3 or
SSID4.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wpa1x: WPA/802.1x Only
wpa21x: WPA2/802.1x Only
wpamix1x: Mixed (WPA+WPA2/802.1x only)
wep1x: WEP/802.1x Only
wpapsk: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk: WPA2/PSK
wpamixpsk: Mixed (WPA+WPA2)/PSK
wep: WEP
key, index: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk, wpa2psk,
wpamixpsk and wep, and specify index number of schedule profiles
to be followed by the wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26 Hexadecimal
digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII text string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
show It means to display current mode selection for each SSID.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual security 1 wpa2psk 123456789e
% <Note> Please restart 5G wireless after you set the parameters.
> wl_dual security show
%% 5G Wireless LAN Security Settings:
% SSID1
%% Mode: WPA2/PSK
% SSID2
%% Mode: Disable
% SSID3
%% Mode: Disable
% SSID4
%% Mode: Disable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command is used to display the wireless station which accessing Internet via Vigor2120.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl dual stalist
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual stalist
5G Wireless Station List :
Index Status IP Address MAC Address Associated with
Status Codes :
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
673
C: Connected, No encryption.
E: Connected, WEP.
P: Connected, WPA.
A: Connected, WPA2.
B: Blocked by Access Control.
N: Connecting.
F: Fail to pass WPA/PSK authentication.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
w
w
d
d
s
s
This command allows users to configure WDS for wireless connection (5GHz).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual wds mode [value]
wl_dual wds security [value]
wl_dual wds ap [value]
wl_dual wds hello [value]
wl_dual wds status
wl_dual wds show
wl_dual wds mac add [index addr]
wl_dual wds mac clear/disable/enable [index/all]
wl_dual wds flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode [value] It means to specify connection mode for WDS.
[value]: Available settings are :
d: Disable
b: Bridge
r: Repeapter
security [value] It means to configure security mode with encrypted keys for WDS.
mode: Available settings are:
disable: No security.
wep: WEP
wpapsk [key]: WPA/PSK
wpa2psk [key]: WPA2/PSK
key: Moreover, you have to add keys for wpapsk, wpa2psk, and wep,
and specify index number of schedule profiles to be followed by the
wireless connection.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII text string or 10/26 Hexadecimal
digit format; WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII text string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
e.g.,
wl_dual wds security disable
wl_dual wds security wep 12345
wl_dual wds security wpa2psk 12345678
ap [value] It means to enable or disable the AP function.
Value: 1 – enable the function.
0 – disable the function.
hello [value] It means to send hello message to remote end (peer).
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
674
Value: 1 – enable the function.
0 – disable the function.
status It means to display WDS link status for 5GHz connection.
show It means to display current WDS settings.
mac add [index addr] add [index addr] – Add the peer MAC entry in Repeater/Bridge WDS
MAC table.
mac clear/disable/enable
[index/all]
clear/disable/enable [index/all]- Clear, disable, enable the
specifed or all MAC entries in Repeater/Bridge WDS MAC table. e.g,
wl_dual wds mac enable 1
flush It means to reset all WDS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual wds status
Please enable WDS hello function first.
> wl_dual wds hello 1
% <Note> Please restart router after you set the parameters.
> wl dual wds mode b
> wl dual wds security wep
>
>
> wl_dual wds show
5G Wireless WDS Setting
Mode : Bridge
Security : WEP
AP Function : Enable
Send Hello Function : Enable
Bridge :
Index Enable MAC Address
1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
2 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
3 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
4 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
Repeater :
Index Enable MAC Address
5 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
6 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
7 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
8 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
> wl_dual wds wep 12345
% <Note> Please restart router after you set the parameters.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
w
w
p
p
s
s
This command allows users to configure WPS for wireless connection (5GHz).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual wps enable [value]
wl dual wps pbc
wl_dual wps pin [code]
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
675
wl_dual wps show
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [value] It means to enable WPS.
1 – enable
0 – disable
pbc It means to start WPS by pressing the WLAN ON/OFF WPS button on
Vigor router.
pin [code] It means to start WPS by using client PIN code.
[code]: Client PIN code (digit number).
show It means to display current WPS settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual wps enable 1
WPS is enabled.
> wl_dual wps pin 88563337
WPS has triggered by PIN code.
The AP will wait for WPS request from your client for 2 minutes...
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
p
p
c
c
l
l
i
i
This command allows users to configure AP client mode for wireless connection (5GHz).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual apcli show
wl_dual apcli enable [value]
wl_dual apcli security [mode]
wl_dual apcli ssid [ssid_name]
wl_dual apcli bssid
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show Display current status of wireless AP client.
enable [value] It means to enable wireless 5GHz AP client mode.
1 – enable
0 – disable
Security [mode] There are several modes to be selected:
Disable – disable the security settings.
wpapsk [key] – WPA Pre-shared Key will be used. Keys must start
with 0x to be identified as a Hexadecimal number key.
WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
wpa2psk [key] – WPA2 Pre-shared Key will be used. Keys must start
with 0x to be identified as a Hexadecimal number key.
WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII string or 64
Hexadecimal digit format.
wpamixpsk [key] – WPA Mixed Pre-shared Key will be used. Keys
must start with 0x to be identified as a Hexadecimal
number key. WPA keys must be in 8~63 ASCII string or
64 Hexadecimal digit format.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
676
wep [key] [index] – WEP key will be used. You need to type the key
string and specify the index number of the profile to be
applied.
WEP keys must be in 5/13 ASCII string or 10/26
Hexadecimal digit format.
ssid [ssid_name] Specify the SSID for wireless 5GHz AP client.
bssid Type the MAC address for wireless 5GHz AP client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual apcli enable 1
Wireless 5G AP-Clinet is enabled
Vigor> wl_dual apcli show
% Wireless 5G AP-Clinet is enabled
% Current SSID is
%% Security Mode: disable
% Wireless 5G client is disconnected
%% data rate=---, mode=---, signal=0%
> wl_dual apcli ssid carrie
% <Note> Please restart wireless 5g after you set the parameters.
Current SSID is carrie
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
l
l
_
_
d
d
u
u
a
a
l
l
a
a
r
r
t
t
f
f
n
n
s
s
This command allows users to configure airtime fairness function for wireless (5GHz)
connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wl_dual artfns enable [value]
wl_dual artfns trg_num [value]
wl_dual artfns show
wl_dual artfns status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable [value] It means to enable wireless airtime fairness function.
1 – enable
0 – disable
Trg_num [value] Set a threshold when the active station number achieves this
number, the airtime fairness function will be applied.
Available values will be 2 to 64.
show Display current status (enable or disable) and triggering client
number for airtime fairness function.
status Display whether the function of airtime fairness is enabled or
disabled.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wl_dual artfns show
airtime fairness for 5G: disable
trg_num: 2
> wl_dual artfns status
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
67
7
airtime fairness for 5G is disabled !!!
> wl_dual artfns enable 0
> wl_dual artfns trg_num 2
> wl_dual artfns show
airtime fairness for 5G: disable
trg_num: 2
> wl_dual artfns status
airtime fairness for 5G is disabled !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
r
r
a
a
d
d
i
i
u
u
s
s
This command allows you to configure detailed settings for RADIUS server
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
radius enable [0/1]
radius authport [port number]
radius client [add] [idx] -i [address] -m [mask] -p [prefix] -l [length] -s [secret]
radius client [del] [idx]
radius show
radius set_dot1x_phase1 -e [method_idx]
radius set_dot1x_phase1 -d [method_idx]
radius set_dot1x_phase2 -e [method_idx]
radius set_dot1x_phase2 -d [method_idx]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable[0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the RADIUS server.
authport [port number] Configure the port number for authentication.
Port number: Available range is from 0 to 65535.
Default value is “1812”.
set_auth_method [method
idx]
Specify which method will be used for authentication.
Method idx: “0” is “Only PAP”; “1” is
“PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2”.
client add Specify a client to be authenticated by RADIUS server by typing
required information as follows:
-i [address]: client IPv4 address(domain)
-m [mask]: client IPv4 mask
-p [prefix]: client IPv6 prefix
-l [length]: client IPv6 prefix length
-s [secret]: shared secret
ex: radius client add 1 -i 192.168.1.1 -m 255.255.255.0 -s 123
client [del] [idx] del - Delete related settings for selected client.
Idx - Specify the index number of client profiles.
show Display the status of RADIUS server.
enable_dot1x [0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the 802.1X Authentication function of
RADIUS Server. Default is disabled.
set_dot1x_phase1 Set the phase1 method for 802.1X authentication of RADIUS server.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
678
[method_idx] method_idx - Specify which method will be used.
At present, dot1x_phase1 can only support PEAP now. So only “1”
can be used for it.
set_dot1x_phase2
[method_idx]
Set the phase2 method for 802.1X authentication of RADIUS server.
method_idx - Specify which method will be used.
Dot1x_phase2 can only support MS-CHAPv2 now. So only “1” can be
used for it.
-e Set method for dot1x_phase1 or dot1x_phase2.
-d Delete method for dot1x_phase1 or dot1x_phase2.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> radius client add 1 -i 192.168.1.1 -m 255.255.255.0 -s 123
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
o
o
l
l
This command allows Administrator to set the white list of WAN IP addresses/Subnets, that
the magic packet from these IP addresses/Subnets will be eligible to pass through NAT and
wake up the LAN client. You also need to set NAT rule for LAN client.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wol up [MAC Address]
wol fromWan [on/off/any]
wol fromWan_Setting [idx][ip address][mask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
MAC Address It means the MAC address of the host.
on/off/any It means to enable or disable the function of WOL from WAN.
on: enable
off: disable
any: It means any source IP address can pass through NAT and wake
up the LAN client.
This command will allow the user to choose whether WoL packets
can be passed from the Internet to the LAN network from a specific
WAN interface.
[idx][ip address] [mask] It means the index number (from 1 to 4).
These commands will allow the user to configure the LAN clients
that the user may wake up from the Internet through the use of the
WoL packet.
ip address - It means the WAN IP address.
mask - It means the mask of the IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wol fromWan on
> wol fromWan_Setting 1 192.168.1.45 255.255.255.0
>
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
67
9
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
The command is used to create new user account profiles.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sser set [-a|-b|-c|-d|-e|-l|-o|-q|-r|-s|-u]
user edit [PROFILE_IDX]
[-a|-d|-e|-f|-i|-m|-n|-p|-q|-r|-s|-t|-u|-v|-w|-x|-A|-H|-T|-P|-l|-L|-D]
user account [USER_NAME] [-t|-d|-q|-r|-w]
user setdefault
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set It means to configure general setup for the user management.
edit It means to modify the selected user profile.
account It means to set time and data quota for specified user account.
User Set
-a [Profile idx][User
name][IP_Address]
It means to pass an IP Address.
Profile idx- type the index number of the selected profile.
User name- type the user name that you want it to pass.
IP_Address- type the IP address that you want it to pass.
-c[user name]
-c all
Clear the user record.
user name – type the user name that you want to get clear
corresponding record.
all – all of the records will be removed.
-d Set User management function in Rule-Based mode.
-e Set User management function in User-Based mode.
-l all
-l user
-l ip
Show online user.
all – all of the users will be displayed on the screen.
user name – type the user name that you want to view on the
screen.
ip – type the IP address that you want to view on the screen.
-o It means to show user account information.
e.g.,-o
-q It means to trigger the alert tool to do authentication.
-r [user name | all] Remove the user record.
user name – type the name of the user profile.
all – all of the user profile settings will be removed.
-s It means to set login service.
0:HTTPS
1:HTTP
e.g.,-s 1
-b user [user name]
-b ip [ ip address]
Block specifies user or IP address.
user name – type the user name that you want to block.
ip address –– type the IP address that you want to block.
-u user [user name]
-u ip [ ip address]
Unblock specifies user or IP address.
user name – type the user name that you want to unblock.
ip address –– type the IP address that you want to unblock.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
680
User edit
PROFILE_IDX Type the index number of the profile that you want to edit.
-a [Param] Enable / disable the internal RADIUS service.
0:Disable
1:Enable
-e Enable User profile function.
-d Disable User profile function.
-f [Param] Enable / disable locak 802.1x user service.
0:Disable
1:Enable
-i [Param] It means to set idle time.
e.g., -i 60
-n [Param] It means to set a user name for a profile.
e.g.,-n fortest
-p [Param] It means to configure user password.
e.g., -p 60fortest
-q [Param] set time quota
It means to set time quota of the user profile.
e.g., -q 200
-r [Param] It means to set data quota.
e.g., -r 1000
-s [Param] It means to set schedule index. Available settings are
“ sch_idx1,sch_idx2,sch_idx3, and sch_idx4”.
-t [Param] It means to enable /disable time quota limitation for user profile
0:Disable
1:Enable
-u [Param] It means to enable /disable data quota limitation for user profile
0:Disable
1:Enable
-v It means to view user profile(s).
-w [Param] It means to specify the data quota unit (MB/GB).
e.g., -w MB
-x [Param] It means to set external server authentication
0: None
1: LDAP
2: Radius
3: TACAS
e.g., -x 2
-l [Param] Set Log Type.
0:None, 1:Login,
2:Event,
3:All
-p [Param] Set Pop Browser Tracking Window.
0:Disable,
1:Enable
-T [Param] Set Authentication by Telnet.
0:Disable,
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
681
1:Enable
-H [Param] Set Authentication by WEB.
0:Disable,
1:Enable
-A [Param] Set Authentication by Alert Tool.
0:Disable,
1:Enable
-M [Param] Set the reset default quota type.
0: when login permission schedule expired,
1: at the start time of schedule]
-I [Param] Set the reset default quota schedule index to do schedule at the
start time.
-S Show the reset default quota type and schedule index.
User account
USER_NAME It means to type a name of the user account.
-d It means to enable /disable data quota limitation for user account.
0:Disable
1:Enable
-q It means to set account time quota.
e.g., -q 200
-r It means to set account data quota.
e.g., -r 1000
-t It means to enable /disable time quota limitation for user account.
0:Disable
1:Enable
-w It means to set data quota unit (MB/GB).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> user account admin -d 1
Enable the [admin] data quota limited
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
p
p
q
q
o
o
s
s
The command is used to configure QoS for APP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
appqos view
appqos enable [0/1]
appqos traceable [-v | -e AP_INDEX CLASS | -d AP_INDEX]
appqos untraceable [-v | -e AP_INDEX CLASS | -d AP_INDEX]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
view It means to display current status of APP QoS.
enable[0/1] It means to enable or disable the function of APP QoS.
0:Disable
1:Enable
traceable/ untraceable The APPs are divided into traceable and untraceable based on their
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
682
properties.
-v It means to view the content of all traceable APs.
Use “appqos traceable –v” to display all of the traceable APS with
speficed index number.
Use “appqos untraceable –v” to display all of the untraceable APS
with speficed index number.
-e It menas to enable QoS for application(s) and assign QoS class.
AP_INDEX Each index number represents one application.
Index number: 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 58, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 68 are
used for 13 traceabel APPs.
Index number: 0~49, 55~59, 61, 67, 69, and 70~123 are used for 125
untraceable AP.
CLASS Specifies the QoS class of the application, from 1 to 4
1:Class 1, 2:Class 2, 3:Class 3, 4:Other Class
-d It means to disable QoS for application(s).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> appqos enable 1
APP QoS set to Enable.
> appqos traceable -e 68 2
TELNET: ENABLED, QoS Class 2.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
b
b
a
a
d
d
/
/
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
u
u
s
s
a
a
g
g
e
e
“NAND usage” is used to display NAND Flash usage; “nand bad” is used to display NAND Flash
bad blocks.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
nand bad
nand usage
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>nand usage
Show NAND Flash Usage:
Partition Total Used Available Use%
cfg 4194304 7920 4186384 0%
bin_web 33554432 11869493 21684939 35%
cfg-bak 4194304 7920 4186384 0%
bin_web-bak 33554432 11869493 21684939 35%
> nand bad
Show NAND Flash Bad Blocks:
Block Address Partition
1020 0x07f80000 unused
1021 0x07fa0000 unused
1022 0x07fc0000 unused
1023 0x07fe0000 unused
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
e
e
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
/
/
d
d
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
/
/
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
/
/
c
c
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
/
/
d
d
i
i
s
s
c
c
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
/
/
q
q
u
u
e
e
r
r
y
y
The apm command(s) is use to display, remove, discover or query the information of VigorAP
registered to Vigor2133.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
683
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm enable
amp disable
apm show
apm clear
apm discover
apm query
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable Enable the APM function.
disable Disable the APM function.
show It displays current information of APM profile.
clear It is used to remove all of the APM profile.
discover It is used to search VigorAP on LAN.
query It is used to query any VigorAP which has been registered to APM
(Central AP Management) in Vigor2133. Information related to the
registered AP will be send back to Vigor2133 for updating the web
page of Central AP Management.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm clear ?
Clear all clients ... done
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
p
p
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
This command allows to configure wireless profiles to be used in Central AP Management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm profile clone [from index][to index][new name]
apm profile del [index]
apm profile reset
apm profile summary
apm profile [show [profile index]]
apm profile apply [profile index] [client index1 [index2 .. index5]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
clone It is used to copy the same parameters settings from one profile to
another APM profile.
del It is used to delete a specified APM profile. The default (index #1)
should not be deleted.
reset It is used to reset to factory settings for WLAN profile.
summary It is used to list all of the APM profiles with required information.
show It is used to display specified APM profile.
apply It is used to apply the selected APM profile onto specified VigorAP.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
684
from index Type an index number in this field. It is the original APM profile to
be cloned to other APM profile.
to index Type an index number in this file. It is the target profile which will
clone the parameters settings from an existed APM profile.
new name Type a name for a new APM profile.
profile index Type the index number of existed profile.
client index1/2/3/4/5 It is useful for applying the selected APM profile to the specified
VigorAP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm profile clone 1 2 forcarrie
(Done)
> apm profile summary
# Name SSID Security ACL RateCtrl(U/D)
- ---------------- ---------------- ------------ ------- ------
0 Default DrayTek-LAN-A WPA+WPA2/PSK x - / -
DrayTek-LAN-B WPA+WPA2/PSK x - / -
1 - - - - -
2 forcarrie DrayTek Disable x - / -
3 - - - - -
4 - - - - -
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
c
c
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
This command is used to display or remove the information of registered VigorAP, including
MAC address, name, and authentication. Up to 30 entries of registered information can be
stored and displayed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm cache [show]
apm cache clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to display the information related to VigorAP registered
Vigor2133.
clear It means to remove the information related to VigorAP registered
Vigor2133.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm cache show
MAC Name Auth
------------ -------------------- --------------------
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
l
l
b
b
c
c
f
f
g
g
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
685
This command allows to set parameters related to AP management control.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm lbcfg [set] [value]
apm lbcfg[show]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set It means to set the load balance configuration file for APM.
Show It shows the configuration value.
[value] You need to type 10 numbers in this field. Each number represents
different setting value.
[1] – The first number means the load balance function.
1 – enable load balance,
0 – disable load balance.
[2] – The second number means the station limit function.
1 –enable station limit,
0 – disable station limit.
[3] – The third number means the traffic limit function.
1 – enable traffic limit,
0 – disable traffic limit.
[4] – The forth number means the limit num of station.
Available range is 3~64.
[5] – The fifth number means the upload limit function.
1 – enable upload limit,
0 – disable upload limit.
[6] – The sixth number means the download limit function.
1 – enable download limit,
0 – disable download limit.
[7] – The seventh number means disassociation by idle time.
1 – enable disassociation,
0 – disable disassociation.
[8] – The eighth number means to enable or disable disassociation
by signal strength.
1 – enable disassociation,
0 – disable disassociation.
[9] – The ninth number means to determine the unit of traffic
limit (for upload)
1 – Mbps
0 – kbps
[10] – The tenth number means to determine the unit of traffic limit
(for download)
1 – Mbps
0 – kbps
[11]Enter RSSI threshold (-200 ~ -50 dbm)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm lbcfg set 1 1 1 32 100 200 1 1 1 0 -200
> apm lbcfg show
apm LoadBalance Config :
1. Enable LoadBalance : 1
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
686
2. Enable station limit : 1
3. Enable traffic limit : 1
4. Limit Number : 32
5. Upload limit : 100
6. Download limit : 200
7. Enable disassociation by idle time : 1
8. Enable disassociation by Signal strength : 1
9. Traffic limit unit (upload) : 1
10.Traffic limit unit (download) : 0
11.RSSI threshold : -200
flag : 31
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
a
a
p
p
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to display the AP syslog data coming form VigorAP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm apsyslog [AP_Index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
AP_Index Specify the index number which represents VigorAP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm apsyslog 1
8d 02:46:09 syslog: [APM] Send Rogue AP Detection data.
8d 02:53:04 syslog: [APM] Run AP Detection / Discovery.
8d 02:56:09 syslog: [APM] Send Rogue AP Detection data.
8d 03:00:42 kernel: 60:fa:cd:55:f5:ea had disassociated.
8d 03:03:12 syslog: [APM] Run AP Detection / Discovery.
8d 03:06:09 syslog: [APM] Send Rogue AP Detection data.
8d 03:13:21 syslog: [APM] Run AP Detection / Discovery.
8d 03:16:10 syslog: [APM] Send Rogue AP Detection data.
8d 03:16:41 kernel: 60:fa:cd:55:f5:ea had associated successfully
8d 03:16:55 kernel: 60:fa:cd:55:f5:ea had disassociated.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to display related syslog data from central AP management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm syslog
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm syslog
"2015-11-
0
4 12:24:21", "[APM] [VigorAP900
_
01daa902080] Get Rogue AP Detection
Data from AP"
2015-11-04 12:24:56", "[APM] [VigorAP900
_
01daa902080] Get Rogue AP Detection
Data from AP Success"
2015-11-04 12:34:21", "[APM] [VigorAP900
_
01daa902080] Get Rogue AP Detection
Data from AP"
2015-11-04 12:34:57", "[APM] [VigorAP900
_
01daa902080] Get Rogue AP Detection
Data from AP Success"
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
68
7
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
p
p
m
m
s
s
t
t
a
a
n
n
u
u
m
m
This command is used to display the total number of the wireless clients, no matter what
mode of wireless connection (2.4G WLAN or 5G WLAN) used by wireless clients to access into
Internet through VigorAP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
apm stanum [AP_Index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
AP_Index Specify the index number which represents VigorAP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> apm stanum
% Show the APM AP Station Number data.
% apm stanum AP_Index.
% ex : apm stanum 1
% Idx Nearby(2.4/5G) Conn(2.4/5G)
% 1 2 5 0 0
% 2 2 5 1 0
% 3 2 5 1 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
b
b
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is used to backup the firmware to the router. The firmware will be retrieved
for rebooting Vigor router after it crashes over three times.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
backupmode [<command><parameter>|…]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-t n Set the backup time.
n : 1 ~ 168 hours
-m n Set the firmware backup mode.
1: Backup after timeout.
0: Backup after upgrade.
-b Backup the firmware manually and immediately.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> backupmode -b
Do Firmware backup now!!!.
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
688
I
I
n
n
d
d
e
e
x
x
6rd Mode, 62
6rd Prefix, 63
6rd Prefix Length, 63
802.1x ports, 97
Accelerate heaviest traffic sessions, 102
Access Control, 167
Access Mode, 43
Access Mode - Ethernet, 43
Activation, 325
Active Mode, 41
Address Mapping, 141, 153
Administrator Password, 301
Advance Mode, 248
Advanced Setting, 175
Aggregation MSDU, 175
AH, 204
Airtime Fairness, 179
Always On, 47, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 59, 60, 63
AP Discovery, 178
AP Maintenance, 371, 379
AP Map, 371
APP Enforcement, 245
APP Enforcement Filter, 266
APP Enforcement Profile, 267
APP QoS, 339
Applications, 118
Applied Interfaces, 100
Apply the Class Rule, 102
APSD Capable, 176
ARP Cache Table, 431
ARP Detect, 45, 47
ARP Table, 95
Auth Type, 122
Authentication Mode, 171
Auto Logout, 15
Auto ULA Prefix, 87
Auto-Update interval, 120
Aux. WAN IP, 112
Backup, 95
Backup MX, 122
Band Steering, 181
Bandwidth Limit, 327, 331
Bind IP to MAC, 94
Bind to WAN, 222
Bridge mode, 65
Bridge Mode, 58, 60
Bridge Subnet, 60
Cache, 276
Call Direction, 206
Call Filter, 240
Certificate Backup, 237
Certificate Management, 230
Change the TTL value, 48
Channel, 64, 160, 163
Channel Bandwidth, 175
Choose IP, 110
Codepage, 245
Comment, 95, 112
Config Backup, 21
Configuration Backup, 308
Configure via Client PinCode, 171
Configure via Push Button, 171
Connection Management, 215
Connection Type, 122
Connectivity, 39
Country Code, 176
CSM, 266
CSV file, 388, 390
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
68
9
Current System Time, 127
Dashboard, 17
Data Filter, 240
Data Flow Monitor, 437
Data Quota, 352
DataType, 43, 79
Daylight Saving, 315
Days in a week, 128
Default Lifetime, 88
Default MAC Address, 46, 48
Default Preference, 88
Default Rule, 244
Destination IP, 148
Destination Port, 130
Details - PPPoE, 44
Details Page, 43
Details-IP Routed Subnet, 84
Details-IPv6-6in4 Static Tunnel, 60
Details-IPv6-6rd, 62
Details-Ipv6-AICCU, 54
Details-IPv6-DHCPv6 Client, 57
Details-IPv6-Offline, 52
Details-IPv6-PPP, 52
Details-IPv6-Static IPv6, 58
Details-IPv6-TSPC, 53
Details-LAN-DMZ, 82
Details-LAN-Ethernet, 80
Details-PPTP/L2TP, 50
Details-Static IP or Dynamic IP, 46
Determine Real WAN IP, 122
DHCP, 31
DHCP Client Identifier, 48
DHCP Server Configuration, 80, 82, 84
DHCP Server IP Address, 80, 82
DHCP Table, 433
DHCPv6 (Stateful), 86
DHCPv6 Server, 87
Diagnostics, 428, 429
Dial-out Triggering, 429
Digital Signature, 190, 204
Display Name, 42, 43
DMZ Host, 109
DNS Cache Table, 435
DNS Filter, 245
DNS Filter Profile, 279
DNS Server IP Address, 49, 81, 83
DNS Server IPv6 Address, 87
Domain Name, 48
DoS Defense, 241, 258
DoS Flood Table, 443
DrayTek Banner, 256
Dynamic DNS, 118, 120
Dynamic DNS Account, 121
Each /Shared, 331
Enable PING to keep alive, 47
End IPv6 Address, 87
End Port, 113
ESP, 204
Event Code, 299
Extension WAN, 88
External Devices, 383
Failover to/Failback, 141
File Explorer, 418
File Extension Object, 401
Filter Setup, 247
Firewall, 240
Firmware Upgrade, 324
Fixed IP, 46, 51
Force NAT /Force Routing, 149
Force Update, 120
Function Support List, 382
Gateway IP Address, 48, 80, 82
General Mode, 215
General Setup, 41
Get Community, 316
Green Field, 175
Group ID, 133
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
690
Guard Interval, 175
GUI Map, 20
Hardware Acceleration, 101
Hardware Installation, 5
Hide SSID, 163
Host Name, 32
Idle Timeout, 46, 203
IGMP, 132
IGMP Proxy, 132
IGMP Snooping, 132
IKE Authentication Method, 210
IM, 268
Incoming Port, 116
Incoming Protocol, 116
Indicators and Connectors, 2
Installation, i
Inter-LAN Routing, 79
Internet Access, 43
Internet Access - Advanced, 43
IP (Internet Protocol), 40
IP Address, 48, 51, 80, 82
IP Address Assignment Method (IPCP), 46
IP Address Assignment Method(IPCP), 51
IP Address List, 124
IP Bind List, 95
IP Filters, 240
IP Object, 387
IP Pool Counts, 80, 82, 84
IP Routed Subnet, 331
IPsec General Setup, 199
IPsec Tunnel, 203
IPTV, 67
IPv4 Border Relay, 62
IPv4 Mask Length, 63
IPv6 Address, 59
IPv6 Gateway Address, 59
IPv6 Group, 393
IPv6 Neighbour Table, 432
IPv6 Object, 391
IPv6 TSPC Status, 442
Isolate, 163
ISP Access Setup, 45, 50
keep alive, 206
Keep Alive Period, 300
Keep WAN Connection, 47
Keyword Group, 400
Keyword Object, 398
LAN, 76
LAN DNS / DNS Forwarding, 118, 123
LAN- General Setup, 78
LAN Port Mirror, 96
LAN Routed Prefix, 60
LAN to LAN, 205
Landing Page, 348, 352
Lease Time, 80, 82, 84
Line Speed, 41
Load Balance, 381
Load Balance for AP, 371
Load-Balance /Route Policy, 147
Local Certificate, 190, 231
Local ID, 204
Local IP Address, 112
Log, 273
Login, 37
Login Name, 122
Login Page Greeting, 306
Login Page Logo, 348
Logout, 22
Mail Alert, 136
Mail Extender, 122
Mail Service, 136
Main Screen, 15
Management, 295, 318
Manually ULA Prefix, 87
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
691
Max User Login, 350
Min/Max Interval Time, 88
Mirror Port, 96
Mode, 159, 166
Modem Code Upgrade, 324
mOTP, 203, 224
MPPE, 197
MTU, 45, 48, 50, 88
Multicast via VPN, 203, 224
Multiple SSID, 156
Multi-VLAN, 64
MyVigor, 34, 275
Name Link, 18
NAT, 104
NAT Sessions Table, 434
NAT Traversal, 131
NetBios Name Service, 416
Netbios Naming Packet, 203
Network Configuration, 80, 82, 84
Network Interface, 146
Next Server IP Address/SIAddr, 79
Notification Object, 408
NS Detect, 57
Objects Settings, 386
Online Statistics, 334
Open Ports, 112
Operation Mode, 175
Option Number, 43, 79
Override user management, 100
P2P, 269
PAP, 197
Password, 45, 48, 50, 54, 55
Password Strength, 166, 303
Path MTU Discovery, 45, 48, 50
Peer ID, 195
Physical Connection, 22
Physical Members, 65
Physical Mode, 41, 42, 43
Physical Type, 41, 42
PIN Code, 224
Ping Detect, 45, 47, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 63
Ping Diagnosis, 436
Ping Gateway IP, 45, 47
Ping Interval, 45, 47
PING Interval, 47
Ping IP/Hostname, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 63
Ping Retry, 45, 47
Policy, 351
Port Redirection, 105
Port Triggering, 115, 116
Port-based Bridge, 64
Port-Based VLAN, 90
PPP Authentication, 46, 51
PPP General Setup, 197
PPP Setup, 51
PPP/MP Setup, 46
PPPoE, 26
PPTP, 203
PPTP/L2TP, 28
Prefer user management, 100
Prefix Len, 145
Prefix Length, 59
Pre-shared Key, 173
Pre-Shared Key (PSK), 166
Primary DNS Sever, 87
Primary IP Address, 81, 83
Primary/Secondary Ping IP, 45, 47
Printer Server, 416
Priority, 42, 65, 91, 141
Private IP, 107
Private IP Address, 40
Private Port, 107
Production Registration, 37
Protocol, 269
Protocol Processing Engine (PPE), 101
Provider Host, 121
Psec Peer Identity, 200
Public IP Adderss, 40
Public Port, 107
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
692
Quality of Service, 327, 333
Quick Access, 19
Quick Start Wizard, 25
RADIUS/TACACS+, 118, 129
Rate Control, 77, 161, 164
Reboot System, 323
Recipient, 135
Registering Vigor Router, 37
Relay Agent, 80, 82
Remote Access Control, 196
Remote Dial-in User, 202
Remote Endpoint IPv4 Address, 60
Repeater, 173
Restore, 95
RIP Protocol, 48
RIPng Protocol, 53, 88
Root CA, 235
Route Policy, 141
Router Advertisement Configuration, 88
Router Name, 48, 312
Routing, 141
Routing Information Protocol, 77
Routing Table, 429
RTS Threshold, 176
Rule-Based, 347
Scan, 178
Schedule, 118, 127, 164
Secondary DNS Server, 87
Secondary IP Address, 81, 83
Security, 165, 239
Security Key, 160
Self-signed, 222
Self-Signed Certificate, 321
Sensor, 420
Server Address, 50
Server Certificate, 222
Server IP Address, 130
Server Response, 122
Service, 116
Service Activation Wizard, 34
Service API, 121
Service Name, 107
Service Provider, 121, 404
Service Type Group, 396
Service Type Object, 394
Sessions Control, 244
Sessions Limit, 327, 329
Set Community, 316
Set to Factory Default, 120, 127, 142
Setup Query Server, 276
Shared Secret, 130
SLAAC(stateless), 86
Smart Bandwidth Limit, 332
SMB, 416, 417
SMB Client Support List, 422
SMS / Mail Alert Service, 135
SMS Alert, 135
SMS Provider, 135
SMS/Mail Service Object, 403
SNMP, 316
Source IP, 107, 113, 116, 148
Specific Hosts, 102
Specify Remote Node, 203
SPI, 241
SSID, 160
SSL Tunnel, 203
SSL VPN, 221
Start IP Address, 80, 82, 84
Start IPv6 Address, 87
Start Port, 113
Static IP, 30
Static Route, 77, 142
Static Route for IPv6, 145
Station Control, 177
Station List, 157, 182
Stations (STA), 156
Status, 372
Strict Bind, 95
Strict Security Checking, 256
Strict Security Firewall, 243
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
693
STUN Settings, 300
Subnet, 91
Subnet Mask, 48, 51, 80, 82
Subnet Prefix, 55
Syslog Alarm, 421
Syslog Explorer, 441
Syslog/Mail Alert, 312
System Maintenance, 296
System Status, 297
System time set, 127
Tag value, 42
Tagged VLAN, 90
Temperature Sensor, 420
Time and Date, 315
Time Quota, 352
Time Schedule, 332
Time Server, 315
Time Zone, 315
TR-069, 299
Trace Route, 440
Traceable, 340
Traffic Graph, 380, 439
Trap Community, 317
Triggering Port, 116
Triggering Protocol, 116
Troubleshooting, 427
Trusted CA, 236
Trusted CA Certificate, 235
TSPC, 53
TTL (Time to Live), 45, 47, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59, 60, 63
Tunnel Broker, 54, 55
Tunnel ID, 55
Tunnel TTL, 60
TX Power, 175
Unique Local Address (ULA) configuration, 87
UPnP, 118, 131
URL Access Control, 273
URL Content Filter, 245, 266
URL Content Filter Profile, 271
URL Redirect, 99
USB Application, 414
USB Device Status, 419
USB General Settings, 415
USB User Management, 416
User Account, 223
User Group, 227, 354
User Management, 346
User Online Status, 355
User Password, 303
User Profile, 349
User-Based, 347
Username, 45, 48, 50, 54, 55
VID, 91
Virtual LAN, 77
Virtual Panel, 18
Virtual WAN, 24
VLAN, 90
VLAN Applications, 456
VLAN Configuration, 92
VLAN Tag, 64, 65, 91
VLAN Tag insertion, 42
VPN, 184
VPN and Remote Access, 185
VPN Client Wizard, 187
VPN Server Wizard, 192
Wake by IP Address, 134
Wake on LAN, 118, 134
WAN, 40
WAN Connection Detection, 45, 47, 52, 54, 56, 57, 59,
60, 63
WAN Inbound Bandwidth, 335
WAN Interface, 107, 112
WAN IP Alias, 46, 48, 51
WAN IP Network Settings, 48, 51
WAN Outbound Bandwidth, 335
WAN Setup, 67
WAN Type, 64
Vigor2133 Series User’s Guide
694
WDS, 172
Web Console, 21
Web Content Filter, 245, 266
Web Content Filter Profile, 275
Web Feature, 274
Web Portal Setup, 98, 177
WEP, 157, 166
white/black list, 167
Wildcard, 122
Wired 802.1x, 97
Wireless LAN, 155
Wireless Wizard, 159
Wizard Mode, 248
WLAN Isolation, 157
WLAN Profile, 374
WMM Capable, 175
WPA, 157, 166
WPS, 158, 168
687

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Draytek-Vigor-2133-series

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Draytek Vigor 2133 series bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Draytek Vigor 2133 series in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 8,9 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Draytek Vigor 2133 series

Draytek Vigor 2133 series Snelstart handleiding - English - 20 pagina's

Draytek Vigor 2133 series Snelstart handleiding - English - 18 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info